City of Augusta Augusta / Code
Show

Chapter 300Land Use

Part 1General Provisions

§ 300-101Introduction

Amended

This chapter involves the consolidation of the General and Shoreland Zoning Ordinance, the Subdivision Ordinance, the Mobile Home Park Ordinance and the Flood Damage Prevention Ordinance, as well as new land use regulations that reflect the policies of the 2023 Comprehensive Plan. The provisions and requirements listed in this document reflect input from the City Council, Planning Board, City staff, residents, business persons and a group of citizens who reacted to several versions of the draft prior to sending it along to the Planning Board and City Council.

§ 300-102Title

This chapter and the accompanying Official Zoning Map shall be known and may be cited as the "Land Use Ordinance, City of Augusta."

§ 300-103Purpose

Amended

A.

The purpose of this chapter is to promote the health, safety and general welfare of the residents of the City; to encourage the most appropriate use and prevent the overcrowding of all land; to lessen danger from congestion, fire, and other elements; to provide adequate light and air; to promote good civic design and arrangement; to promote good site planning and design; to avoid undue concentration of population and to promote wholesome home environments; to improve and beautify the City; to maintain and preserve property values; to provide harmonious arrangement of residential, commercial, and industrial areas; to conserve natural resources and amenities; to provide an adequate street system; to promote the coordinated development of unbuilt areas; to encourage the formation of neighborhoods; and to provide for land areas in new developments sufficient for all the requirements of community life; and, in shoreland areas, to prevent and control water pollution; protect fish spawning grounds, aquatic life, bird and other wildlife habitat; to protect buildings and lands from flooding and accelerated erosion; to protect archeological and historic resources; to protect commercial fishing and maritime industries; to protect freshwater and coastal wetlands; to control building sites, placement of structures and land uses; to conserve shore cover, visual as well as actual points of access to inland and coastal waters; to conserve natural beauty and open space; and to anticipate and respond to the impacts of development in shoreland areas.

B.

The purposes of this chapter are broadened to include the policies of the 2023 Comprehensive Plan adopted in November 2023. The policies promote the preservation and enhancement of districts, sites and landmarks within the City which possess particular historic or architectural significance and represent the essential characteristics of their neighborhoods and the unique legacy that defines this community; promote the educational, cultural and economic welfare of the citizens of the City; promote commercial and industrial developments that are concentrated and discourage sprawl; promote development which minimizes energy consumption and public service costs; encourage the use of solar energy; promote the retention of critical functions and interrelationships of ecological systems; control development on slopes greater than 15%; avoid earth slumping on slopes with marine clay; minimize earthmoving and destabilization activities on soils with high erodibility; conserve prime agricultural soils and promote cluster developments; conserve sand and gravel deposits suitable for mining; seek to interconnect critical habitat; require buffers along wetlands, deer yards and streams in rural areas; control siltation; minimize air pollution; retain and/or slow down

stormwater runoff on site; prevent additional phosphorous loading in ponds; control building and reconstruction in floodplains; maintain groundwater supplies; protect water quality; protect the Bond Brook aquifer; promote efficient and safe movement of vehicles to and from interchanges; discourage heavy commodities trucking through the urban compact area and residential neighborhoods; minimize environmental degradation; conserve and recycle solid waste; protect and enhance visual quality and special character; protect special views; maintain a high degree of naturalism in the landscape; unify, improve and maintain the visual integrity of the Capital District, downtown, rotaries, gateways, and approaches to the City; control building heights; maintain and improve the visual integrity of neighborhoods; maintain and enhance the physical, visual and social integrity of residential areas; create, maintain and improve pedestrianways; retain and/or develop buffers of woodland vegetation and/or berms to mitigate impacts between commercial and residential developments; create and/or maintain open space; maintain a greenbelt separating urban and rural areas; prevent light trespass.

C.

The Comprehensive Plan and this chapter shall be reviewed every five years by the Planning Board. If appropriate, revisions shall be recommended to the City Council.

§ 300-104Statutory authority

This chapter has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of Title 1, Title 12, Title 30-A and Title 38 of the Maine Revised Statutes Annotated (M.R.S.A.).

§ 300-105Applicability

This chapter applies to all uses of land and structures in the City of Augusta.

§ 300-106Amendments to chapter and Official Zoning Map

Amended

A.

Generally. On petition, or on recommendation by the Planning Board, or on their own initiation, the City Council may amend, supplement, or repeal the regulations and provisions of this chapter and amend the boundaries of the zoning districts delineated on the Official Zoning Map.

(1)

The Maine Department of Environmental Protection (MDEP) shall be notified by the City Clerk of amendments to this chapter affecting shoreland areas at least 30 days after a City Council decision. No amendments to this chapter affecting shoreland areas shall be effective until approved by the MDEP. If the MDEP fails to act on any such amendment within 45 days of the MDEP's receipt of the amendment, the amendment is automatically approved. Any application for a permit affected by shoreland regulations submitted to the City of Augusta within the forty-five-day period shall be governed by the terms of the amendment, if such amendment is approved by the MDEP.

(2)

Planning Board shall hold public hearing on amendments. Every proposed amendment or change, however initiated, shall be reviewed by the Planning Board for recommendation to City Council. Before making its report to the City Council on any proposed amendment to this chapter, including request for parcel reclassification, the Planning Board shall hold at least one public hearing on the proposed amendment, public notice of which shall be accomplished as outlined in Subsection B(1) of this section.

B.

Types of actions.

(1)

Parcel reclassification (rezoning). Except for rezonings initiated by the City Council or Planning Board, no application for rezoning shall be processed without the applicant first showing evidence of standing as defined in § 300-601D(3)(e), Right, title or interest. For any parcel reclassification, or text amendment, the City, at the applicant's expense, shall give notice of a public hearing on the application, in the form and manner and to the persons herein specified.

(a)

The notice shall include the time and place of such hearing, the nature of the matter to be heard, and in the case of parcel reclassification, the address or location of the property involved.

(b)

Notices shall be given to each of the following:

[1]

To the applicant, City Council, Planning Board and Board of Zoning Appeals.

[2]

To all residents of the City, by publication in the Kennebec Journal twice, the first publication to be at least 14 days before the hearing and the second to be not less than three days before the hearing.

[3]

To the owners of the properties within 500 feet of the parcel or area involved if the parcel or area is located in the Urban Growth Area Districts (as outlined in

§ 300-314) or within 1,000 feet of the parcel or area involved if the parcel or area is located in the Planned Development and/or Rural Districts by regular United States mail. For an area rezoning, notice shall also be sent to all landowners located inside the area proposed for change. Where notice by mail is required, it shall be mailed at least 14 days and no more than 30 days in advance of the hearing date, by regular United States mail.

[4]

In addition, for a parcel reclassification, a sign provided by the City shall be placed by the applicant on the portion of the property involved that is nearest a public road. In the case of an area rezoning, up to four signs shall be placed at the boundary of the proposed zoning district change.

(c)

For the purpose of this section, the owners of property shall be considered to be the parties listed by the Assessor's Office of the City of Augusta as those against whom taxes are assessed. Failure of any property owner to receive a notice of public hearing shall not necessitate another hearing and shall not invalidate any action of the Planning Board.

(d)

Parcel reclassification may be requested by any one of the following methods:

[1]

General zoning: request to reclassify a parcel from one zoning district classification to another; no specific use is being proposed. All uses listed in the requested zoning district would be allowed upon Board recommendation and City Council approval.

[2]

Contract rezoning: requests to reclassify a parcel from one zoning district classification to another; the requested zone would be modified, upon Board recommendation and approval by the Council, to limit the use of the property and specify additional performance standards and requirements for development as noted in (g) below.

(e)

Requests for contract rezoning shall be accompanied by a conceptual development plan for the site. Conditional use criteria (§ 300-603) shall apply.

(f)

Any parcel reclassification shall meet the following criteria:

[1]

The rezoning shall be consistent with the 2023 Comprehensive Plan and any plans or policies subsequently adopted by the City;

[2]

The rezoning shall be consistent with established land use patterns;

[3]

The rezoning will not create an isolated district unrelated to adjacent districts;

[4]

Adequate utilities, roads and services must exist or must be provided;

[5]

The rezoning is justified by a changed or changing condition(s).

(g)

Approval of conditional or contract rezoning may include conditions and restrictions; such conditions and restrictions shall relate only to the physical development or operation of the property and may include deed restrictions.

(2)

Text amendments. Text amendments shall be consistent with the 2023 Comprehensive Plan and any plans or policies subsequently adopted by the City. The applicable notification requests of Subsection B(1)(a) and (b) of this section shall be followed.

(3)

Area rezoning. Based upon significant public purpose, the rezoning process for an area within Augusta may be initiated by the City Council or Planning Board. The Planning Board shall conduct a zoning study on the matter and prepare recommendations on its findings in accordance with applicable parts of Subsection B(1) of this section.

C.

Report of Planning Board. The Planning Board shall make a report in writing to the City Council within 30 days of its public hearing, recommending approval, approval with modification or disapproval of the proposed amendment or parcel reclassification and its reasons therefor. If the Board report is not complete within 30 days, a status report shall be provided to the City Council.

D.

Vote of City Council required to amend or change ordinance.

(1)

No amendment to this chapter or any change in any of its provisions shall be adopted except by a majority vote of all the members of the City Council.

(2)

The City Council may adopt, reject or modify the recommendation of the Board. However, when a rejection or modification of the Board's recommendation is to be based on substantive or substantial new information not previously present to the Board, the City Council shall table and remand the matter to the Board for further consideration and recommendation. In making such remand, the Council may attach such recommendations, instructions or directions as it deems appropriate for the Board's consideration.

§ 300-107Conflicting provisions

This chapter shall not in any way impair or remove the necessity of compliance with any other applicable rule, ordinance, regulation, bylaw, permit, or provision of law. Where this chapter imposes a greater restriction upon the use of land, buildings, or structures, the provisions of this chapter shall control. Where conflicts arise within this chapter, the stricter provision or requirement shall prevail.

Part 2Definitions

§ 300-201General definitions

Amended

In the interpretation and enforcement of this chapter, all words shall carry their customary dictionary meanings. For the purpose of this chapter, certain words and terms used herein are defined as follows. Words used in the present tense include the future tense; words used in the singular include the plural; and words used in the plural include the singular.

BUILDING BUILDING — Includes the word "structure."

CITY CITY — The City of Augusta.

LOT LOT — Includes the words "plot" and "parcel."

MUNICIPAL OFFICERS MUNICIPAL OFFICERS — The City Council.

PERSON PERSON — Includes a firm, association, organization, partnership, trust, company, or corporation, as well as an individual.

SHALL SHALL — Is always mandatory; the word "may" is permissive.

USED or OCCUPIED USED or OCCUPIED — As applied to any land or building, shall be construed to mean, also, "intended, arranged, or designed to be used or occupied."

§ 300-202Additional definitions

Amended

As used in this chapter, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

or repair automotive exteriors. Auto repair shall not include auto sales.

A.

Cutting, trimming, shampooing, weaving, coloring, waving or styling hair;

B.

Providing facials and/or manicures/pedicures; and

C.

Applying makeup.

dentists; consultants; engineers; realtors; insurance agents; and lawyers' offices; artist's studio.

management, planned and developed as a whole according to comprehensive and detailed plans, including streets, lots or building sites, site plans and design principles for all buildings intended to be located, constructed, used and related to each other, and for other uses and improvements on the land. Development may be a single operation or a programmed series of operations, including all lands and buildings, with provision for operation and maintenance of such areas, facilities and improvements necessary for common use by occupants of the development.

1.

Editor's Note: The Table of Land Uses is included as an attachment to this chapter.

the compact area of the City of Augusta shall also include the Urban Growth Area designated in the 2023 Comprehensive Plan.

(1)

Creates more than 25,000 square feet of new floor space in the CD or IA Zones; or

(2)

Creates more than 10,000 square feet of new floor area in zones not listed in Subsection A(1) above; or

(3)

Disturbs more than 43,560 square feet of land; or

(4)

Creates more than 43,560 square feet of new impervious surface; or

(5)

New construction that generates more than 100 trips in the peak hour for the proposed use; or

(6)

Proposes a new wireless communications facility that will require construction of a new tower; or

(7)

Proposes the construction, erection, or placement of a fixed, portable or temporary bituminous mix plant or ready mix concrete plant.

(1)

Creates between 5,000 and 25,000 square feet of new floor area in the CD and IA Zones; or

(2)

Creates between 1,000 and 10,000 square feet of new floor area in zones not listed in Subsection B(1) above; or

(3)

That disturbs between 10,000 and 43,560 square feet of land; or

(4)

Creates between 10,000 and 43,560 square feet of new impervious surface; or

(5)

New construction that generates between 35 and 99 trips in all zoning districts, except CD and IA, in the peak hour for the proposed use; or

(6)

Any change of use where the proposed use requires 25% more on-site parking, as calculated using the parking requirements in this chapter, than the applicant proposes to make available on site; or

(7)

Proposes co-location of a wireless communications facility on an existing tower that will require construction of a new equipment shed; or

(8)

All uses proposing to construct a drive-through service or vehicle refueling pumps that do not otherwise qualify for major or minor development review.

determined by a physician, or in the case of mental handicap, by a psychiatrist or psychologist, as well as any other health or sensory impairment which requires special education, vocational rehabilitation or related services.

A.

Built, in the case of a building in Zones A1-30, AE, A, A99, AO, AH, B, C, X, or D, to have the top

of the elevated floor elevated above the ground level by means of pilings, columns, posts, piers, or stilts; and

B.

Adequately anchored so as not to impair the structural integrity of the building during a flood of up to one foot above the magnitude of the base flood. In the case of Zones A1-30, AE, A, A99, AO, AH, B, C, X, or D, "elevated building" also includes a building elevated by means of fill or solid foundation perimeter walls less than three feet in height with openings sufficient to facilitate the unimpeded movement of floodwaters.

§ 300-309 providing for modifications to nonconforming uses.

FLOOD or FLOODING —

A.

A general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land areas from:

(1)

The overflow of inland or tidal waters.

(2)

The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source.

B.

The collapse or subsidence of land along the shore of a lake or other body of water as a result of erosion or undermining caused by waves or currents of water exceeding anticipated levels or suddenly caused by an unusually high water level in a natural body of water, accompanied by a severe storm, or by an unanticipated force of nature, such as flash flood or an abnormal tidal surge, or by some similarly unusual and unforeseeable event which results in flooding as defined in Subsection A(1) of this definition.

openings, and the hydrological effect or urbanization of the watershed, that could contribute to flood heights greater than the height calculated for a selected size flood and floodway conditions.

FRESHWATER WETLANDS

A.

Freshwater swamps, marshes, bogs and similar areas, other than forested wetlands, which are:

(1)

Of 10 or more contiguous acres; or of less than 10 contiguous acres and adjacent to a surface water body, excluding any river, stream or brook, such that in a natural state, the combined surface area is in excess of 10 acres; and

(2)

Inundated or saturated by surface water or groundwater at a frequency and for a duration sufficient to support, and which under normal circumstances does support, a prevalence of wetland vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soils.

B.

Freshwater wetlands may contain small stream channels or inclusions of land that do not conform to the criteria of this definition.

A.

In particular, floor area generally includes:

(1)

Basement space, except as specifically excluded.

(2)

Elevator shafts or stairwells at each floor.

(3)

Floor spaces in penthouses.

(4)

Attic space (whether or not a floor has been laid) providing structural headroom of seven feet, six inches, or more.

(5)

Floor space in interior balconies or mezzanines.

(6)

Any other floor space used for dwelling purposes, no matter where located within a building.

(7)

Floor space in accessory buildings, except for floor space used for accessory off-street parking.

(8)

Any other floor space not specifically excluded.

B.

However, the gross floor area of a building shall not include:

(1)

Cellar space, except that cellar space used for retailing shall be included for the purpose of calculating requirements for accessory off-street parking spaces and accessory off-street loading berths.

(2)

Elevator or stair bulkheads, accessory water tanks, or cooling towers.

(3)

Uncovered steps.

(4)

Attic space (whether or not a floor actually has been laid) providing structural headroom of seven feet, six inches.

(5)

Floor space used for mechanical equipment.

A.

Listed individually in the National Register of Historic Places (a listing maintained by the Department of Interior) or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as meeting the requirements for individual listing on the National Register;

B.

Certified or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as contributing to the historical significance of a registered historic district or a district preliminarily determined by the Secretary of

the Interior to qualify as a registered historic district;

C.

Individually listed on a state inventory of historic places in states with historic preservation programs which have been approved by the Secretary of the Interior; or

D.

Individually listed on a local inventory of historic places in communities with historic preservation programs that have been certified either:

(1)

By an approved state program as determined by the Secretary of the Interior; or

(2)

Directly by the Secretary of the Interior in states without approved programs.

A.

Is conducted by a resident of the property;

B.

Is clearly incidental to and compatible with the residential use of the property and surrounding residential uses;

C.

Does not change the outside appearance of the residential dwelling unit or premises;

D.

Is conducted entirely within the dwelling unit or accessory structure;

E.

Operates with no more than one person other than family members residing in the home; except used classified by this ordinance as a Day Care Home, which may have no more than two persons other than family members residing in the home.

HYDRIC SOIL CRITERION —

A.

All histosols except folists; or

B.

Soils in aquic suborders, aquic subgroups, albolls suborder, salorthids great group, or pell great groups of vertisols that are:

(1)

Somewhat poorly drained and have water table less than 0.5 foot from the surface for a significant period (usually a week or more) during the growing season; or

(2)

Poorly drained or very poorly drained and have either:

(a)

Water table at less than one foot from the surface for a significant period (usually a week or more) during the growing season if permeability is equal to or greater than six inches/ hour in all layers within 20 inches; or

(b)

Water table at less than 1.5 feet from the surface for significant period (usually a week or more) during the growing season if permeability is less than six inches/hour in any layer

within 20 inches; or

C.

Soils that are ponded for long duration or very long duration during the growing season; or

D.

Soils that are frequently flooded for long duration or very long duration during the growing season.

Source: The National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils (USDA Soil Conservation Service,66 1987).

2.

Editor's Note: Now known as the "Natural Resources Conservation Service" or "NRCS."

A.

AUTOMOBILE OR MOTOR VEHICLE WRECKING YARD, JUNKYARD OR GRAVEYARD

— An open outside area occupied by three or more unregistered, unserviceable, discarded or junked automotive vehicles or bodies, engines or their parts, sufficient in bulk to equal three vehicles, and including the commercial salvaging of any other goods, articles or merchandise. "Junkyard" does not include tire storage or operations associated with tire storage such as shredding and processing. (See "waste facility.")

A.

Providing dry-cleaning services;

B.

Providing laundering services, including self-service coin-operated machines for use on the premises;

C.

Providing dropoff and pickup sites for laundries and/or dry cleaners; and

D.

Providing specialty cleaning services for specific types of garments and other textile items (except carpets and upholstery), such as fur, leather, or suede garments; wedding gowns; hats; draperies; and pillows.

§ 300-505, Driveway and access standards. See § 300-507, Flag lot standards. LOT LINES —

LOT MEASUREMENTS —

This term also includes any structure that meets all the requirements of this paragraph, except the size requirements, and with respect to which the manufacturer voluntarily files a certification required by the Secretary of the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development and complies with the standards established under the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974, United States Code, Title 42, § 5401 et seq.; and

and marine equipment, bait and tackle shops and marine fuel service facilities.

for public utility purposes by an entity providing pipeline, gas, electrical, telephone, telegraph, water, or sewage service. "Public utility" also includes the use of land for utility purposes, whether or not owned,

controlled, or operated by a public entity, whose services are performed for or commodities delivered to the public or any portion thereof. Facilities that provide for the transmission, transfer, and distribution of telephone service and related activities that are not a minor or major utility facility. For the purposes of this chapter, a municipal or public utility or communications facility includes, but is not limited to, the following: a private telephone company or paging service, any utility regulated by the Maine Public Utilities Commission, and any other commercial communications tower.

public service improvement or structure developed by or for a public agency that is not defined as a "minor public facility," including but not limited to water, sanitary treatment plants, electric transmission lines and electric generation plants.

service improvement or structure developed by or for a public agency that is not defined as a "major public utility or communications facility," including but not limited to pumping and pressure control stations, standpipes, reservoirs, wells and other water storage structures, telephone equipment huts (over 200 square feet) and electricity regulating substations.

structure, antenna, tower, or other device which provides radio/television transmission, commercial mobile wireless services, unlicensed wireless services, cellular phones services, specialized mobile radio communications (SMR), common-carrier wireless exchange phone services, and personal communications services (PCS) or pager services.

amendments took effect.

boats, motorcycles, ATVs, and similar activities, which are displayed outdoor and/or indoor and may include parts sales.

A.

A full, poured concrete or masonry foundation;

B.

A poured concrete frost wall or a mortared masonry frost wall, with or without a concrete floor;

C.

A reinforced, floating concrete pad for which the City of Augusta may require an engineer's certification if it is to be placed on soil with high frost susceptibility; or

D.

Any foundation which, pursuant to the Building Code for the City of Augusta, is permitted for other types of single-family dwellings.

PIERS, DOCKS, WHARFS, BRIDGES AND OTHER STRUCTURES AND USES EXTENDING OVER OR BEYOND THE NORMAL HIGH-WATER LINE WITHIN A WETLAND

REGULATORY FLOODWAY

A.

The channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the one-hundred-year flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation

more than one foot in height; and

B.

In Zone A, the channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas to a distance of 1/2 the width of the floodplain as measured from the normal high-water mark to the upland limit of the floodplain.

A.

An existing system which is either malfunctioning or being upgraded with no significant change of design flow or use of the structure; or

B.

Any existing overboard wastewater discharge.

by easement, which confers legally granted rights of passage and is occupied or intended to be occupied by a street, crosswalk, railroad, road, utility, or other special use. A right-of-way which is controlled by easement shall be recorded in the Kennebec County Registry of Deeds. Said easement on a private right-of-way shall be required to permanently run with the land.

animal boarding/riding services; motion-picture services; amusement and recreation services such as bowling centers, miniature golf courses, pool rooms, and campgrounds; cultural services such as art galleries and botanical and zoological gardens; and other service uses not specifically classified in the Table of Land Uses in the Base Zoning Districts.67

A.

In the case of electric service:

(1)

The placement of wires and/or the installation of utility poles is located entirely upon the premises of the customer requesting service or upon a roadway right-of-way; and

(2)

The total length of the extension is less than 1,000 feet.

B.

In the case of telephone service:

(1)

The extension, regardless of length, will be made by the installation of telephone wires to existing utility poles; or

(2)

The extension requiring the installation of new utility poles or placement underground is less than 1,000 feet in length.

3.

Editor's Note: The Table of Land Uses is included as an attachment to this chapter.

announcement, or direction shall be excluded from regulation.

substantial improvement or other improvement was within 180 days of the permit date. The "actual start" means either the first placement of permanent construction of a structure on a site, such as the pouring of slab or footings, the installation of piles, the construction of columns, or any work beyond the stage of excavation, or the placement of a manufactured home on a foundation. Permanent construction does not include land preparation, such as clearing, grading and filling, nor does it include the installation of streets and/or walkways, nor does it include excavation for basement, footings, piers, or foundations or the erection of temporary forms, nor does it include the installation on the property of accessory buildings, such as garages or sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not part of the main structure. For a substantial improvement, the "actual start of floodplain construction" means the first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor, or other structural part of a building, or modification of any construction element, whether or not that alteration affects the external dimensions of the building.

A.

Anything temporarily or permanently located, built, constructed or erected for the support, shelter or enclosure of persons, animals, goods or property of any kind, together with anything constructed or erected on or in the ground, exclusive of fences, poles and wiring and other aerial equipment normally associated with service drops, including guy wires and guy anchors, subsurface wastewater disposal systems as defined in M.R.S.A. Title 30-A, § 4201, Subsection 5, geothermal heat exchange wells as defined in M.R.S.A. Title 32, § 4700-E, Subsection 3-C, or wells or water wells as defined in M.R.S.A. Title 32, § 4700-E, Subsection 8, sidewalks and handicap ramps. The term includes structures permanently or temporarily located, such as decks, patios, signs, gas or liquid storage tanks that are principally stored above ground, and satellite dishes.

B.

Any structure having a roof supported by columns or walls.

C.

Buildings separated only by party walls or abutting walls without openings shall be deemed to be separate buildings.

D.

For floodplain purposes, "structure" means a walled and roofed building and includes a gas or liquid storage tank that is principally above ground.

A.

In determining whether a tract or parcel of land is divided into three or more lots, the first dividing of the tract or parcel is considered to create the first two lots and the next dividing of either of these first two lots, by whomever accomplished, is considered to create a third lot, unless both dividings are accomplished by a subdivider who has retained one of the lots for the subdivider's own use as a single-family residence that has been the subdivider's principal residence for a period of at least five years immediately preceding the second division; or the division of the tract or parcel is otherwise exempt under this subchapter.68

B.

The dividing of a tract or parcel of land and the lot or lots so made, which dividing or lots when made are not subject to this subchapter, do not become subject to this subchapter by the subsequent dividing of that tract or parcel of land or any portion of that tract or parcel. The municipal reviewing authority shall consider the existence of the previously created lot or lots in reviewing a proposed subdivision created by a subsequent dividing.

C.

A lot of 40 or more acres must be counted as a lot, except when a municipality has, by ordinance, or the municipal reviewing authority has, by regulation, elected not to count lots of 40 or more acres as lots for the purposes of this subchapter when the parcel of land being divided is located entirely outside any shoreland area as defined in 38 M.R.S.A. § 435 or a municipality's shoreland zoning ordinance.

D.

A division accomplished by devise, condemnation, order of court, gift to a person related to the donor of an interest in property held by the donor for a continuous period of five years prior to the division by gift, or gift to a municipality if that municipality accepts the gift does not create a lot or lots for the purposes of this definition, unless the intent of the transferor is to avoid the objectives of this subchapter. If the real estate exempt under this subsection is transferred within five years to another person not related to the donor of the exempt real estate as provided in this subsection, then the previously exempt division creates a lot or lots for the purposes of this definition. "Person related to the donor" means a spouse, parent, grandparent, brother, sister, child or grandchild related by blood, marriage or adoption. A gift under this subsection cannot be given for consideration that is more than 1/2 the assessed value of the real estate.

E.

A division accomplished by the transfer of any interest in land to the owners of land abutting that land that does not create a separate lot does not create a lot or lots for the purposes of this definition, unless the intent of the transferor is to avoid the objectives of this subchapter. If the real estate exempt under this subsection is transferred within five years to another person without all of the merged land, then the previously exempt division creates a lot or lots for the purposes of this definition.

F.

A division accomplished by the transfer of any interest in land to the owners of land abutting that land

4.

Editor's Note: In this definition, "this subchapter" is referring to 30-A M.R.S.A. §§ 4401 to 4408.

that does not create a separate lot does not create a lot or lots for the purposes of this definition, unless the intent of the transferor is to avoid the objectives of this subchapter. If the real estate exempt under this subsection is transferred within five years to another person without all of the merged land, then the previously exempt division creates a lot or lots for the purposes of this definition.

G.

In determining the number of dwelling units in a structure, the provisions of this definition regarding the determination of the number of lots apply, including exemptions from the definition of a "subdivision of land."

H.

This subchapter may not be construed to prevent a municipality from enacting an ordinance under its home rule authority that otherwise regulates land use activities. A municipality may not enact an ordinance that expands the definition of "subdivision" except as provided in this subchapter. A municipality that has a definition of "subdivision" that conflicts with the requirements of this subsection at the time this subsection takes effect shall comply with this subsection no later than January 1, 2021. Such a municipality must file its conflicting definition at the county registry of deeds by June 30, 2020, for the definition to remain valid for the grace period ending January 1, 2021. A filing required under this paragraph must be collected and indexed in a separate book in the registry of deeds for the county in which the municipality is located.

I.

The grant of a bona fide security interest in an entire lot that has been exempted from the definition of "subdivision" under Subsections D and E, or subsequent transfer of that entire lot by the original holder of the security interest or that person's successor in interest, does not create a lot for the purposes of this definition, unless the intent of the transferor is to avoid the objectives of this subchapter.

J.

Division of new or existing structures. Beginning July 1, 2018, a division of a new or existing structure into three or more dwelling units wheter the division is accomplished by sale, lease, development or otherwise shall not be subject to Subdivision Review, however shall be subject to review per § 300-603, Conditional uses (see M.R.S.A. Title 30-A, § 4402, Exceptions).

A.

Any project for improvement of a structure to correct existing violations of state or local health, sanitary, or safety code specifications which have been identified by the local code enforcement official and which are the minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions; or

B.

Any alteration of an historic structure, provided that the alteration will not preclude the structure's continued designation as an historic structure.

of estimated total cost.

§ 414, any surface wastewater disposal system, or any municipal or quasi-municipal sewer or wastewater treatment system. The term shall not include a wastewater disposal system designed to treat wastewater which is in whole or in part hazardous waste as defined in 38 M.R.S.A. Chapter 13, Subchapter 1.

TEMPORARY, HABITABLE TRAILERS BUILT ON A PERMANENT CHASSIS TO BE USED AS PORTABLE CLASSROOMS AND/OR OFFICES AND/OR MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC UNITS FOR A

containing water-borne deposits or exposed soil, parent material or bedrock, and which is connected hydrologically with other water bodies. "Tributary stream" does not include rills or gullies forming because of accelerated erosion in disturbed soils where the natural vegetation cover has been removed by human activity. This definition does not include the term "stream," as defined elsewhere in this chapter, and only applies to that portion of the tributary stream located within the shoreland zone of the receiving water body or wetland.

A.

From the terms of a floodplain management regulation; or

B.

From any dimensional requirement of this chapter, in accordance with 30-A M.R.S.A. § 4353, Subsection 4.

Establishment of Districts; Basic Requirements

ACCESSORY STRUCTURE OR USE ACCESSORY STRUCTURE OR USE — A use or structure which is incidental and subordinate to the principal use or structure. Accessory uses, when aggregated, shall not subordinate the principal use of the lot. Accessory uses and structures must comply with all conditions and standards for the location or use and which have been permitted by the Planning Board for the location or use. A deck or similar extension of the principal structure, or a garage attached to the principal structure by a roof or a common wall, is considered part of the principal structure. Accessory residential structures and uses include, but are not limited to, private garages with less than four vehicles; swimming pools; greenhouses operated by and for use by the family living in the residence; and satellite dishes. Accessory structures or uses also include amateur radio and citizen band radio towers exceeding 35 feet (excluding antennas) in height above the ground. Such towers less than 35 feet in height above the ground are permitted by right (no permit required).

ADJACENT GRADE ADJACENT GRADE — The natural elevation of the ground surface before construction next to the proposed walls of the structure.

ADULT BUSINESS ESTABLISHMENT ADULT BUSINESS ESTABLISHMENT — Any business otherwise permitted as a retail business or service establishment, including but not limited to any bookstore, newsstand, novelty store, nightclub, bar, cabaret, amusement arcade, or theater, of which a substantial or significant portion consists of selling, renting, leasing, exhibiting, displaying, or otherwise dealing in materials, devices, or activities of any kind which appeal to prurient interests and which depict or describe specified sexual activities, or videotapes rated X, NC-17, or classified as suitable for adults or persons 18 years of age or older, or are displayed in a portion of a facility open only to persons older than 18 years of age.

AFFORDABLE HOUSING DEVELOPMENT AFFORDABLE HOUSING DEVELOPMENT — See § 300-316.7. Affordable Housing Development Density Bonus District for definition.

AGGRIEVED PARTY AGGRIEVED PARTY — An owner of land whose property is directly or indirectly affected by the granting or denial of a permit or variance under this chapter; a person whose land abuts land for which a permit or variance has been granted; or any other person or group of persons who have suffered particularized injury as a result of the granting or denial of such permit or variance. For the purposes of a Planning Board decision, an aggrieved party must have also participated in person, through an authorized representative, or in writing at a public hearing related to the decision being appealed.

AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE — The production, keeping or maintenance for sale or lease of plants and/or animals, including but not limited to forages and sod crops; grains and seed crops; dairy animals and dairy products; poultry and poultry products; livestock; fruits and vegetables; and ornamental and greenhouse products. Agriculture does not include forest management and timber harvesting activities.

AQUACULTURE AQUACULTURE — The growing or propagation of harvestable freshwater, estuarine, or marine plant or animal species.

AREA OF LAND IN NONCONFORMING USE AREA OF LAND IN NONCONFORMING USE — Includes building footprint, accessory structures, storage and parking areas and all areas on the property associated with the operation of the nonconforming use. "Area in nonconforming use" also includes all land area within the outer limits of the above-noted structures, storage and parking areas, including yards and setback areas. Undisturbed or natural areas on the same lot as the nonconforming use and outside the area described above shall not be used in calculating the area in nonconforming use.

AREA OF SHALLOW FLOODING AREA OF SHALLOW FLOODING — The designated AO and AH Zone on the City's Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) with a one-percent or greater annual chance of flooding to an average depth of one feet to three feet where a clearly defined channel does not exist, where the path of flooding is unpredictable, and where velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is characterized by ponding or sheet flow.

AREA OF SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA OF SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD — The land in the floodplain having a one-percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year, as specifically identified in the Flood Insurance Study, cited in Part 5, Performance Standards, of this chapter.

AUTOMOBILE BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE BUSINESS — Establishments primarily engaged in the sales, repair, and/or service of automobiles, including but not limited to car washes and similar activities. Retail automobile parts and supplies are not considered automobile businesses. Where specifically listed, auto sales may include auto repair; auto repair shall not include auto sales.

AUTO REPAIR/SERVICE AUTO REPAIR/SERVICE — Establishments primarily engaged in providing repair and replacement services for automotive vehicles, such as passenger cars, trucks, and vans, and all trailers. This includes the sale, installation, and servicing of equipment and parts, as well as towing and wrecker services. Establishments in this industry group employ mechanics with specialized technical skills to diagnose and repair the mechanical and electrical systems for automotive vehicles, repair automotive interiors, and paint

BARBER/BEAUTY SHOP BARBER/BEAUTY SHOP — Establishments primarily engaged in one or more of the following:

BASAL AREA BASAL AREA — The area of cross section of a tree trunk at 4½ feet above the ground level and inclusive of bark.

BASE FLOOD BASE FLOOD — The flood having a one-percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year, commonly called the "one-hundred-year flood."

BASEMENT BASEMENT — Any portion of a structure with floor-to-ceiling height of six feet or more and having more than 50% of its volume below the existing ground level.

BASE SITE AREA BASE SITE AREA — That portion of a parcel as calculated pursuant to Part 3, Article IV, Site Capacity Analysis, of this chapter; the extent to which a site is developable.

BED-AND-BREAKFAST/TOURIST HOME BED-AND-BREAKFAST/TOURIST HOME — A place that advertises itself as a bed-and-breakfast where the public for a fee may obtain overnight accommodations that include a sleeping room or rooms and at least one meal per day.

BOAT LAUNCHING FACILITY BOAT LAUNCHING FACILITY — A facility designed primarily for the launching and landing of watercraft, and which may include an access ramp, docking area, and parking spaces for vehicles and trailers.

BUFFER YARD BUFFER YARD — A unit of land, together with a specified type and amount of planting thereon, and any structures such as but not limited to fences, retaining walls and berms, which may be required between land uses to eliminate or minimize conflicts.

BUILDING BUILDING — See "structure."

BUILDING HEIGHT (MAXIMUM) BUILDING HEIGHT (MAXIMUM) — The vertical height from the sidewalk or finished grade at the center of the front of a building to the highest point of the roof surface, if a flat roof; to the deckline for mansard roofs; and to the mean height between eaves and ridges for gable, hip, and gambrel roofs. For purposes of applying regulations in shoreland areas, the height of a structure shall be the vertical distance between the mean original (prior to construction) grade at the downhill side of the structure and the highest point of the structure, excluding chimneys, steeples, antennas, and similar appurtenances which have no floor area.

BUREAU OF FORESTRY BUREAU OF FORESTRY — The State of Maine Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Forestry, Bureau of Forestry.

BUSINESS PARK BUSINESS PARK — A planned development designed and arranged for business and professional uses, uses that are accessory or that provide services to business and professional uses.

BUSINESS/PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS BUSINESS/PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS — Establishments primarily engaged in promoting the business and/or professional interests of their members and the profession as a whole. These establishments may conduct research; develop statistics; sponsor quality and certification standards; lobby public officials; or publish newsletters, books, or periodicals for distribution to their members.

BUSINESS/PROFESSIONAL SERVICES/OFFICES BUSINESS/PROFESSIONAL SERVICES/OFFICES — A room or group of rooms used for conducting the affairs of a business or professional entity, not entailing the sale of goods except that which is clearly incidental. Examples of business/professional offices and services include but are not limited to doctors;

CALIPER CALIPER — A measurement of the size of a tree equal to the diameter of its trunk, measured six inches above natural grade for trees having calipers less than or equal to four inches diameter, and measured 12 inches above grade for tree calipers greater than four inches diameter.

CAMPGROUND CAMPGROUND — Any area or tract of land to accommodate two or more parties in temporary living quarters, including, but not limited to, tents, recreational vehicles or other shelters; considered a recreational use of land for purposes of this chapter.

CANNABIS CULTIVATION FACILITY CANNABIS CULTIVATION FACILITY — A facility used for the propagation and cultivation of cannabis.

CANNABIS MANUFACTURING FACILITY CANNABIS MANUFACTURING FACILITY — A facility for the production, blending, infusing, compounding or other preparation of cannabis and cannabis products, including, but not limited to cannabis extraction or preparation by means of chemical synthesis. Manufacturing does not include cannabis cultivation or testing.

CANNABIS REGISTERED CAREGIVER CANNABIS REGISTERED CAREGIVER — A person or an assistant of that person that provides care for a qualifying patient in accordance with state law and licensing and is registered with the state in accordance with state law. A Cannabis Registered Caregiver may operate in a variety of ways including a retail store, in accordance with state law and the standards of this ordinance.

CANNABIS REGISTERED CAREGIVER (HOME OCCUPATION) CANNABIS REGISTERED CAREGIVER (HOME OCCUPATION) — A person or an assistant of that person that provides care for a qualifying patient in accordance with state law and licensing and is registered with the state in accordance with state law and in accordance with the Home Occupation standards of this ordinance. This use shall be delivery-only, with no visits to the Caregiver’s home by patients.

CANNABIS REGISTERED DISPENSARY CANNABIS REGISTERED DISPENSARY — An entity registered under 22 MRS § 2425-A that acquires, possesses, cultivates, manufactures, delivers, transfers, transports, sells, supplies or dispenses marijuana or related supplies and educational materials to qualifying patients and the caregivers of those patients.

CANNABIS RETAIL STORE CANNABIS RETAIL STORE — A store that has attributes generally associated with retail stores, including, but not limited to, a fixed location, a sign, regular business hours, accessibility to the public and sales of goods or services directly to a consumer, and that is used to offer cannabis plants, harvested cannabis, or cannabis products for sale to the qualifying medical cannabis patients or to the general public.

CANNABIS TESTING FACILITY CANNABIS TESTING FACILITY — A public or private laboratory for testing of cannabis products that is authorized and accredited in accordance with state law.

CANOPY CANOPY — The more or less contiguous cover formed by tree crowns in a wooded area.

CEMETERIES CEMETERIES — Land used or dedicated to the burial of the dead, including crematoriums, mausoleums, necessary sales, and maintenance facilities. Mortuaries and funeral establishments shall be included when operated within the boundary of such cemetery.

CEO CEO — See "Code Enforcement Officer."

CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY AND COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY AND COMPLIANCE — A document signed by the Code Enforcement Officer stating that a structure or development is in compliance with all applicable provisions of this chapter.

CHANNEL CHANNEL — See "watercourse."

CHILD-CARE FACILITY CHILD-CARE FACILITY — See "day-care center."

CHURCH CHURCH — A building, together with its accessory buildings and uses, where persons regularly assemble for religious worship, and which building, together with its accessory buildings and uses, is maintained and controlled by a religious body organized to sustain public worship.

CITY ENGINEER CITY ENGINEER — The City Engineer may be a regular employee of the City or a consultant to the City. The individual designated as City Engineer shall be a registered professional engineer, licensed by the State of Maine.

CIVIC, SOCIAL, AND FRATERNAL ORGANIZATIONS CIVIC, SOCIAL, AND FRATERNAL ORGANIZATIONS — Establishments primarily engaged in promoting the civic and social interests of their members.

CLUSTERED (OR PLANNED UNIT) RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT CLUSTERED (OR PLANNED UNIT) RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT — Land under unified

COASTAL WETLAND COASTAL WETLAND — All tidal and subtidal lands; all lands with vegetation present that is tolerant of saltwater and occurs primarily in a saltwater or estuarine habitat; and any swamp, marsh, bog, beach, flat or other contiguous low land which is subject to tidal action during the highest tide level for the year in which an activity is proposed, as identified in tide tables published by the National Ocean Service. Coastal wetlands may include portions of coastal sand dunes.

CODE ENFORCEMENT OFFICER (CEO) CODE ENFORCEMENT OFFICER (CEO) — Any person responsible for performing the inspection, licensing, and enforcement duties required by a particular statute or ordinance.

COMMERCIAL USE COMMERCIAL USE — The use of lands, buildings, or structures, other than a home occupation, defined herein, the intent and result of which activity is the production of income from the buying and selling of goods and/or services, exclusive of rental of residential buildings and/or dwelling units. Uses considered commercial by this chapter are found in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual under the following category headings: Retail Trade; Finance, Insurance and Real Estate Services; Wholesale Trade. All uses listed in the Table of Land Uses in the Base Zoning Districts,65 except those listed under the "Residential" subsection, shall be considered commercial uses by this chapter.

COMMUNICATIONS FACILITY COMMUNICATIONS FACILITY — See "utility."

COMMUNITY LIVING ARRANGEMENT COMMUNITY LIVING ARRANGEMENT — A housing facility for eight or fewer persons with disabilities or other needs that is approved, authorized, certified or licensed by the state. The residents are not legally related to the operator and are provided personal care, supervision and social or rehabilitative services.

COMPACT AREA COMPACT AREA — For purposes of this chapter, the "compact area" of the City of Augusta shall mean that area contained within the "Revised Urban Boundaries" shown on "Map of Compact Area, Augusta, Kennebec County, Maine," prepared by the State of Maine Department of Transportation, Bureau of Planning, in cooperation with the United States Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Commission (1975). Said map is hereby incorporated into this chapter and shall be maintained on file with the Official Zoning Map. For purposes of this chapter, except with respect to the provisions of OBDS,

CONDITIONAL USE CONDITIONAL USE — A permitted use which may not be appropriate without restriction in a particular district, but which, in the opinion of the Planning Board, if controlled as to number, location, relation to the neighborhood, site design, operational aspects, traffic generation, impact on public facilities and implementation of performance standards, would promote the public safety, health, convenience or welfare. A conditional use shall be allowed in a district only if the regulations for that district specifically permit it, subject to the approval of the Planning Board, and only when the Board finds that such use meets all of the requirements applicable to it as specified in this chapter.

CONFERENCE/EVENT CENTER CONFERENCE/EVENT CENTER — A facility used for conferences, seminars, and events with accommodations for food preparation and eating, entertainment, resource facilities, and meeting rooms that meets all City ordinances and City requirements. The total floor area of a conference/event center shall not exceed 20,000 square feet.

CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONSTRUCTION SERVICES — Any of the activities commonly referred to as "construction" and shall include but not be limited to plumbing, heating, electrical, roofing, carpentry, interior remodeling, landscaping, forestry work, earthwork, and equipment rental.

CONVENTION FACILITY CONVENTION FACILITY — A building, or portion thereof, designed to accommodate 300 or more people in assembly.

CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION — A publicly or privately operated facility generally designed for the confinement, correction, and rehabilitation of adult and/or juvenile offenders sentenced by a court.

COURT COURT — A publicly operated facility used for the purposes of trying and sentencing individuals suspected or guilty of committing a criminal offense or for hearing and deciding on civil disputes.

CUSTOMARILY CUSTOMARILY — More often than an average of one calendar week during any calendar month of operation.

DAY-CARE CENTER DAY-CARE CENTER — A facility licensed by the state primarily engaged in providing nonresidential social assistance, including care, supervision, and protection, during daytime hours to more than 12 children or adults who are not all related to each other by blood or marriage and who are not legal wards or foster children of the care providers, and which is not being used as a residence by the care providers. Services may include child day care, nonmedical home care or homemaker services, social activities, group support, and companionship.

DAY-CARE HOME DAY-CARE HOME — A residence in which care is given during daytime hours to no more than 12 persons of various ages and which may or may not be licensed according to the state's criteria. This use differs from a day-care center in that it is conducted by persons who are living in the home at which the day care is being provided. Day-care homes must also meet the standards for home occupations.

DBH/DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT DBH/DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT — A measurement of the size of a tree equal to the diameter of its trunk measured 4.5 feet above natural grade.

DENSELY DEVELOPED AREA DENSELY DEVELOPED AREA — Any commercial, industrial or compact residential area of 10 or more acres with an existing density of at least one principal structure per two acres.

DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT — Any change caused by individuals or entities to improved or unimproved real estate, including but not limited to the construction of buildings or other structures; the construction of additions or substantial improvements to buildings or other structures; mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation, drilling operations, or storage of equipment or materials; and the storage, deposition, or extraction of materials, public or private sewage disposal systems or water supply facilities.

MAJOR DEVELOPMENT MAJOR DEVELOPMENT — Any multifamily or nonresidential development project that:

MINOR DEVELOPMENT MINOR DEVELOPMENT — Any multifamily or nonresidential development project that:

OTHER DEVELOPMENT OTHER DEVELOPMENT — Requiring a permit from the CEO if listed as a permitted use or requiring a permit from the Planning Board if listed as a conditional use.

DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS — Numerical standards relating to spatial relationships, including, but not limited to, setback, lot area, road frontage, shore frontage, height, floor area and impervious surface factors and ratios and open space ratios.

DIRECT LIGHT DIRECT LIGHT — Light emitted directly from the lamp, off of the reflector or reflector diffuser, or through the refractor or diffuser lens of a luminaire.

DISABILITY DISABILITY — Any disability, infirmity, malformation, disfigurement, congenital defect or mental condition caused by bodily injury, accident, disease, birth defect, environmental conditions or illness; and also includes the physical or mental condition of a person which constitutes a substantial handicap as

DISCHARGE DISCHARGE — The outflow of water, silt or other mobile substances passing along a conduit, watercourse, or a channel or released from detention storage.

DISCONTINUANCE OF NONCONFORMING USE DISCONTINUANCE OF NONCONFORMING USE — Complete cessation or abandonment of a use evidenced by removal of all advertising signs, or removal of all contents of the structure necessary to conduct the business, or allowing the building to become dilapidated or by changing to a conforming use.

DRAINAGE DRAINAGE — The removal of surface water or groundwater from land by drains, grading, or other means. Drainage includes the control of runoff to minimize erosion and sedimentation during or after development and includes the means necessary for water supply preservation or for prevention or alleviation of flooding.

DRAINAGEWAY DRAINAGEWAY — See "watercourse."

DRIVEWAY DRIVEWAY — A paved or unpaved area used for ingress and egress of vehicles from a street or road right-of-way to buildings or other structures or facilities on a lot. When said distance of driveway between the street right-of-way and structures/facilities is longer than 100 feet in length, it shall meet the minimum requirements identified in the Augusta Technical Standards Handbook for an emergency access lane. A shared driveway for up to two adjacent lots shall be allowed if there is a recorded driveway easement that runs with the land and if each lot has the minimum required lot frontage on a street/road right-of-way. The easement must describe the maintenance and repair responsibilities of each party. A shared driveway shall meet the minimum requirements of § 5.4 of Augusta's Technical Standards Handbook. In the shoreland zone, a vehicular accessway less than 500 feet in length serving two single-family dwellings or one two-family dwelling, or less.

DWELLING, MULTIFAMILY DWELLING, MULTIFAMILY — A residential structure containing three or more dwelling units.

DWELLING, ONE-FAMILY DWELLING, ONE-FAMILY — A residential structure containing one dwelling unit. Includes Manufactured Housing.

DWELLING, TWO-FAMILY DWELLING, TWO-FAMILY — A residential structure containing two dwelling units. Includes Manufactured Housing.

DWELLING UNIT DWELLING UNIT — A room or group of rooms designed and equipped exclusively for use as permanent, seasonal, or temporary living quarters for only one family at a time and containing cooking, sleeping and toilet facilities. The term shall include mobile homes and rental units that contain cooking, sleeping, and toilet facilities regardless of the time period rented. Recreational vehicles are not residential dwelling units.

DWELLING UNIT, ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT (ADU) DWELLING UNIT, ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT (ADU) — A self-contained dwelling unit located within, attached to, or detached from a one-family dwelling located on the same parcel of land. Self-contained shall mean that each unit contains living, cooking, and bathroom facilities.

EARTH, EARTH REMOVAL EARTH, EARTH REMOVAL — Includes topsoil (loam), sand, gravel, and clay taken from the land. "Earth removal" shall mean the extraction of topsoil, sand, gravel, and clay from the earth. See "development," "earth filling" and "mineral extraction."

EDUCATIONAL SERVICES EDUCATIONAL SERVICES — Use of land or a building or buildings for the establishment and maintenance of a public or private college, secondary or elementary school or other educational institution that is designed, constructed, or used for education or instruction of persons in any branch of knowledge.

ELEVATED BUILDING ELEVATED BUILDING — A nonbasement building or structure:

ELEVATION CERTIFICATE ELEVATION CERTIFICATE — An official form (FEMA Form 81-31, 05/90, as amended) that is used to verify compliance with the floodplain management regulations of the National Flood Insurance Program and is required as a condition for purchasing flood insurance.

EMERGENCY OPERATIONS EMERGENCY OPERATIONS — Operations conducted for the public health, safety or general welfare, such as protection of resources from immediate destruction or loss, law enforcement, and operations to rescue human beings, property and livestock from the threat of destruction or injury.

EROSION EROSION — The detachment and movement of soil, organic matter or rock fragments by water, wind, ice or gravity.

ESSENTIAL SERVICES ESSENTIAL SERVICES — Gas, electrical or communications facilities; steam, fuel, telephone, electric power or water transmission or distribution lines, towers and related equipment; telephone cables or lines, poles and related equipment; gas, oil, water, slurry or other similar pipelines; municipal sewage lines, collection or supply systems; and associated storage tanks. For the purposes of this chapter, such systems may include towers, poles, wires, mains, drains, pipes, conduits, cables, fire alarms and police call boxes, traffic signals, hydrants and similar accessories but shall not include service drops or buildings which are necessary for the furnishing of such services.

EXPANSION OF A STRUCTURE EXPANSION OF A STRUCTURE — An increase in the footprint or height of a structure, including all extensions, such as, but not limited to, attached decks, garages, porches and greenhouses. Expansion of a structure shall not include construction of stairways, fire escapes or other changes as mandated by federal, state or local building or safety codes.

EXPANSION OF USE EXPANSION OF USE — The addition of one or two months to a use's operating season; additional hours of operation; or the use of more footprint of a structure or ground area devoted to a particular use. See

FAMILY FAMILY — One or more persons occupying a premises and living as a single housekeeping unit.

FARM STAND FARM STAND — A structure for the display and sale of farm products primarily grown on the property upon which the stand is located; may also involve the accessory sales of other unprocessed foodstuffs, home-processed food products, and homemade handicrafts.

FILLING STATION FILLING STATION — Any building, land area, or other premises, or portion thereof, used for the retail dispensing or sales of vehicular fuels, and including as an accessory use the retail sale and installation of lubricants, tires, batteries, and similar vehicle accessories. A filling station is not a repair garage or a body shop. See "automobile business."

FINANCE, INSURANCE, AND REAL ESTATE SERVICES FINANCE, INSURANCE, AND REAL ESTATE SERVICES — Establishments such as banks and financial institutions, credit agencies, investment companies, brokers of and dealers in securities and commodities, security and commodity exchanges, insurance agents, lessors, lessees, buyers, sellers, agents, and developers of real estate.

FIXTURE FIXTURE — The assembly that houses the lamp or lamps and can include all or some of the following parts: a housing, a mounting bracket or pole socket, a lamp holder, a ballast, a reflector or mirror, and/or a refractor or lens.

FLAG LOT FLAG LOT — See "lot, flag."

FLOOD ELEVATION STUDY FLOOD ELEVATION STUDY — An examination, evaluation and determination of flood hazards and, if appropriate, corresponding water surface elevations.

FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM) FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM) — An official map of a community, on which the Administrator of the Federal Insurance Administration has delineated both the special hazard areas and the risk premium zones applicable to the community.

FLOODPLAIN MANAGEMENT FLOODPLAIN MANAGEMENT — The operation of an overall program of corrective and preventive measures for reducing flood damage, including but not limited to emergency preparedness plans, flood-control works, and floodplain management regulations.

FLOODPLAIN OR FLOOD-PRONE AREA FLOODPLAIN OR FLOOD-PRONE AREA — Any land area susceptible to being inundated by water from any source. (See definition of "flood or flooding.")

FLOODPROOFING FLOODPROOFING — Any combination of structural and nonstructural additions, changes, or adjustments to structures which reduce or eliminate flood damage to real estate or improved real property, water and sanitary facilities, structures and their contents.

FLOODWAY FLOODWAY — See "regulatory floodway."

FLOOR AREA FLOOR AREA — The sum of the horizontal areas of the floor(s) of a structure enclosed by exterior walls, plus the horizontal area of any unenclosed portions of a structure such as porches and decks.

FLOOR AREA RATIO FLOOR AREA RATIO — A ratio derived by dividing the total floor area by the net buildable site area.

FLOORING SHOWROOM FLOORING SHOWROOM — A retail business establishment where flooring materials are exhibited for sale or where samples are displayed.

FOOTPRINT FOOTPRINT — The entire area of ground covered by the structure(s) on a lot, including, but not limited to, cantilevered or similar overhanging extensions, as well as unenclosed structures, such as patios and decks.

FORESTED WETLAND FORESTED WETLAND — A freshwater wetland dominated by woody vegetation that is six meters tall (approximately 20 feet) or taller.

FOUNDATION FOUNDATION — The supporting substructure of a building or other structure, excluding wooden sills and post supports, but including basements, slabs, frost walls, or other base consisting of concrete, block, brick or similar material.

FREEBOARD FREEBOARD — A factor of safety usually expressed in feet above a flood level for purposes of floodplain management. Freeboard tends to compensate for the many unknown factors, such as wave action, bridge

FREQUENTLY FLOODED FREQUENTLY FLOODED — See "hydric soils." Flooding likely to occur often under usual weather conditions; more than a fifty-percent chance of flooding in any year or more than 50 times in 100 years.

FUEL WOOD PRODUCTION FUEL WOOD PRODUCTION — The mechanized processing of wood into any length less than tree length, not accessory to a timber harvest, when not burned or consumed on site.

FUNCTIONALLY/WATER-DEPENDENT USES FUNCTIONALLY/WATER-DEPENDENT USES — With respect to § 300-508, Flood damage prevention standards, "functionally dependent use" means a principal use which cannot perform its intended purpose unless it is located or carried out in close proximity to water. The term includes only docking facilities, port facilities that are necessary for the loading and unloading of cargo or passengers, and ship building and ship repair facilities, but does not include long-term storage or related manufacturing facilities. With respect to shoreland zoning regulations, § 300-316.1, "functionally water-dependent uses" are those uses that require, for their primary purpose, location on submerged lands or that require direct access to, or location in, coastal and inland waters and which cannot be located away from these waters. The uses include, but are not limited to, commercial and recreational fishing and boating facilities, finfish and shellfish processing, fish-related storage and retail and wholesale marketing facilities, waterfront dock and port facilities, shipyards and boat building facilities, marinas, navigation aids, basins and channels, shoreline structures necessary for erosion control purposes, industrial uses dependent upon water-borne transportation or requiring large volumes of cooling or processing water which cannot reasonably be located or operated at an inland site, and uses which primarily provide general public access to coastal and inland waters. Recreational boat storage buildings are not considered to be a functionally water-dependent use.

FUNERAL HOME FUNERAL HOME — A building used for the preparation of the deceased for burial and display and rituals connected therewith before burial or cremation. A funeral home, as defined for purposes of this chapter, includes a funeral chapel.

GARAGE, PRIVATE GARAGE, PRIVATE — An accessory residential building, or part of a principal residential building, including a carport, used primarily for the storage of motor vehicles.

GARDEN CENTER GARDEN CENTER — An enterprise where plants either imported or grown on the site are sold, at retail and wholesale, as well as accessory items directly related to the planting, harvesting, maintenance and care of plant life, including plants, shrubs, trees, packaged fertilizers, soils, chemicals, garden tools, gifts, and other nursery goods and similar accessory and ancillary products in small quantities. This activity includes greenhouses. This activity does not include the sale, either retail or wholesale, of power equipment, such as gas or electric lawnmowers and farm implements, or of gravel.

GENERAL SURFACE WATER RESOURCE AREAS GENERAL SURFACE WATER RESOURCE AREAS — Areas along all brooks, streams, wetlands and natural drainageways not protected by M.R.S.A. Title 38 but considered to have value in their natural state for the maintenance of biotic systems and in their capacity to carry stormwater.

GFA GFA — See "gross floor area."

GLARE GLARE — Light emitting from a luminaire with an intensity great enough to reduce a viewer's ability to see, and in extreme cases causing momentary blindness.

GOVERNMENT OFFICES GOVERNMENT OFFICES — A room or group of rooms used for conducting the affairs of a government entity, not entailing the sale of goods except that which is clearly incidental.

GOVERNMENT SERVICES GOVERNMENT SERVICES — For the purposes of this chapter, "government services" shall include the functions performed by the various government agencies in the City. Government services shall include but not be limited to the following: capitol, administration, courts, jails, public safety (police, fire and emergency/rescue), public schools, postal services, public works and municipal utilities.

GOVERNMENT USES GOVERNMENT USES — Any building, site, or use owned, operated, or facilitated by any governmental entity or agency.

GREAT POND GREAT POND — Any inland body of water which in a natural state has a surface area in excess of 10 acres, and any inland body of water artificially formed or increased which has a surface area in excess of 30 acres, except, for the purposes of this chapter, where the artificially formed or increased inland body of water is completely surrounded by land held by a single owner. Note: All ponds in Augusta are "great ponds."

GREAT POND CLASSIFIED GPA GREAT POND CLASSIFIED GPA — Any great pond classified GPA, pursuant to 38 M.R.S.A. Article 4-A, § 465-A. This classification includes some, but not all, impoundments of rivers that are defined as "great ponds." Note: All ponds in Augusta are "great ponds."

GREENHOUSE GREENHOUSE — A building used for the cultivation of plants whose roof and sides are made largely of glass or other transparent or translucent material.

GROSS FLOOR AREA GROSS FLOOR AREA — The sum of the gross area of the several floors of a building or buildings measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls or from the center lines of walls separating two buildings.

GROUND COVER GROUND COVER — Small plants, fallen leaves, needles and twigs, and the partially decayed organic matter of the forest floor.

GROUP HOME GROUP HOME — A facility licensed by the State of Maine, wherein more than eight persons not legally related to the operator are provided personal care, supervision and social or rehabilitative services. The facility serves as a substitute for the residents' own homes, furnishing facilities and comforts normally found in a home but providing, in addition, such service, equipment, and safety features as are required for safe and adequate care of the residents.

HABITAT, SIGNIFICANT WILDLIFE HABITAT, SIGNIFICANT WILDLIFE — Areas designated by the Department of Environmental Protection pursuant to the Natural Resources Protection Act, 38 M.R.S.A. §§ 480-A through 480-S, and described in § 300-316.1C(1) of this chapter.

HAZARD TREE HAZARD TREE — A tree with a structural defect, combination of defects, or disease resulting in a structural defect that, under the normal range of environmental conditions at the site, exhibits a high probability of failure and loss of a major structural component of the tree in a manner that will strike a target. A normal range of environmental conditions does not include meteorological anomalies, such as, but not limited to: hurricanes; hurricane-force winds; tornados; microbursts; or significant ice storm events. Hazard trees also include those trees that pose a serious and imminent risk to bank stability. A target is the area where personal injury or property damage could occur if the tree or a portion of the tree fails. Targets include roads, driveways, parking areas, structures, campsites, and any other developed area where people frequently gather and linger.

HEAVY EQUIPMENT REPAIR HEAVY EQUIPMENT REPAIR — Establishments primarily engaged in the repair and maintenance of commercial and industrial machinery and equipment. May include the rental, but not sales, of heavy equipment.

HEIGHT OF A STRUCTURE HEIGHT OF A STRUCTURE — See "building height (maximum)."

HISTORICAL SOCIETY HISTORICAL SOCIETY — A nonprofit membership organization dedicated to the preservation of historical documents, materials, and artifacts and promoting an increased awareness of these items. Such organizations often make historical documents, materials, and artifacts available to the wider public by providing research opportunities, museums and display areas, interpretive programs, lecture series at their site, and other accessory uses, sometimes for a fee.

HISTORIC STRUCTURE HISTORIC STRUCTURE — Any structure that is:

HOME OCCUPATION HOME OCCUPATION — An occupation or profession which is customarily conducted on or in a residential structure or property, which meets the standards of § 310-510, Home Occupations, and which:

HOSPITALS HOSPITALS — Institutions, licensed by the State Department of Health, providing primary health services and medical or surgical care to persons, primarily inpatients, suffering from illness, disease, injury, deformity, and other abnormal physical or mental conditions, and including as an integral part of the institution related facilities such as laboratories, outpatient facilities, or training facilities.

HOTEL (MOTEL, MOTOR LODGE, TOURIST COURT) HOTEL (MOTEL, MOTOR LODGE, TOURIST COURT) — A building or group of buildings in which more than 16 rooms are used to offer transient lodging accommodations to the general public and which may include additional facilities and services, such as restaurants, meeting rooms, entertainment, personal services, and recreational facilities.

HYDRIC SOILS HYDRIC SOILS — Soils that are saturated, flooded, or ponded long enough during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part (USDA Soil Conservation Service, 1987). In general, hydric soils are flooded, ponded, or saturated for usually one week or more during the period when soil temperatures are above biologic zero 41° F., as defined by "Soil Taxonomy" (U.S.D.A. Soil Survey Staff, 1975). These soils usually support hydrophytic vegetation.

IESNA IESNA — Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, an internationally recognized authority on lighting design. Publishers of RP-33-99.

IMPERVIOUS SURFACE IMPERVIOUS SURFACE — Any hard-surfaced, man-made area that does not readily absorb or retain water, including but not limited to building roofs, paved or graveled parking and driveway areas, sidewalks and paved recreational facilities.

IMPERVIOUS SURFACE RATIO IMPERVIOUS SURFACE RATIO — A measure of the intensity of land use which is determined by dividing the total area of all impervious surfaces on a site by lot area.

IMPROVEMENT TO A STRUCTURE IMPROVEMENT TO A STRUCTURE — Internal modification, including alterations and renovations, and window replacement, as well as minor exterior modifications necessary for health and safety such as but not limited to fire escapes and means of egress. Reroofing and placement of siding is not considered improvement to a structure.

INCREASE IN NONCONFORMITY OF A STRUCTURE INCREASE IN NONCONFORMITY OF A STRUCTURE — Any change in a structure or property which causes further deviation from the dimensional standard(s) creating the nonconformity, such as, but not limited to, reduction in water body, tributary stream or wetland setback distance, increase in lot coverage, or increase in height of a structure. Property changes or structure expansions which either meet the dimensional standard or which cause no further increase in the linear extent of nonconformance of the existing structure shall not be considered to increase nonconformity. For example, there is no increase in nonconformity with the setback requirement for water bodies, wetlands, or tributary streams if the expansion extends no further into the required setback area than does any portion of the existing nonconforming structure. Hence, a structure may be expanded laterally, provided that the expansion extends no closer to the water body, tributary stream, or wetland than the closest portion of the existing structure from that water body, tributary stream, or wetland. Included in this allowance are expansions which infill irregularly shaped structures.

INDIVIDUAL PRIVATE CAMPSITE INDIVIDUAL PRIVATE CAMPSITE — An area of land which is not associated with a campground but which is used for repeated camping by only one group not to exceed 10 individuals and which involves site improvements which may include, but not be limited to, a gravel pad, parking area, fireplace, or tent platform.

INDUSTRIAL USES INDUSTRIAL USES — Those establishments which create new (or altered) products from raw materials or other product through various processes for ultimate distribution and sale. The assembling, fabrication, finishing, manufacturing, packaging or processing of goods, or the extraction of minerals. See "manufacturing (heavy)" and "manufacturing (light)."

INSTITUTIONAL USES INSTITUTIONAL USES — For the purposes of this chapter, or unless otherwise specified, institutional uses include public and private schools, nursing homes, religious activities and associated uses and funeral homes.

INTERMITTENT STREAM INTERMITTENT STREAM — See "stream."

JUNKYARD JUNKYARD — See "waste facility, Class 2." A junkyard shall be considered and reviewed as a Class II waste facility and shall include the following:

JUNKYARD OR AUTOMOBILE GRAVEYARD JUNKYARD OR AUTOMOBILE GRAVEYARD — An open outside area used for the storage, keeping, sorting, processing, baling or abandonment of junk, including but not limited to scrap metals or other materials such as paper, rags, bottles, machinery or parts thereof. "Junkyard" differs from "recycling center" in that recycling operations are wholly contained indoors.

LAND LEASE COMMUNITY LAND LEASE COMMUNITY — See "manufactured housing park."

LAUNDRY SERVICES LAUNDRY SERVICES — Establishments primarily engaged in one or more of the following:

LICENSED PLUMBING INSPECTOR (LPI) LICENSED PLUMBING INSPECTOR (LPI) — An individual licensed by the State of Maine Department of Human Services to review and inspect requests for internal and external plumbing permits.

LIGHT MANUFACTURING LIGHT MANUFACTURING — See "manufacturing (light)."

LIGHT TRESPASS LIGHT TRESPASS — The shining of light produced by a luminaire beyond the boundaries of the property on which it is located.

LOADING SPACE, OFF-STREET LOADING SPACE, OFF-STREET — Space logically and conveniently located for bulk pickups and deliveries, scaled to delivery vehicles expected to be used, and accessible to such vehicles when required off-street parking spaces are filled. Required off-street loading space is not to be included in off-street parking space in the computation of required off-street parking space.

LOCALLY ESTABLISHED DATUM LOCALLY ESTABLISHED DATUM — For purposes of this chapter, an elevation established for a specific site to which all other elevations at the site are referenced. This elevation is generally not referenced to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD) or any other established datum and is used in areas where mean sea level data is too far from a specific site to be practically used.

LOT LOT — For purposes of this chapter, a lot is a registered or recorded parcel of land of at least sufficient size to meet minimum zoning requirements for use and dimensions and to provide such yards and other open spaces as are herein required. For the purposes of this chapter, an easement shall not be considered a lot.

LOT AREA LOT AREA — The area of land enclosed within the boundary lines of a lot, minus land below the normal high-water line of a water body or upland edge of a wetland and areas beneath roads serving more than two lots.

LOT, FLAG LOT, FLAG — A back lot or parcel which meets special area requirements of the zone in which it exists, has no less than 40 feet of frontage on a public road which provides access designed in accordance with

FRONT FRONT — The line separating any lot from a street or streets.

REAR REAR — A lot line which is opposite and most distant from the front lot line; in the case of a triangular or irregular lot, a line 10 feet long within the lot, parallel to and farthest from the front lot line.

SIDE SIDE — Any lot line not a front or rear lot line.

LOT FRONTAGE LOT FRONTAGE — The fee simple or leasehold boundary line of a lot which extends along a recorded or recordable street/road right-of-way which meets the minimum width requirements for the intended use on said lot. For the purpose of determining yard requirements on corner lots and through lots, all sides of a lot adjacent to streets shall be considered frontage, and yards shall be provided as indicated under "yards" in this section. Double frontage lots may consider all front footage in determining minimum frontage requirements.

LOT, DOUBLE FRONTAGE LOT, DOUBLE FRONTAGE — A lot abutting two parallel streets, or abutting two intersecting streets at points removed from their juncture.

LOT DEPTH LOT DEPTH — The distance between the midpoint of straight lines connecting the foremost points of the side lot line in front and the rearmost points of the side lot lines in the rear.

LOT WIDTH LOT WIDTH — The distance between straight lines connecting front and rear lot lines at each side of the lot, measured across the rear of the required front yard. For purposes of applying shoreland regulations, minimum lot width shall be considered to be the closest distance between the side lot lines of a lot. When only two lot lines extend into the shoreland zone, both lot lines shall be considered to be side lot lines.

LOT OF RECORD LOT OF RECORD — Land designated as a separate and distinct parcel in a legally recorded deed and plan filed in the Kennebec County Registry of Deeds.

LOWEST FLOOR LOWEST FLOOR — The lowest floor of the lowest enclosed area (including basement). An unfinished or flood-resistant enclosure, usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access, or storage, in an area other than a basement area is not considered a building's lowest floor, provided that such enclosure is not built so as to render the structure in violation of the applicable nonelevation design requirements found in Part 5, Performance Standards, of this chapter.

LUMEN LUMEN — A unit of luminous flux. One footcandle is one lumen per square foot. For the purposes of this chapter, the lumen output values shall be the initial lumen output ratings of a lamp.

LUMINAIRE LUMINAIRE — This is a complete lighting system, and includes a lamp or lamps and a fixture.

MANUFACTURED HOME MANUFACTURED HOME — See "manufactured housing."

MANUFACTURED HOUSING MANUFACTURED HOUSING — A structural unit or units designed for occupancy and constructed in a manufacturing facility and transported, by the use of its own chassis or an independent chassis, to a building site. The term includes any type of building that is constructed at a manufacturing facility and transported to a building site where it is used for housing and may be purchased or sold by a dealer in the interim. For purposes of this chapter, two types of manufactured housing are included. Those two types are:

TYPE I TYPE I — Those units constructed after June 15, 1976, commonly called "newer mobile homes," that the manufacturer certifies are constructed in compliance with the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development standards, meaning structures transportable in one or more sections, that in the traveling mode are 8 body feet or more in width and 40 body feet or more in length, or when erected on site, are 320 or more square feet, and that are built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as dwellings, with or without permanent foundations, when connected to the required utilities, including the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning or electrical systems contained in the unit.

TYPE II TYPE II — Those units commonly called "modular homes" that the manufacturer certifies are constructed in compliance with Title 10, Chapter 951, and rules adopted under that chapter, meaning structures, transportable in one or more sections, that are not constructed on a permanent chassis and are designed to be used as dwellings on foundations when connected to required utilities, including the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning or electrical systems contained in the unit.

MANUFACTURED HOUSING PARK/LAND LEASE COMMUNITY MANUFACTURED HOUSING PARK/LAND LEASE COMMUNITY — For purposes of flood damage prevention rules and regulations, a parcel (or contiguous parcels) of land divided into two or more manufactured home lots for rent or sale.

MANUFACTURING (HEAVY) MANUFACTURING (HEAVY) — Heavy manufacturing shall include industrial uses, including assembly, fabrication, processing, packaging, storage, distribution, or other industrial processing of products, in which manufacturing processes are conducted indoors or out of doors and in which external evidence of the manufacturing process is detectable out of doors, and shall include any establishment or facility using large unscreened outdoor structures that cannot be integrated into the building design, or engaging in large-scale outdoor storage. Heavy manufacturing, for the purposes of this chapter, includes but is not limited to wood fiber products manufacturing; chemical manufacturing; textile mills; steel fabrication; manufactured housing manufacturing; roof truss manufacturing; sawmills, turneries and fuel wood production; dairies; grain mills; seafood products production; and beverage manufacturing.

MANUFACTURING (LIGHT) MANUFACTURING (LIGHT) — Light manufacturing shall include industrial uses, including manufacturing, assembly, fabrication, processing, packaging, storage, distribution, or other processing of products, in which manufacturing processes are wholly contained within a building and which exhibit no external evidence of a manufacturing process such as but not limited to noise, odor, vibration, dust, smoke, cinders, or fumes.

MARINA MARINA — A business establishment having frontage on navigable water and, as its principal use, providing for hire offshore moorings or docking facilities for boats, and which may also provide accessory services such as boat and related sales, boat repair and construction, indoor and outdoor storage of boats

MARKET VALUE MARKET VALUE — The estimated price a property will bring in the open market and under prevailing market conditions in a sale between a willing seller and a willing buyer, both conversant with the property and with prevailing general price levels.

MEAL CENTER AND FOOD PANTRY MEAL CENTER AND FOOD PANTRY — A social service organization where food is distributed, either prepared or unprepared, for free or below market price.

MEAN SEA LEVEL MEAN SEA LEVEL — For purposes of the National Flood Insurance Program, the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD) of 1929 or other datum to which base flood elevations shown on Augusta's Flood Insurance Rate Map are referenced.

MEDICAL CLINIC MEDICAL CLINIC — A facility operated by two or more licensed practitioners of the healing arts providing medical, psychiatric, or surgical service for sick or injured persons or for the examination, diagnosis, health maintenance, and treatment of persons solely on an outpatient basis.

MEDICAL GUESTHOUSE MEDICAL GUESTHOUSE — A facility exclusively used by patients and their families visiting Augusta to access services at the Alfond Center for Health and the Alfond Center for Cancer Care.

MH and MHP MH and MHP — As used in this chapter, "MH" is equivalent to "mobile home" or "manufactured housing"; "MHP" is equivalent to "mobile home park" and "manufactured housing park."

MINERAL EXPLORATION MINERAL EXPLORATION — Hand sampling, test boring, or other methods of determining the nature or extent of mineral resources which create minimal disturbance to the land and which include reasonable measures to restore the land to its original condition.

MINERAL EXTRACTION ACTIVITY MINERAL EXTRACTION ACTIVITY — Any operation where soil, topsoil, loam, sand, gravel, clay, rock, peat, or other mined material is removed from its natural location or where it is handled. All of the land area disturbed or otherwise developed for the extraction, removal, handling, processing, or storage of sand, gravel, clay, minerals, stone, rock, or topsoil, including any access roads and cleared areas adjacent to a pit or excavated area, structures, office building, parking lots and stockpiles, is considered to be a part of the mineral extraction site or area. Accessory uses may be conducted at a mineral extraction activity site.

MINIMUM LOT WIDTH MINIMUM LOT WIDTH — See "lot measurements": "lot width."

MINOR FLOODPLAIN DEVELOPMENT MINOR FLOODPLAIN DEVELOPMENT — All development that is not new floodplain construction or a substantial improvement, such as repairs, maintenance, renovations, or additions, whose value is less than 50% of the market value of the structure. It also includes but is not limited to accessory structures as provided for in this chapter, mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation, drilling operations, storage of equipment or materials, deposition or extraction of materials, public or private sewage disposal systems or water supply facilities that do not involve structures, and nonstructural projects such as bridges, dams, towers, fencing, pipelines, wharves, and piers.

MOBILE HOME MOBILE HOME — See "manufactured housing." Classified as a "one-family dwelling" land use.

MOBILE HOME PARK MOBILE HOME PARK — A parcel of land under unified ownership approved by the municipality for the placement of three or more units of manufactured housing.

MODULAR HOME MODULAR HOME — See "manufactured housing." Classified as a "one-family dwelling" land use.

MULTIPLE-FAMILY DWELLING/MULTI-UNIT RESIDENTIAL MULTIPLE-FAMILY DWELLING/MULTI-UNIT RESIDENTIAL — A residential structure containing three or more residential dwelling units.

MUNICIPAL OR PUBLIC UTILITIES AND COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES MUNICIPAL OR PUBLIC UTILITIES AND COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES — The use of land

MAJOR MUNICIPAL OR PUBLIC UTILITIES/COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES MAJOR MUNICIPAL OR PUBLIC UTILITIES/COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES — Any

MINOR MUNICIPAL OR PUBLIC UTILITIES/COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES MINOR MUNICIPAL OR PUBLIC UTILITIES/COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES — Any public

WIRELESS MUNICIPAL OR PUBLIC UTILITIES/COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES WIRELESS MUNICIPAL OR PUBLIC UTILITIES/COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES — Any

MUSEUM MUSEUM — A nonprofit, permanent institution in the service of society and its development, open to the public, which acquires, conserves, researches, communicates and exhibits the tangible and intangible heritage of humanity and its environment for the purposes of education, study and enjoyment.

NATIVE NATIVE — Indigenous to the local forests.

NEIGHBORHOOD GROCERY/VARIETY STORE NEIGHBORHOOD GROCERY/VARIETY STORE — A small convenience retail establishment which does not include gasoline refueling facilities. See "convenience retail."

NET BUILDABLE SITE AREA NET BUILDABLE SITE AREA — The calculated area of the buildable portion of a lot after deducting minimum required open space for residential projects, or required floor area factor for nonresidential projects, from the base site area.

NEW CONSTRUCTION NEW CONSTRUCTION — Structures for which the start of construction commenced on or after the effective date of the floodplain management regulations adopted by the City of Augusta in July of 1987.

NEW FLOODPLAIN CONSTRUCTION NEW FLOODPLAIN CONSTRUCTION — Structures for which the start of floodplain construction commenced on or after the effective date of the initial floodplain management regulations adopted by a community and includes any subsequent improvements to such structures.

NEW STRUCTURE OR STRUCTURES NEW STRUCTURE OR STRUCTURES — Any structure for which construction begins on or after September 23, 1988, and including any subsequent improvements to such structures. The area included in the expansion of an existing structure is deemed to be a new structure for the purposes of applying subdivision regulations. See "subdivision."

NGVD NGVD — The National Geodetic Vertical Datum, whose standard was established in 1929, which is used by the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP). See "mean sea level."

NONCONFORMING BUILDING OR STRUCTURE NONCONFORMING BUILDING OR STRUCTURE — A structure which does not meet any one or more of the following dimensional requirements: setback, floor area ratio, height, lot coverage or footprint, but which is allowed to remain solely because it was in lawful existence at the time this chapter or subsequent

NONCONFORMING CONDITION NONCONFORMING CONDITION — A nonconforming lot, structure or use which is allowed solely because it was in lawful existence at the time this chapter or subsequent amendment took effect.

NONCONFORMING LOT NONCONFORMING LOT — A single lot of record which, at the effective date of adoption or amendment of this chapter, does not meet the area, frontage, width, depth, or impervious surface requirements of the district in which it is located.

NONCONFORMING USE NONCONFORMING USE — Use of buildings, structures, premises, land or parts thereof which is not allowed in the district in which it is situated, but which is allowed to remain solely because it was in lawful existence at the time this chapter or subsequent amendments took effect.

NON-NATIVE INVASIVE SPECIES OF VEGETATION NON-NATIVE INVASIVE SPECIES OF VEGETATION — A species of vegetation listed by the Maine Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Forestry as being invasive in Maine ecosystems and not native to Maine ecosystems.

NORMAL HIGH-WATER MARK (LINE), NONTIDAL WATERS NORMAL HIGH-WATER MARK (LINE), NONTIDAL WATERS — That line which is apparent from visible markings, changes in the character of soils due to prolonged action of the water or changes in vegetation, and which distinguishes between predominantly aquatic and predominantly terrestrial land. Areas contiguous with rivers and great ponds that support nonforested wetland vegetation and hydric soils and that are at the same or lower elevation as the water level of the river or great pond during the period of normal high water are considered part of the river or great pond.

NORTH AMERICAN VERTICAL DATUM (NAVD) NORTH AMERICAN VERTICAL DATUM (NAVD) — The national datum whose standard was established in 1988, which is the new vertical datum used by the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) for all new Flood Insurance Rate Maps. NAVD is based upon vertical datum used by other North American countries such as Canada and Mexico and was established to replace NGVD because of constant movement of the earth's crust, glacial rebound, and subsidence and the increasing use of satellite technology.

NURSERY SCHOOL/PRESCHOOL NURSERY SCHOOL/PRESCHOOL — A school for children who are ineligible to attend kindergarten classes as offered by either the public or private school systems in the City. For the purposes of this chapter, a nursery school shall be viewed as a day-care center.

NURSING HOME (CONVALESCENT HOME, REST HOME) NURSING HOME (CONVALESCENT HOME, REST HOME) — A facility which is operated in connection with a hospital, or in which nursing care and medical services are prescribed by or performed under the general direction of persons licensed to practice medicine or surgery in the state, for the accommodation of convalescent or other persons who are not acutely ill and not in need of hospital care, but who do require skilled nursing care and related medical services. The term "nursing home" or "nursing facility" is restricted to those facilities, the purpose of which is to provide skilled nursing care and related medical services for a period of not less than 24 hours per day to individuals admitted because of illness, disease or physical or mental infirmity and which provides a community service.

ONE-HUNDRED-YEAR FLOOD ONE-HUNDRED-YEAR FLOOD — See "base flood."

OPEN SPACE OPEN SPACE — Land used for recreation, resource protection, amenity and/or buffers. In no event shall any area of a lot constituting the minimum lot area of said lot nor any part of any existing or future road or right-of-way be counted as constituting open space.

OPEN SPACE RATIO OPEN SPACE RATIO — A ratio derived by dividing open space by the base site area.

OUTDOOR LIGHTING OUTDOOR LIGHTING — The nighttime illumination of an outside area or object by any man-made device located outdoors that produces light by any means.

OUTDOOR RETAIL OUTDOOR RETAIL — Establishments primarily engaged in the sales, repair, and/or service of accessory structures such as sheds, mobile homes, farm machinery, construction equipment, recreational vehicles,

OUTLET STREAM OUTLET STREAM — Any perennial or intermittent stream, as shown on the most-recent, highest-resolution version of the national hydrography dataset available from the United States Geological Survey on the website of the United States Geological Survey or the national map, that flows from a freshwater wetland.

PARK PARK — A natural or landscaped area, buildings, or structures provided to meet the active or passive recreational needs of people. Such facilities may be public, provided by a unit of government, or private, provided by a private entity. Examples include but are not limited to wildlife sanctuaries, conservation areas, nature centers or preserves.

PARKING LOT PARKING LOT — A parcel or area of land designed for the parking of motor vehicles.

PARKING SPACE, OFF-STREET PARKING SPACE, OFF-STREET — A space adequate for parking an automobile with room for opening doors on both sides, together with properly related access to a public street or alley and maneuvering room.

PERMANENT FOUNDATION PERMANENT FOUNDATION — Any of the following:

PERMITTEE PERMITTEE — Any person, firm, or corporation receiving a permit from the City of Augusta.

PERSON PERSON — An individual, corporation, governmental agency, municipality, trust, estate, partnership, association, two or more individuals having a joint or common interest, or other legal entity.

PERSONAL SERVICES PERSONAL SERVICES — Establishments primarily engaged in providing individual services but not goods involving the care of a person or his or her personal goods and apparel. Examples include but are not limited to salons/spas, massage facilities, tailor shops and clothing rental services, and other services, unless the use is defined elsewhere in this chapter.

PHARMACY PHARMACY — A place where drugs and medicines are prepared and dispensed. Nonprescription medicines, personal care items, cosmetics, food supplements, medical care devices, and nonmedical supplies may also be sold. A pharmacy may include the sale of convenience retail items, not including gasoline.

TEMPORARY TEMPORARY — Structures which remain in or over the water for less than seven months in any period of 12 consecutive months.

PERMANENT PERMANENT — Structures which remain in or over the water for seven months or more in any period of 12 consecutive months.

PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT — A development in which clustering of units or uses permits better land use practices to be employed. See "clustered residential development."

PREMISES PREMISES — Land with or without the buildings and structures thereon.

PRINCIPAL BUILDING/STRUCTURE PRINCIPAL BUILDING/STRUCTURE — A structure other than one which is used for purposes wholly incidental or accessory to the use of another structure or use on the same lot.

PRINCIPAL USE PRINCIPAL USE — A use other than one which is wholly incidental or accessory to another use on the same lot.

PUBLIC FACILITY PUBLIC FACILITY — Any facility, including, but not limited to, buildings, property, recreation areas, and roads, which is owned, leased or otherwise operated or funded by a governmental body or public entity.

PUBLIC SAFETY SERVICES PUBLIC SAFETY SERVICES — Facilities operated by public agencies to provide services relating to the general health, safety, and welfare of the population, including but not limited to fire stations and other fire prevention and firefighting facilities; police and sheriff substations and headquarters, including interim incarceration facilities; and emergency response services.

PUBLIC UTILITY PUBLIC UTILITY — See "municipal or public utilities and communications facilities."

REAL ESTATE OFFICES REAL ESTATE OFFICES — Establishments primarily engaged in acting as agents and/or brokers in one or more of the following: selling real estate for others; buying real estate for others; and renting real estate for others.

RECENT FLOODPLAIN SOILS RECENT FLOODPLAIN SOILS — The following soil series as described and identified by the National Cooperative Soil Survey: Alluvial, Cornish, Charles, Fryeburg, Hadley, Limerick, Lovewell, Medomak, Ondawa, Podunk, Rumney, Saco, Suncook, Sunday, Winooski.

RECREATIONAL AREA/FACILITY RECREATIONAL AREA/FACILITY — A place designed and equipped for the conduct of indoor and/ or outdoor sports, leisure-time activities, and other customary and usual recreational activities, excluding boat launching facilities.

PRIVATE PRIVATE — A recreation facility operated by a private organization and open only to members and guests.

PUBLIC PUBLIC — A recreation facility operated by a public organization and open to the general public.

RECREATIONAL VEHICLE RECREATIONAL VEHICLE — A vehicle or an attachment to a vehicle built on a single chassis; 400 square feet or less when measured at the largest horizontal projection, not including slideouts; designed to be self-propelled or towed and designed for temporary sleeping or living quarters for one or more persons, and which may include a pick-up camper, travel trailer, tent trailer, camp trailer and motor home. In order to be considered as a vehicle and not as a structure, the unit must remain with its tires on the ground and must be registered with the State Division of Motor Vehicles.

RECYCLING CENTER RECYCLING CENTER — A personal service use located and operated primarily for the convenience of residents of a community or region and devoted to the collection (or redemption) and separation of household nonorganic waste products for eventual reprocessing and recycling (off site) into new products for sale to the general public. Recycling centers which handle waste from business, commerce and industry are considered waste facilities. "Recycling center" does not include septage processing or composting facilities.

REGISTERED DISPENSARY or DISPENSARY REGISTERED DISPENSARY or DISPENSARY — An entity registered under 22 MRS § 2425-A that acquires, possesses, cultivates, manufactures, delivers, transfers, transports, sells, supplies or dispenses marijuana or related supplies and educational materials to qualifying patients and the caregivers of those patients.

RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES — A structure or place where persons regularly assemble for worship, ceremonies, rituals, education, and related social events pertaining to a particular system of beliefs, and which structure or place, together with its accessory buildings and uses, is maintained and controlled by a religious body organized to sustain religious ceremonies and purposes. “Religious activities” includes, but is not limited to, churches, religious temples, convents, monasteries, parsonages, rectories, religious camps and retreat sites.

REPLACEMENT SYSTEM REPLACEMENT SYSTEM — A system intended to replace:

RESEARCH, EXPERIMENTAL, AND TESTING LABORATORIES RESEARCH, EXPERIMENTAL, AND TESTING LABORATORIES — A building or group of buildings in which are located facilities for scientific research, investigation, testing, or experimentation, but not facilities for the manufacture or sale of products, except as incidental to the main purpose of the laboratory.

RESIDENTIAL DWELLING UNIT RESIDENTIAL DWELLING UNIT — See "dwelling unit."

RESTAURANT RESTAURANT — An establishment where food and/or beverages are prepared, served, and consumed.

FAST-FOOD RESTAURANT FAST-FOOD RESTAURANTRestaurants where most customers order and are served their food at a counter or in a motor vehicle in packages prepared to leave the premises or able to be taken to a table or counter to be consumed.

STANDARD RESTAURANT STANDARD RESTAURANT — Restaurants where food and beverages are prepared, served, and consumed primarily within the principal building, and where table service rather than counter service is provided for ordering and serving the food. Standard restaurants also include cafeteria or buffet-style dining.

RESUBDIVISION RESUBDIVISION — The further division of an existing parcel within an approved subdivision or any change to the location of the lot lines therein, or the relocation of any street or lot line in a subdivision.

RETAIL RETAIL — Establishments engaged in the selling of goods or merchandise directly to the consumer and not for resale and in rendering services incidental to the sale of such goods.

RETAIL, CONVENIENCE RETAIL, CONVENIENCE — An establishment primarily engaged in selling food products, household items, newspapers and magazines, candy and beverages, and a limited amount of freshly prepared foods directly to the consumer for off-premises consumption. Convenience stores may provide for gasoline refueling facilities.

RETAIL, MEDICAL SALES RETAIL, MEDICAL SALES — A retail establishment specializing in the sale of medical supplies, including prescription and nonprescription drugs. Examples include but are not limited to convalescent supply stores, food supplement stores, hearing aid stores, prosthetic stores, home health care supply stores, and sick room supply stores.

RETAIL, SPECIALTY RETAIL, SPECIALTY — Retail operations that specialize in one type or line of merchandise. Specialty retail does not include auto sales.

RIGHT-OF-WAY RIGHT-OF-WAY — A public or private strip of land of a specified width, owned in fee or controlled

RIPRAP RIPRAP — Rocks, irregularly shaped, and at least six inches in diameter, used for erosion control and soil stabilization, typically used on ground slopes of two units horizontal to one unit vertical or less.

RIVER RIVER — A free-flowing body of water, including its associated floodplain wetlands from that point at which it provides drainage for a watershed of 25 square miles to its mouth.

RIVERINE RIVERINE — Relating to, formed by, or resembling a river (including tributaries), stream, brook, etc.

ROAD ROAD — A public or private right-of-way, usually of a rural design, a route or track consisting of a bed of exposed mineral soil, gravel, asphalt, or other surfacing material constructed for or created by the repeated passage of motorized vehicles, excluding a driveway as defined.

ROOMING HOUSE ROOMING HOUSE — A building or group of attached or detached buildings containing three or more rooms for occupancy for weekly or longer periods of time with or without board, in which common kitchen or living facilities may or may not be provided, as distinguished from hotels and tourist homes in which rentals are generally for daily or weekly periods and occupancy is by transients. A rooming house may be operated for profit or by nonprofit agencies which do not require payment from occupants. Rooming house units shall not meet the definition of a "dwelling unit." For the purposes of computing density and parking requirements, two rooms shall equal one multifamily dwelling unit.

SALT MARSH SALT MARSH — Areas of coastal wetland (most often along coastal bays) that support salt-tolerant species and where, at average high tide during the growing season, the soil is irregularly inundated by tidal waters. The predominant species is saltmarsh cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora). More open areas often support widgeon grass, eelgrass, and Sago pondweed.

SALT MEADOW SALT MEADOW — Areas of a coastal wetland that support salt-tolerant plant species bordering the landward side of salt marshes or open coastal water, where the soil is saturated during the growing season but which is rarely inundated by tidal water. Indigenous plant species include salt meadow cordgrass (Spartina patens) and black rush; common threesquare occurs in fresher areas.

SAPLING SAPLING — A tree species with a trunk that is less than two inches in diameter at 4.5 feet above ground level.

SEASONAL SEASONAL — A use of land or structures designed and arranged to be used for less than 10 months in the year.

SEDIMENTATION SEDIMENTATION — The deposition of soil particles that have been transported from their site of origin by water, ice, wind, gravity, or other natural means.

SEEDLING SEEDLING — A young tree species that is less than 4.5 feet in height above ground level.

SELF-SERVICE LAUNDROMATS SELF-SERVICE LAUNDROMATS — Establishments primarily engaged in operating facilities with coin-operated or similar self-service laundry equipment for customer use on the premises.

SELF-SERVICE STORAGE UNITS SELF-SERVICE STORAGE UNITS — A building or group of buildings containing separate, individual, and private storage spaces of varying sizes available for lease or rent for varying periods of time where clients retain a key and can independently store and retrieve their goods.

SERVICES SERVICES — Establishments primarily engaged in providing assistance, as opposed to products, to individuals, business, industry, government, and other enterprises. The sale of goods is permitted only when incidental to the providing of services. Examples of services include but are not limited to miscellaneous repair services (excluding automotive repair/services); parking services; rental services;

SERVICE DROP SERVICE DROP — Any utility line extension which does not cross or run beneath any portion of a water body, provided that:

SERVICE STATION SERVICE STATION — See "automobile business."

SETBACK SETBACK — The nearest horizontal distance from a lot line or normal high-water line of a water body or tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland, to the nearest part of a structure, road, parking space or other regulated object or area.

SHELTER SHELTER — A social services facility providing temporary overnight shelter in a dormitory-style or per-bed arrangement.

SHOE REPAIR SHOPS SHOE REPAIR SHOPS — Establishments primarily engaged in repairing footwear without retailing new footwear.

SHOPPING CENTER SHOPPING CENTER — A group of commercial establishments planned, developed, and managed as a unit.

SHORE FRONTAGE SHORE FRONTAGE — The length of a lot bordering on a water body or a wetland measured in a straight line between the intersections of the side lot lines with the shoreline.

SHORELAND ZONE SHORELAND ZONE — The land located within 250 feet, horizontal distance, of the normal high-water line of any great pond or river; within 250 feet, horizontal distance, of the upland edge of a coastal wetland, including all areas affected by tidal action; within 250 feet of the upland edge of a freshwater wetland; or within 75 feet of the normal high-water line of a stream.

SHORELINE SHORELINE — The normal high-water line or upland edge of a freshwater or coastal wetland.

SIGN, ATTACHED SIGNS SIGN, ATTACHED SIGNS — Any structure, device, letter, banner, symbol or other representation which is used or is in the nature of an advertisement, announcement or direction. "Sign" includes permanent, portable, temporary or mobile (including vehicular signs) signs. "Attached signs" includes those that are permanently attached to a building and supported entirely from it, including those which are mounted flat against a wall and those that are constructed without attachment to a building and are freestanding. "Sign" includes the full sign assembly, including base, poles and other mounting hardware, and message board. Murals painted for the purposes of art or architectural enhancement and containing no advertisement,

SIGNIFICANT RIVER SEGMENTS SIGNIFICANT RIVER SEGMENTS — See 38 M.R.S.A. § 437. Note: No significant river segments exist in Augusta.

SINGLE-ROOM-OCCUPANCY (SRO) DWELLING UNIT SINGLE-ROOM-OCCUPANCY (SRO) DWELLING UNIT — A self-contained dwelling unit that provides ambulatory independent living for one resident per unit. Each SRO unit shall be a minimum of 150 square feet in size and a maximum of 375 square feet for non-handicapped-accessible units (or 425 square feet for handicapped-accessible units). Each unit may provide kitchenettes and private bathroom facilities in each unit and/or shared common bathrooms and kitchens. Multiple-family dwellings that incorporate multiple SRO dwelling units may include, but are not required to include, common gathering spaces for residents, program spaces, office space, and common laundry facilities.

SMALL DISTILLERIES, BREWERIES AND BAKERIES SMALL DISTILLERIES, BREWERIES AND BAKERIES — Any distillery, brewery or bakery that occupies less than 5,000 square feet of floor space for manufacturing. Any associated restaurant and/or retail element must be primarily for the sale of the product being produced on site, and shall not be included as part of the square footage floor space calculations.

SOCIAL SERVICES SOCIAL SERVICES — Establishments primarily engaged in providing nonresidential individual and family social assistance services to advance the welfare of citizens in need. A social service may include the following accessory uses: office, medical office, or clinic uses; vocational or trade training; supporting personal services; or a food and goods distribution facility.

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM, BUILDING OR GROUND MOUNTED SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM, BUILDING OR GROUND MOUNTED — A system for transforming solar energy into another form of energy either for electrical or heat generation purposes. Systems are considered structures and subject to building height and setback standards, and may be further regulated in Historic Districts. Three defined sizes are based on the perimeter boundary of all the structures of the system, including space between rows of structures.

SMALL SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM SMALL SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM — A system smaller than 1,500 square feet.

MEDIUM SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM MEDIUM SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM — A system 1,500 square feet to less than 15,000 square feet.

LARGE SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM LARGE SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM — A system 15,000 square feet or larger.

SPECIAL EXCEPTION SPECIAL EXCEPTION — A use which would not generally be appropriate in a particular zoning district, but which, as determined by a two-thirds majority of the Planning Board, if specifically designed to be compatible with both the adjacent physical neighborhood and is designed to advance the purposes of the particular zoning district being contemplated, would support the public safety, health, convenience, and welfare of that district. A special exception for a particular use shall be allowed in a district only if the regulations for that district specifically allow that use and only when the Planning Board finds that such use meets all of the requirements applicable to it as specified in this chapter.

SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA — See "area of special flood hazard."

SPECIALTY FOOD MARKET SPECIALTY FOOD MARKET — A retail operation specializing in a specific type or class of foods, such as an appetizer store; bakery; butcher; delicatessen; fish shop; gourmet shop; or foods associated with a particular nationality, religious observance, dietary practices, or cuisine.

SPECIALTY PRINT SHOP SPECIALTY PRINT SHOP — A facility for the custom reproduction of written or graphic materials on a custom order basis for individuals or businesses. Typical processes include, but are not limited to, photocopying, blueprint, and facsimile sending and receiving, and including offset printing.

START OF FLOODPLAIN CONSTRUCTION START OF FLOODPLAIN CONSTRUCTION — The date the building permit was issued, provided the actual start of floodplain construction, repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, placement,

STEEP SLOPE STEEP SLOPE — Land area where the inclination of the land's surface from the horizontal is 15% or greater. See "sustained slope."

STORM-DAMAGED TREE STORM-DAMAGED TREE — A tree that has been uprooted, blown down, is lying on the ground, or that remains standing and is damaged beyond the point of recovery as the result of a storm event.

STORMWATER RUNOFF STORMWATER RUNOFF — The waters derived from rains falling within a tributary drainage basin, flowing over the surface of the ground or collected in channels, watercourses or conduits.

STREAM STREAM — A free-flowing body of water from the outlet of a great pond or the confluence of two perennial streams, as depicted on the most-recent, highest-resolution version of the national hydrography dataset available from the United States Geological Survey on the website of the United States Geological Survey (http://nhd.usgs.gov) or the national map, to the point where the stream meets the shoreland zone of another water body or wetland. When a stream meets the shoreland zone of a water body or wetland and a channel forms downstream of the water body or wetland as an outlet, that channel is also a stream. Intermittent streams run six months or less during any twelve-month period. See "tributary stream."

STREET STREET — For the purposes of this chapter and for determining minimum road frontage requirements, a street is considered to be any public or private right-of-way of a specified width, or a right-of-way shown on a recordable subdivision plan approved by the Planning Board. Approval of a private right-of-way meeting minimum road frontage requirements shall in no way be construed to imply acceptance by the City of Augusta for purposes of maintenance, improvements or other City services.

STREET LINE STREET LINE — The right-of-way line of a street. STRUCTURE —

SUBDIVISION SUBDIVISION — The division of a tract or parcel of land into three or more lots within any five-year period that begins on or after September 23, 1971. This definition applies whether the division is accomplished by sale, lease, development, buildings or otherwise. The term "subdivision" also includes the division of a new structure or structures on a tract or parcel of land into three or more dwelling units within a five-year period, the construction or placement of three or more dwelling units on a single tract or parcel of land and the division of an existing structure or structures previously used for commercial or industrial use into three or more dwelling units within a five-year period (see Subsection J below for building/structure exceptions).

SUBDIVISION, MAJOR SUBDIVISION, MAJOR — Any subdivision involving the development of a street. A major subdivision shall also include those developments which create six or more lots or units, whether on an existing street or on or within a proposed street or street system.

SUBDIVISION, MINOR SUBDIVISION, MINOR — Any subdivision not involving the development of a street and involving the creation of fewer than six lots or units.

SUBSTANTIAL FLOODPLAIN DAMAGE SUBSTANTIAL FLOODPLAIN DAMAGE — Damage of any origin sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to its before-damaged condition would equal or exceed 50% of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred.

SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT — Any reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, or other improvement of a structure, the cost of which equals 50% of the market value of the structure before the start of construction of the improvement. This term includes structures which have incurred substantial damage, regardless of the actual repair work performed. The term does not, however, include either:

SUBSTANTIAL START SUBSTANTIAL START — Completion of 30% of a permitted structure or use measured as a percentage

SUBSURFACE WASTEWATER DISPOSAL SYSTEM SUBSURFACE WASTEWATER DISPOSAL SYSTEM — Any system designed to dispose of waste or wastewater on or beneath the surface of the earth; includes, but is not limited to: septic tanks; disposal fields; grandfathered cesspools; holding tanks; pretreatment filter, piping, or any other fixture, mechanism, or apparatus used for those purposes; does not include: any discharge system licensed under 38 M.R.S.A.

SUSTAINED SLOPE SUSTAINED SLOPE — A change in elevation where the referenced percent grade is substantially maintained or exceeded throughout the measured area.

TAXI AND LOCAL/COMMUTER BUS LINE SERVICE TAXI AND LOCAL/COMMUTER BUS LINE SERVICE — Establishments primarily engaged in providing local and suburban passenger transportation. Taxi services utilize cars, trucks, or vans and are generally not operated over regular routes and on regular schedules; establishments of taxicab owner/ operators, taxicab fleet operators, or taxicab organizations are included in this industry. Buses are generally operated over regular routes and on regular schedules within a metropolitan area and adjacent nonurban areas.

TECHNICAL STANDARDS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL STANDARDS HANDBOOK — City of Augusta Technical Standards Handbook maintained by the City of Augusta City Services Department.

SPECIFIED (LIMITED) TIME AND AS A PUBLIC FACILITY ONLY SPECIFIED (LIMITED) TIME AND AS A PUBLIC FACILITY ONLY — A mobile home, travel trailer, truck trailer, or other structure used as temporary offices to meet a short-term need.

TEMPORARY OUTDOOR LIGHTING TEMPORARY OUTDOOR LIGHTING — The specific illumination of an outside area or object by any man-made device located outdoors that produces light by any means for a period of less than seven days, with at least 180 days passing before being used again.

TIDAL WATERS TIDAL WATERS — All waters affected by tidal action during the highest annual tide.

TIMBER HARVESTING TIMBER HARVESTING — The cutting and removal of timber for the primary purpose of selling or processing forest products. Timber harvesting does not include the cutting or removal of vegetation within the shoreland zone when associated with any other land use activities. The cutting or removal of trees in the shoreland zone on a lot that has less than two acres within the shoreland zone shall not be considered timber harvesting. Such cutting or removal of trees shall be regulated pursuant to § 300-528C, Clearing or removal of vegetation for activities other than timber harvesting.

TOURIST HOME TOURIST HOME — A building or group of attached or detached buildings containing in combination three to 16 lodging and/or dwelling units for occupancy for daily or weekly periods, with or without board, and primarily for occupancy by transients, as distinguished from multiple dwellings and rooming houses in which the occupancy is primarily by residents rather than transients. A tourist home is not owner-occupied. See "bed-and-breakfast"; see "hotel."

TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND — All contiguous land in the same ownership, provided that lands located on opposite sides of a public or private road are considered each a separate tract or parcel of land unless the road was established by the owner of land on both sides of the road.

TREE TREE — A woody perennial plant with a well-defined trunk(s) at least two inches in diameter at 4.5 feet above the ground, with a more or less definite crown, and reaching a height of at least 10 feet at maturity.

TRIBUTARY STREAM TRIBUTARY STREAM — A channel between defined banks created by the action of surface water, which is characterized by the lack of terrestrial vegetation or by the presence of a bed, devoid of topsoil,

TRUCK TERMINAL TRUCK TERMINAL — A structure or land primarily used for the temporary storage and maintenance of motor transport carriers. Truck terminals may also be used for the temporary storage of goods awaiting transfer or wholesale distribution by means of motor carrier transportation.

UPLAND EDGE OF A WETLAND UPLAND EDGE OF A WETLAND — The boundary between upland and wetland. For purposes of a coastal wetland, this boundary is the line formed by the landward limits of the salt-tolerant vegetation and/ or the highest annual tide level, including all areas affected by tidal action. For purposes of a freshwater wetland, the upland edge is formed where the soils are not saturated for a duration sufficient to support wetland vegetation; or where the soils support the growth of wetland vegetation but such vegetation is dominated by woody stems that are six meters (approximately 20 feet) tall or taller.

USE USE — The purpose for which land or a building or structure or a part thereof is arranged, designed, intended or occupied.

VARIANCE VARIANCE — For the purposes of this chapter, means a grant of relief by the Board of Zoning Appeals:

VEGETATION VEGETATION — All live trees, shrubs, and other plants, including, without limitation, trees both over and under four inches in diameter measured at 4.5 feet above ground level.

VETERINARY VETERINARY — Any building or portion of a building designed or used for the care, observation, or treatment of animals. Any facility maintained by or for the use of a licensed veterinarian in the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of animal diseases. A veterinary facility is not a boarding facility.

VIOLATION VIOLATION — The failure of a structure, use or other development to fully comply with the regulations found in this chapter.

WAREHOUSING WAREHOUSING — Establishments primarily engaged in operating long-term merchandise and goods storage facilities wherein those goods and merchandise will primarily be used off site. These establishments generally handle goods in containers, such as boxes, barrels, and/or drums, using equipment, such as forklifts, pallets, and racks. They are not specialized in handling bulk products of any particular type, size, or quantity of goods or products.

WASTE FACILITY WASTE FACILITY — Any land area, structure, location, equipment, or combination of them, including dumps and landfills, used for handling hazardous or solid waste, sludge, or septage; composting facilities; recycling centers for waste from business, commercial and industrial uses. Tire processing uses and junkyards are also considered waste facilities. A land area shall not become a waste facility solely because it is used by its owner for disposing of septage from the owner's residence. See § 300-526.

CLASS 1 CLASS 1 — Includes recycling centers (as defined); and paper, cardboard, glass, and metals recycling for business, commerce, and industry.

CLASS 2 CLASS 2 — Includes composting facilities; junkyards; landfills; waste to energy plants; septage handling facilities; tire processing and storage facilities; and hazardous waste handling facilities.

WATER BODY WATER BODY — Any great pond, river or stream.

WATER CROSSING WATER CROSSING — Any project extending from one bank to the opposite bank of a river, stream, tributary stream, or wetland, whether under, through, or over the water or wetland. Such projects include, but may not be limited to, roads, fords, bridges, culverts, water lines, sewer lines, and cables as well as maintenance work on these crossings. This definition includes crossings for timber harvesting equipment and related activities.

WATERCOURSE WATERCOURSE — A channel, drainageway, stream, brook. Any defined area of land conveying surface water or runoff. A watercourse may be intermittent or perennial (perennial = greater than six months in any twelve-month period).

WETLAND WETLAND — A freshwater or coastal wetland. See “freshwater wetlands” or “coastal wetland.”

WHOLESALING WHOLESALING — Establishments primarily engaged in selling and/or distributing merchandise to retailers; industrial, commercial, institutional, or professional business users; or to other wholesalers; or acting as agents or brokers and buying merchandise for, or selling merchandise to, such individuals or companies.

WOODY VEGETATION WOODY VEGETATION — Live trees or woody, nonherbaceous shrubs.

YARD, FRONT YARD, FRONT — A yard adjoining the front lot line, extending between the principal structure and the street.

YARD, REAR YARD, REAR — A yard adjoining the rear lot line and extending between the rear lot line and the principal structure.

YARD, SIDE YARD, SIDE — A yard adjoining a side lot line extending from the front lot line to the rear lot line as required by district regulations.

Article IEstablishment of Districts; Basic Requirements

§ 300-301Establishment of districts; Zoning Map

The City is hereby divided into zones or districts as shown on the Official Zoning Map, which, together with all explanatory matter thereon, is hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this chapter. The Official Zoning Map shall be certified by the attested signature of the City Clerk and shall be filed with the City Services Department.

§ 300-302Zoning districts

Amended

For the purposes of this chapter, the City of Augusta is divided into urban, rural and overlay areas which are further divided into the following classes of use districts, or zones, as shown on the Official Zoning Map:

A.

Urban Growth Area:

(1)

Residential Districts:

(b)

Medium Density Residential Districts (RB1 and RB2).

(d)

Resource Development (RD).

(9)

Planned Development 2 (PD2).

C.

Overlay districts:

(2)

Bridge/Highway Corridor Districts.

(3)

Highway Overlay Districts: (Reserved).

(a)

Urban Highway Overlay. (Reserved).

(b)

Rural Highway Overlay. (Reserved).

(4)

Capitol View District. (Reserved).

(6)

Resource Conservation and Use District. (Reserved).

§ 300-303Interpretation of district boundaries

Where uncertainty exists with respect to the boundaries of the various districts as shown on the Official Zoning Map, the following rules shall apply:

A.

Boundaries indicated as approximately following the center lines of streets, highways, or alleys shall be construed to follow such center lines;

B.

Boundaries indicated as approximately following well-established lot lines shall be construed as following such lot lines;

C.

Boundaries indicated as approximately following municipal limits shall be construed as following municipal limits;

D.

Boundaries indicated as following railroad lines shall be construed to follow such lines;

E.

Boundaries indicated as following shorelines shall be construed to follow such shorelines, and in the event of natural change in the shoreline shall be construed as moving with the actual shoreline; boundaries indicated as approximately following the center lines of water bodies shall be construed to follow such center lines;

F.

Boundaries indicated as being parallel to or extensions of features indicated in Subsections A through E above shall be so construed. Distances not specifically indicated on the Official Zoning Map shall be determined by the scale of the map; and

G.

Where physical or cultural features existing on the ground are at variance with those shown on the Official Zoning Map, or in other circumstances not covered by Subsections A through F above, the Board of Appeals shall interpret the district boundaries.

§ 300-304Conformity required; division of lots by zoning; aviational clearances

A.

Conformity to requirements of this chapter.

(1)

Except as hereinafter specified, no building, structure or land shall hereafter be used or occupied, and no building, structure, luminaire, fixture, or part thereof shall hereafter be erected, constructed, expanded, moved or altered, and no new lot shall be created, except in conformity with all of the regulations herein specified for the district in which it is located, unless a variance is granted. Any use not specifically listed or otherwise permitted in a district shall be deemed prohibited.

(2)

The provisions of this chapter shall apply equally to all uses of land and to all buildings and structures.

(3)

A limited exemption to Subsection A(1) above shall be granted to any landowner who was engaged in a legally permitted business land use that was subject to a taking by the State of Maine in conjunction with the construction of the so-called "Third Bridge." Such exemption shall allow said owners to apply for Planning Board approval to replicate, but not expand, said business upon any parcel of land that said owners may currently own, either wholly or in part, and which is contiguous to the property so taken by the state.

(a)

In order for said landowner to request said exemption, a statutory notice of taking from the

Maine Department of Transportation shall be required. Upon presentation of said notice and a complete application for the business use to be replicated on the contiguous property, the Planning Board will review said application, granting the necessary approval if all requirements, other than the intended land use, meet the provisions of this chapter in effect at the time of the application.

(b)

This exemption shall expire 18 months from the date of the statutory notice of taking from the Maine Department of Transportation or date of passage by the City Council, whichever comes later. Upon expiration, this paragraph shall automatically be removed from this chapter.

(4)

A limited exemption to Subsection A(1) above shall be granted to any landowner who is engaged in a legally permitted business land use with lot frontage on Route 104 (West River Road), whose land is located northerly of the proposed intersection of the new "Third Bridge" connector road and Rt. 104 (West River Road). Such exemption shall allow said landowners to apply for Planning Board approval to expand their existing business upon any parcel of land that said owners may currently own, either wholly or in part, if said parcel is either adjacent to or contiguous to their existing property.

(a)

Upon presentation of a complete application for the expansion, the Planning Board will review said application, granting the necessary approval if all requirements, other than the intended land use, meet the provisions of this chapter in effect at the time of the application.

(b)

This exemption shall expire eight months from date of passage by the City Council, and this paragraph shall automatically be removed from this chapter.

(5)

The existence of a public easement over a private road to the City of Augusta shall not be considered when determining setbacks, lot size, or whether a lot or use is legally nonconforming under this chapter.

Amended

B.

Division of lots by zoning. Except for lots or parcels located on the Leighton Road, the Cony Road and on parcels with projects for which an application has been deemed complete by applicable City offices as of the date of the adoption of this revised chapter, in all zoning districts, where a zoning district boundary line divides a lot or parcel of record at the time such line is adopted, the land use and dimensional requirements for each separately zoned portion of that lot shall be as allowed by the applicable zoning district requirements for that portion of that lot; within the lots or parcels subject to exception, the requirements applicable to the less restrictive portion of such lots or parcel may apply to the other portion of the lot as provided in §§ 300-309 and 300-603.

Amended

C.

Aviational clearances.

(1)

No part of any new structure, planting, etc., shall be allowed to protrude into the air sufficiently to interfere with aviation requirements of the Augusta State Airport as determined by the FAA criteria applicable to the current airport development plans as submitted and approved by the FAA.

(2)

In addition, all properties within 500 feet of any portion of the airport runway must submit a copy of an "intent to build" notice submitted to the Augusta State Airport with any application for a permit.

(3)

See § 300-514A(1), Noise standards.

Nonconformance

Article IINonconformance

§ 300-305Purpose

Amended

It is the intent of this article to promote land use conformities, except that nonconforming conditions that existed before the effective date of this chapter shall be allowed to continue, subject to the requirements set forth in this article. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, a nonconforming condition shall not be permitted to become more nonconforming.

§ 300-306Burden of proof

A.

In any proceeding before the Code Enforcement Officer/Planning Board, the burden of proof shall be on the applicant/proponent to establish that the application/use is in compliance with the requirements of this chapter.

B.

In the case of disagreement between the City Assessor's records and a property owner's statement that a nonconforming use of a property existed prior to the effective date of this chapter, the Code Enforcement Officer may require the applicant to submit evidence that the activity was ongoing. Acceptable forms of such evidence are copies of billings, invoices, IRS statements, state licenses and tax number certificates. The address of the property must appear on the evidence submitted.

§ 300-307Effective date of approval

All projects approved by the Planning Board in accordance with this article shall be commenced within two years of the date of the Planning Board decision and shall be substantially completed within five years of the date of the Planning Board decision, unless a permit extension has been granted by the Board. A permit extension must be requested before expiration of the original approval.

§ 300-308General regulations

A.

The use of land, buildings or structures, lawful at the time of the effective date of this chapter, may be continued although such use does not conform with the provisions of this chapter.

B.

To avoid undue difficulty, nothing in this chapter shall be deemed to require a change in the plans, construction or designated use of any building for which a building permit was legally issued prior to the effective date of this chapter, or any amendment thereto, unless an amendment expressly provides otherwise.

C.

Transfer of ownership. Ownership of land and structures which remain lawful but become nonconforming by the passage of this chapter may be transferred, and the new owner may perpetuate the nonconformity subject to the regulations herein. Nonconforming structures, lots, and uses may be transferred, and the new owner may continue the nonconforming use or continue to use the nonconforming structure or lot subject to the provisions of this chapter.

Amended

D.

Repair and maintenance. This chapter allows the normal upkeep and maintenance of nonconforming uses and structures, including repairs or renovations which do not involve expansion of the nonconforming use or structure, and such other changes in a nonconforming use or structure as federal, state, or local building and safety codes may require.

§ 300-309Nonconforming uses

Amended

A.

Modifications to nonconforming uses. The following modifications to existing, lawful, nonconforming uses of land and structures require approval by the Planning Board in accordance with the conditional use process and criteria outlined in § 300-603:

(1)

Expansion of a building in nonconforming use. Outside shoreland areas, expansions of buildings in nonconforming use are allowed upon approval by the Planning Board through the conditional use process. Outside shoreland areas, expansion of a nonconforming use for required egress structures such as stairs, ramps and landings (whether enclosed or open air, not exceeding minimum dimensions) are exempt from Planning Board review, require approval by the Bureau of Code Enforcement, and may require review by the Augusta Historic Preservation Commission. In shoreland areas, expansions of buildings in nonconforming use are prohibited, except that nonconforming residential uses may, after obtaining a permit from the Planning Board, be expanded within existing residential structures or within expansions of such structures as allowed in § 300-310B.

(2)

Increase in the area of land in nonconforming use. See definition of "area of land in nonconforming use."

(3)

Change to another nonconforming use. A nonconforming use shall not be changed to another nonconforming use unless the Planning Board, utilizing the criteria applicable to conditional uses in § 300-603E, finds that the proposed use is equally or more appropriate to the district than the existing nonconforming use, and provided that the proposed use has no greater adverse impact on the subject and adjacent properties and resources, including water-dependent uses as provided for in the appropriate district, than the former use.

B.

Discontinuance of nonconforming use (see definition).

(1)

A lot, building or structure in or on which a nonconforming use is discontinued for a period exceeding one year, or which is superseded by a conforming use, may not again be devoted to a nonconforming use, except that the Planning Board may, for good cause shown by the applicant, grant up to a one-year extension to that time period.

(2)

This provision shall not apply to the resumption of a use of a residential structure, provided that the structure has been used or maintained for residential purposes during the preceding five-year period.

C.

Rule of precedence.

(1)

Whenever a use of land or a structure, whether conforming or nonconforming, is converted to a new conforming use, such land or structure shall thereafter conform to the requirements of the district in which it is located, except when existing yards, setbacks and other dimensional requirements are nonconforming.

(2)

Whenever a nonconforming use of land, a building or structure is permitted pursuant to

§ 300-308 and such use is changed to any other nonconforming use, the new nonconforming use must comply with all yard and setback requirements, unless a variance is obtained pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.

§ 300-310Nonconforming structures

Amended

A.

Reconstruction or replacement of nonconforming structures.

(1)

Outside shoreland areas, any nonconforming structure which is damaged or destroyed by fire or any cause other than the willful act of the owner or his agent may be restored or reconstructed within one year of the date of said damage or destruction, provided that such replacement or reconstruction shall not enlarge the lesser of the gross floor area or volume or change the location or use (except to more conforming) of the prior nonconforming structure. In no case shall a structure be reconstructed or replaced so as to increase its nonconformity.

(2)

Outside shoreland areas, any nonconforming structure for which the appropriate maintenance remedy, as determined by the Code Enforcement Officer, is replacement may be replaced, provided that such replacement shall not enlarge the size or change the location or use (except to more conforming) of the prior nonconforming structure.

(3)

In shoreland areas, the following shall apply:

(a)

Any nonconforming structure which is located less than the required setback from the normal high-water line from a water body, tributary stream, or wetland and which is removed or damaged or destroyed, regardless of the cause, by more than 50% of the market value of the structure before such damage, destruction or removal, may be reconstructed or replaced, provided that a permit is obtained within 18 months of the date of said damage, destruction, or removal, and provided that such reconstruction or replacement is in compliance with the water body, tributary stream or wetland setback requirement to the greatest practical extent as determined by the Planning Board or its designee in accordance with the purposes of this chapter and the criteria applicable to conditional uses. In no case shall a structure be reconstructed or replaced so as to increase its nonconformity. If the reconstructed or replacement structure is less than the required setback, it shall not be any larger than the original structure, except as allowed pursuant to

§ 300-310B(2), Expansions, as determined by the nonconforming footprint of the reconstructed or replaced structure at its new location. If the total footprint of the original structure can be relocated or reconstructed beyond the required setback area, no portion of the relocated or reconstructed structure shall be replaced or constructed at less than the setback requirement for a new structure. When it is necessary to remove vegetation in order to replace or reconstruct a structure, vegetation shall be replanted in accordance with

§ 300-310E, Relocation.

(b)

Any nonconforming structure which is located less than the required setback from the water body, tributary stream, or wetland and which is removed by 50% or less of the market value, or damaged or destroyed by 50% or less of the market value of the structure, excluding normal maintenance and repair, may be reconstructed in place if a permit is obtained from the Code Enforcement Officer within one year of such damage, destruction, or removal.

(c)

In determining whether the building reconstruction replacement meets the setback to the greatest practical extent, the Planning Board or its designee shall consider, in addition, the criteria relative to § 300-310E, Relocation, and the physical condition and type of foundation present, if any.

B.

Expansion of structures with nonconforming setback.

(1)

Outside shoreland areas, a structure which does not meet the yard or setback requirements specified herein may be expanded, provided that the portion of the structure which does not

meet the required setbacks is not expanded in footprint by 30% or more during the lifetime of the structure without Planning Board approval in accordance with the criteria applicable to conditional uses. The portion of the nonconforming structure which meets the required setbacks may be expanded without limitation, provided that all other applicable standards are met. In no case shall the existing nonconforming setbacks be further reduced, unless a required egress structure such as stairs, ramps and landings (whether enclosed or open air, not exceeding minimum dimensions) are approved by the Bureau of Code Enforcement. Required egress structures are exempt from the 30% footprint expansion calculations but may require review by the Augusta Historic Preservation Commission.

In shoreland areas, all new principal and accessory structures, excluding functionally water-dependent uses, must meet the water body, tributary stream, or wetland setback requirements contained in § 300-528Q, Minimum dimensional requirements in shoreland areas. A nonconforming structure may be added to or expanded after obtaining a permit from the same permitting authority as that for a new structure, if such addition or expansion does not increase the nonconformity of the structure and is in accordance with Subsections B(1)(a) and (b) below.

(a)

Expansion of any portion of a structure within 25 feet of the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland is prohibited, even if the expansion will not increase nonconformity with the water body, tributary stream or wetland setback requirement. Expansion of an accessory structure that is located closer to the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland than the principal structure is prohibited, even if the expansion will not increase nonconformity with the water body, tributary stream, or wetland setback requirement.

(b)

Notwithstanding Subsection B(1)(a) above, if a legally existing nonconforming principal structure is entirely located less than 25 feet from the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland, that structure may be expanded as follows, as long as all other applicable municipal land use standards are met and the expansion is not prohibited by § 300-310B:

[1] The maximum total footprint for the principal structure may not be expanded to a size greater than 800 square feet or 30% larger than the footprint that existed on January 1, 1989, whichever is greater. The maximum height of the principal structure may not be made greater than 15 feet or the height of the existing structure, whichever is greater.

(c)

All other legally existing nonconforming principal and accessory structures that do not meet the water body, tributary stream, or wetland setback requirements may be expanded or altered as follows, as long as other applicable municipal land use standards are met and the expansion is not prohibited by § 300-310B or 300-310B(1)(a) above:

[1]

For structures located less than 75 feet from the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland, the maximum combined total footprint for all structures may not be expanded to a size greater than 1,000 square feet or 30% larger than the footprint that existed on January 1, 1989, whichever is greater. The maximum height of any structure may not be made greater than 20 feet or the height of the existing structure, whichever is greater.

[2]

For structures located less than 100 feet from the normal high-water line of a great pond classified as GPA or a river flowing to a great pond classified as GPA, the maximum combined total footprint for all structures may not be expanded to a size

greater than 1,500 square feet or 30% larger than the footprint that existed on January 1, 1989, whichever is greater. The maximum height of any structure may not be made greater than 25 feet or the height of the existing structure, whichever is greater. Any portion of those structures located less than 75 feet from the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland must meet the footprint and height limits in § 300-310B(1)(b)[1] and B(1)(c)[1] above.

[3]

In addition to the limitations in Subsection B(1)(c)[1] and [2], for structures that are legally nonconforming due to their location within the Resource Protection District when located at less than 250 feet from the normal high-water line of a water body or the upland edge of a wetland, the maximum combined total footprint for all structures may not be expanded to a size greater than 1,500 square feet or 30% larger than the footprint that existed at the time the Resource Protection District was established on the lot, whichever is greater. The maximum height of any structure may not be made greater than 25 feet or the height of the existing structure, whichever is greater, except that any portion of those structures located less than 75 feet from the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland must meet the footprint and height limits in § 300-310B(1)(b)[1] and B(1)(c)[1] above.

(d)

An approved plan for expansion of a nonconforming structure must be recorded by the applicant with the Registry of Deeds within 90 days of approval. The recorded plan must show the existing and proposed footprint of the nonconforming structure, the existing and proposed structure height, the footprint of any other structures on the parcel, the shoreland zone boundary and evidence of approval by the municipal review authority.

(2)

No structure which is less than the required setback from the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland shall be expanded toward the water body, tributary stream, or wetland.

C.

Expansion of structures with nonconforming floor area ratios. Structures existing on the effective date of adoption or amendment of this chapter which exceed the maximum floor area ratios may be permitted to increase the nonconforming ratios by obtaining a variance from the Board of Zoning Appeals.

D.

Change of use of a nonconforming structure. In shoreland areas:

(1)

The use (whether a permitted use, conditional use or a nonconforming use) of a nonconforming structure may not be changed to another use unless the Planning Board, after receiving a written application, determines that the new use will have no greater adverse impact on the water body, tributary stream, or wetland or on the subject or adjacent properties and resources than the existing use.

(2)

In determining that no greater adverse impact will occur, the Planning Board shall require written documentation from the applicant regarding the probable effects on public health and safety, erosion and sedimentation, water quality, fish and wildlife habitat, vegetative cover, visual and actual points of public access to waters, natural beauty, floodplain management, archaeological and historic resources, commercial fishing and maritime activities, and other functionally water-dependent uses.

E.

Relocation. In all general zoning districts, a nonconforming structure may be relocated within the boundaries of the parcel on which the structure is located, provided that the site of relocation

conforms to all setback requirements to the greatest extent possible as determined by the Code Enforcement Officer. In no case shall a structure be relocated in a manner that causes the structure to be more nonconforming. In determining whether the building relocation meets the setback to the greatest practical extent, the Code Enforcement Officer shall consider the size of the lot, the effect on other applicable performance standards, the location of other structures on the property and on adjacent properties, and the location of utilities on or serving the site.

(1)

In shoreland overlay districts, a nonconforming structure may be relocated within the boundaries of the parcel on which the structure is located, provided that the site of relocation conforms to all setback requirements to the greatest practical extent as determined by the Planning Board or its designee, and provided that the applicant demonstrates that the present subsurface sewage disposal system meets the requirements of state law and the State of Maine Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Rules ("rules") or that a new system can be installed in compliance with the law and said rules. In no case shall a structure be relocated in a manner that causes the structure to be more nonconforming.

(2)

In determining whether the building relocation meets the setback to the greatest practical extent, the Planning Board or its designee shall consider the size of the lot, the slope of the land, the potential for soil erosion, the location of other structures on the property and on adjacent properties, the location of the septic system and other on-site soils suitable for septic systems, and the type and amount of vegetation to be removed to accomplish the relocation.

(3)

When it is necessary to remove vegetation within the water or wetland setback area in order to relocate a structure, the Planning Board shall require replanting of native vegetation to compensate for the destroyed vegetation in accordance with § 300-528S, Revegetation requirements. In addition, the area from which the relocated structure was removed must be replanted with vegetation. Replanting shall be required as follows:

(a)

Trees removed in order to relocate a structure must be replanted with at least one native tree, three feet in height, for every tree removed. If more than five trees are planted, no one species of tree shall make up more than 50% of the number of trees planted. Replaced trees must be planted no further from the water or wetland than the trees that were removed.

(b)

Other woody and herbaceous vegetation, and ground cover, that are removed or destroyed in order to relocate a structure must be reestablished. An area at least the same size as the area where vegetation and/or ground cover was disturbed, damaged, or removed must be reestablished within the setback area. The vegetation and/or ground cover must consist of similar native vegetation and/or ground cover that was disturbed, destroyed or removed.

(c)

Where feasible, when a structure is relocated on a parcel, the original location of the structure shall be replanted with vegetation, which may consist of grasses, shrubs, trees, or a combination thereof.

F.

Foundations. Whenever a new, enlarged, or replacement foundation is constructed under a nonconforming structure, the structure and new foundation must be placed such that the setback requirement is met to the greatest practical extent as determined by the Planning Board or its designee, basing its decision on the criteria specified in § 300-310E, Relocation, above.

§ 300-311Nonconformance due to lack of required off-street parking or loading space

A.

Except in the KBD1, a structure or use of structure which is nonconforming as to the requirements for off-street parking space and/or off-street loading space shall not be enlarged or altered to create

additional parking needs unless required off-street parking and/or off-street loading space sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this chapter for the addition or enlargement is provided on site for such addition or enlargements.

B.

Off-lot parking may be authorized by the Planning Board in accordance with §§ 300-603E and 300-513B(1)(c).

§ 300-312Nonconforming lots of record

Amended

A.

Where minimum dimensional requirements are listed, an unimproved single lot of record, at the effective date of adoption of this chapter or amendment thereto, may be built upon without the need for a variance, provided that such lot is in separate ownership and not contiguous with any other lot in the same ownership. Outside the shoreland zone, all provisions of this chapter except lot area, frontage and depth must be met. In shoreland zones, all provisions of this chapter except lot area, lot width and shore frontage must be met. Variances relating to setback or other requirements not involving lot area, frontage, or depth shall be obtained only by action of the Board of Zoning Appeals.

B.

Contiguous lots, vacant or partially built.

(1)

If two or more contiguous lots or parcels are in single or joint ownership of record at the time of or since adoption or amendment of this chapter, if any of these lots do not individually meet the dimensional requirements of this chapter or subsequent amendments, and if one or more of the lots are vacant or contain no principal structure, the lots shall be combined to the extent necessary to meet the minimum dimensional requirements. The lands involved shall be considered to be a single parcel, and no portion of said parcel shall be built upon or sold which does not meet the minimum dimensional requirements of this chapter, nor shall any division of the parcel be made which creates any dimension or area below these minimum dimensional requirements. See Subsection D of this section.

(2)

This provision shall not apply to two or more contiguous lots, at least one of which is nonconforming, owned by the same person or persons on June 3, 1991, and recorded in the Registry of Deeds, if the lot is served by a public sewer or can accommodate a subsurface sewage disposal system in conformance with the State of Maine Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Rules and:

(a)

Each lot contains at least 100 feet of shore frontage and at least 20,000 square feet of lot area; or

(b)

Any lots that do not meet the frontage and lot size requirements of § 300-312B(2)(a) are reconfigured or combined so that each new lot contains at least 100 feet of shore frontage and 20,000 square feet of lot area.

C.

Contiguous built lots.

(1)

If two or more contiguous lots or parcels are in a single or joint ownership of record at the time of adoption of this chapter, if all or part of the lots do not meet the dimensional requirements of this chapter, and if a principal use or structure exists on each lot, the nonconforming lots may be conveyed separately or together, provided that the State Minimum Lot Size Law (12 M.R.S.A. §§ 4807-A through 4807-D) and the State of Maine Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Rules are complied with.

(2)

If two or more principal uses or structures existed on a single lot of record on the effective date of this chapter, each may be sold as separate lots, provided that the above-referenced law and rules are complied with. When such lots are divided, each lot thus created must be as conforming as possible to the dimensional requirements of this chapter.

D.

Previously approved/recorded/existing subdivisions.

(1)

Notwithstanding other provisions of this chapter, lots in a lawfully recorded subdivision approved, existing or recorded prior to September 23, 1971, shall conform with Subsections B and C, or if located in the RPDS District shall be combined so as to meet a minimum lot area of two acres. Such lots in the RPDS District shall not clear in excess of 25% of the total volume of trees four inches or more in diameter, measured at 4 1/2 feet above the ground, and the total area of all structures, parking lots and other nonvegetated surfaces shall not exceed 7,500 square feet. All other dimensional requirements shall be met.

(2)

Notwithstanding other provisions of this chapter, lots in a lawfully recorded subdivision approved by the Planning Board between September 23, 1971, and November 9, 1983, which do not meet the lot frontage requirements may be treated as separate lots, provided that the recorded road frontage is at least 75 feet and that all other dimensional requirements applicable under the November 9, 1983, ordinance are met.

(3)

Notwithstanding other provisions of this chapter, lots in a lawfully recorded subdivision approved by the Planning Board between November 9, 1983, and the effective date of this chapter which do not meet the minimum lot area, frontage and depth requirements effective under this chapter may be treated as separate lots, provided that all other dimensional requirements (impervious surface limits, buffer widths, density, setback, etc.) are met.

§ 300-313Nonconforming signs

See Part 5, Performance Standards, § 300-516, Street graphics; signs.

Zoning District Requirements

See the Table of Land Uses in the Base Zoning Districts, included as an attachment to this chapter.

Article IIIZoning District Requirements

§ 300-314Urban Growth Area

Amended

A.

The Urban Growth Area, as defined on the land use map of the 2023 Comprehensive Plan, includes the City's built-up portions. Building trends in this area indicate that it is primarily infilled and that redevelopment is beginning to occur. The Urban Growth Area is the area of the City where Augusta wishes to contain higher density and compact development. Water, sewer and storm drainage utilities are generally available or are planned to serve this area. Special attention is given to the area to protect residential areas from adverse impacts that may result from other land use activities, to retain its visual gateways into the City, to unify the capital complexes on both sides of the river with the downtown and Western Avenue, and to improve the City's image.

B.

Major developments, as defined, shall be required to comply with the site plan review process outlined in Part 4.

§ 300-314.1Residential Districts

Amended

The Residential District regulations are based on conventional zoning standards, listing permitted and conditional uses as well as minimum dimensional requirements.

A.

Low Density Residential District (RA).

(1)

Purpose. The RA District is established as a zoning district in which the principal use of land is for low-density residences which will encourage the development of attractive neighborhood living.

(2)

Dimensional requirements. The following shall be considered minimums; where the minimum lot size law, special shoreland standards, or State of Maine Wastewater Disposal Rules impose greater requirements, those additional requirements shall be met:

(a)

Lot area: 10,000 square feet (public sewer); 20,000 square feet (private sewer).

(b)

Lot area per dwelling unit: 5,000 square feet.

(c)

Lot frontage: 100 feet.

(d)

Lot depth: 100 feet.

(e)

Front setback: See § 300-515.

(f)

Side and rear setback:

[1]

Principal structures: 10 feet.

[2]

Accessory structures: five feet.

(g)

Minimum frontage for conversion to two or more dwelling units: 50 feet.

B.

Medium Density Residential Districts (RB1 and RB2).

(1)

Purpose. The RB1 and RB2 Districts are zones in which the principal use of land is for medium-density residences. Both are characterized by a mix of single-family and multifamily homes.

(2)

Dimensional requirements. The following shall be considered minimums; where the minimum lot size law, special shoreland standards, or State of Maine Wastewater Disposal Rules impose greater requirements, those additional requirements shall be met:

(a)

Lot area: 7,500 square feet (public sewer); 20,000 square feet (private sewer).

(b)

Lot area per dwelling unit: 2,500 square feet.

(c)

Lot frontage: 75 feet.

(d)

Lot depth: 100 feet.

(e)

Front setback: See § 300-515.

(f)

Side and rear setback:

[1]

Principal structure: 10 feet.

[2]

Accessory structures: five feet.

(g)

Minimum frontage for conversion to two or more dwelling units: 50 feet.

C.

High Density Residential District (RC).

(1)

Purposes. The RC District is a zone in which the principal use of land is for high-density residences. It contains large structures, many of which were designed for or have been converted to multifamily dwellings. In addition, this district is somewhat removed from major or local shopping areas and offers neighborhood services within the district.

(2)

Dimensional requirements. The following shall be considered minimums; where the minimum lot size law, special shoreland standards, or State of Maine Wastewater Disposal Rules impose greater requirements, those additional requirements shall be met:

(a)

Lot area: 7,500 square feet (public sewer); 20,000 square feet (private sewer).

(b)

Lot area per dwelling unit: 1,650 square feet.

(c)

Lot frontage: 75 feet.

(d)

Lot depth: 100 feet.

(e)

Front setback: See § 300-515.

(f)

Side and rear setbacks: five feet (all structures).

(g)

Minimum frontage for conversion to two or more dwelling units: 50 feet.

D.

Resource Development District (RD).

(1)

Purpose. The RD District encompasses the area on both sides of Mount Vernon Avenue. The area's highly congested mixed-use building pattern, its floodplain and steep slopes, its recreational opportunities and its function as a major gateway make this corridor as environmentally sensitive as it is economically attractive. It connects the Heart of Augusta with the City's growth area. The infrastructure capacity is strained. In recognition of these factors, and based on the policies outlined in the 2023 Comprehensive Plan, the RD District encourages low-intensity mixed-use development supporting residential/recreational activities and the commuting public.

(2)

Dimensional requirements and performance standards.

(a)

Dimensional requirements. Unless otherwise stated, the following shall be considered minimums. Where minimum lot size law, general or specific standards, or Maine Wastewater Disposal Rules impose greater requirements, those additional requirements shall be met. Notwithstanding § 300-309C, the minimum frontage requirements in the RD Zone shall be met.

[1]

Minimum lot frontage: 100 feet.

[a]

Maximum impervious area: 25%.

[b]

Maximum building height: 35 feet.

[c]

Minimum front yard setback/buffer (all structures): 20 feet.

[d]

Maximum front yard setback/buffer (principal structures): 25 feet.

[e]

Minimum side and rear setbacks (all structures): 10 feet.

[f]

Minimum buffer adjacent to Bond Brook: greater of 25 feet or width of floodway.

[2]

Minimum lot frontage: 125 feet.

[a]

Maximum impervious area: 30%.

[b]

Maximum building height: 35 feet.

[c]

Minimum front yard setback/buffer (all structures): Buffer A applicable.

[d]

Maximum front yard setback/buffer (principal structures): Buffer A applicable.

[e]

Minimum side and rear setbacks (all structures): 10 feet.

[f]

Minimum buffer adjacent to Bond Brook: greater of 25 feet or width of floodway.

[3]

Minimum lot frontage: 150 feet.

[a]

Maximum impervious area: 35%.

[b]

Maximum building height: 35 feet.

[c]

Minimum front yard setback/buffer (all structures): Buffer A applicable.

[d]

Maximum front yard setback/buffer (principal structures): Buffer A applicable.

[e]

Minimum side and rear setbacks (all structures): 10 feet.

[f]

Minimum buffer adjacent to Bond Brook: greater of 25 feet or width of floodway.

[4]

Notes:

[a]

The intent of the maximum front setback is to minimize structural intrusion into the floodplain; to encourage parking at the rear or to the sides of buildings; and to provide for green space between the road right-of-way and structures.

[b]

Ord. No. 14-038, adopted 3-6-2014, eliminated the maximum setback of 25 feet from the north side of Mount Vernon Avenue.

(b)

Performance standards.

[1]

Buffers; parking lot perimeter; waiver provision. Perimeter parking lot buffers may be eliminated when common (shared) driveways/circulation patterns are provided between two separate lots.

[2]

Signage:

[a]

Maximum height: 15 feet above grade.

[b]

Minimum setback: no setback except as needed to assure safe sight distance.

[c]

Maximum size:

[i]

Freestanding: 50 square feet.

[ii]

Sandwich board: See § 300-516D(2) for sandwich board standards.

[iii]

Wall: 10% of the wall area, not to exceed 50 square feet.

[d]

Maximum number:

[i]

Freestanding: one; and

[ii]

Sandwich board: one; and

[iii]

Wall: one per wall facing street or parking lot.

[3]

Access management (existing standard): one driveway per development per street frontage.

[4]

Minimum separation between two-way driveways serving two separate uses: 100 feet (based on 25 mph).

[5]

Minimum separation between one-way driveways on one lot or serving two separate uses: 50 feet.

[6]

When two adjacent lots are combined for reuse or redevelopment resulting in the elimination of at least one driveway, the minimum separation between two separately owned/operated two-way driveways may be reduced to 50 feet.

§ 300-314.2Capital-Commerce Districts

Amended

A.

General regulations applicable to all Capital-Commerce Zoning Districts:

(1)

The Institute/Business/Professional, Kennebec Business Districts 1 and 2, Local Business, and Regional Business Zoning Districts fall within the Capital-Commerce District.

(2)

Any single-family or multifamily subdivision shall be reviewed according to the applicable subdivision process outlined in Part 4 of this chapter.

(3)

Except in the KBD1, minimum side and rear setbacks in all Capital-Commerce Zoning Districts are 10 feet. No setbacks are required in the KBD1.

(4)

Front setbacks are listed in § 300-515. Sign setbacks and sign landscaping requirements are outlined in § 300-516.

(5)

Any proposed construction exceeding the maximum height shall be reviewed by the Planning Board utilizing the criteria applicable to conditional uses outlined in § 300-603E.

(6)

The Capital-Commerce Districts and the Civic Center District impose maximum building heights. The limitation is a growth management technique and an attempt to maintain the image and character of Augusta as viewed from its neighborhoods, travelways and public spaces.

(7)

A site capacity analysis is not required for properties within the Capital-Commerce Districts.

(8)

Any proposed Multiple-Family Dwelling construction exceeding the maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) shall be reviewed and decided by the Planning Board utilizing the criteria applicable to conditional uses outlined in § 300-603E.

B.

Institutional/Business/Professional Subdistrict (BP).

(1)

Purpose. The BP District is an area for major health and government institutions and related business and professional offices with locations suitable for the growth of each. The following regulations shall also apply to the BP Zone located generally between 200 and 250 Eastern Avenue.

(2)

Dimensional requirements for all uses.

(a)

Impervious surface ratio: 0.95.

(b)

Floor area ratio: 0.74.

(c)

Maximum height: 42 feet.

(d)

Density: 2,500 square feet of land area per dwelling unit.

C.

Commercial Subdistricts.

(1)

Kennebec Business District 1 (KBD1).

(a)

Purpose. The KBD1 District is devoted primarily to general merchandise sales, business and professional offices and restaurants. It is the old commercial center of the City with development constraints imposed by steep grades, river floodplain, congested traffic and

intensive building patterns.

(b)

Dimensional requirements for all uses.

[1]

Impervious surface ratio: 1.0.

[2]

Floor area ratio: 5.0.*

[3]

Maximum height:

[a]

East: 80 feet.

[b]

West: 100 feet.**

[4]

Notes:

[a]

*A significant portion of the area on the east side of Water Street is subject to frequent flooding. Because of this, flood damage prevention and shoreland regulations restrict development. To compensate, floor area as determined by formula may be totally constructed beginning at the Water Street elevation upwards so long as maximum height is not exceeded.

[b]

**The maximum height of a structure shall be calculated from the ground elevation of 37 feet. In the above chart, "East" refers to properties on the east side of Water Street, and "West" refers to properties on the west side of Water Street.

(2)

Kennebec Business District 2 (KBD2).

(a)

Purpose. The KBD2 District provides limited trade and service opportunities in areas where major business expansion would be inappropriate because of traffic constraints and proximity to surrounding residential neighborhoods.

(b)

Dimensional requirements for all uses.

[1]

Impervious surface ratio: 0.95.

[2]

Floor area ratio: 0.74.

[3]

Maximum height: 56 feet.

[4]

The Planning Board may grant a reduction in front setback through the Conditional Use review process (§ 300-603).

(3)

Local Business District (CB).

(a)

Purpose. The CB District provides limited trade and service opportunities in areas where major business expansion would be inappropriate because of traffic constraints and proximity to surrounding residential neighborhoods. These regulations shall also apply to the CB District designated at the intersection of Eastern Avenue and Cony Road, the CB District designated at the intersection of North Belfast Avenue and Church Hill Road, as well as the CB District designated at the Eastern Avenue and Stone Street intersection.

(b)

Dimensional requirements for all uses.

[1]

Impervious surface ratio: 0.85.

[2]

Floor area ratio: 0.40.

[3]

Maximum height: 42 feet.

[4]

The Planning Board may grant a reduction in front setback through the Conditional Use review process (§ 300-603).

(4)

Regional Business District (CC).

(a)

Purpose. The CC District provides trade and service opportunities to the larger region and is highway-oriented. These districts are appropriate locations for businesses which would not be compatible with the congested building and traffic patterns of the Kennebec Business District.

(b)

Dimensional requirements for all uses.

[1]

Impervious surface ratio: 0.80.

[2]

Floor area ratio: 0.40.

[3]

Maximum height: 42 feet.

§ 300-314.3Civic Center District (CD)

Amended

A.

Purpose. The CD District is established to provide trade and service opportunities complimentary to the established cultural/educational and business/professional uses nearby.

B.

Dimensional requirements for all uses.

(1)

Impervious surface ratio: 0.80.

(2)

Floor area ratio: 0.45.

(3)

Maximum height: 56 feet.

(4)

Any proposed Multiple-Family Dwelling construction exceeding the maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) shall be reviewed and decided by the Planning Board utilizing the criteria applicable to conditional uses outlined in § 300-603E.

C.

Site capacity analysis is not required.

§ 300-314.4Industrial District (IA)

Amended

A.

Purpose. The IA District is established as an area in which commercial and industrial uses are mixed but where the principal use is the manufacture, processing, packaging, storage and distribution of products. Reasonable access to highway or rail facilities is important.

B.

Dimensional requirements. The following shall be considered minimums; where the minimum lot size law, special shoreland standards, or Maine State Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Rules impose greater requirements, those additional requirements shall be met:

(1)

Lot area: 60,000 square feet.

(2)

Lot frontage: 150 feet.

(3)

Lot depth: 200 feet.

(4)

Side yard: 25 feet.*

(5)

Rear yard: 25 feet.*

NOTES:

* Setback of all structures from a residential district boundary or residential property boundary shall be at least 75 feet; where buffer yard requirements impose greater requirements, the stricter requirements shall apply. See § 300-502C(4).

C.

Site capacity analysis is not required.

§ 300-314.5Planned Development District (PD)

Amended

A.

Purpose. The PD District is the City's growth area. Increased development pressure is occurring and is expected to persist. It is the area with the greatest potential for a third bridge location. Except as allowed within the requirements of the Conventional Zoning Process Table, clustered development is required whenever land is subdivided or intensely developed in this area. Subdividers must submit master plans for the layout and use of entire land holdings when filing an application. Commercial and industrial uses are intended to be concentrated in single- or mixed-use centers or parks to ensure the most efficient provision of services and minimize impacts on residential and environmentally sensitive areas and on the City's and state's roadway systems. Site capacity analysis applies. See Part 3, Article IV, Site Capacity Analysis, of this chapter.

B.

Dimensional requirements.

(1)

Conventional zoning.

(a)

Minimum lot size: 20,000 square feet.

(b)

Minimum frontage: 150 feet.

(c)

Minimum depth: 100 feet.

(d)

Area per dwelling unit; 20,000 square feet.**

(e)

Minimum front setback: 20 feet/35 feet.*

(f)

Notes:

[1]

Minimum side/rear setbacks are flexible; see §§ 300-502 and 300-515.

[2]

*Minimum front setback: 35 feet from street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets.

[3]

**May be reduced to 10,000 square feet per dwelling unit if served by public water and sewer.

[4]

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

(2)

Performance zoning.

(a)

Requiring:

[1]

Site capacity analysis (Article IV), all uses.

[2]

Planning Board review (public hearing where indicated) and including master plans for layout and use of entire land holdings.

[3]

Permit issued by CEO.

(b)

Minimum front setback for all uses: 20 feet/35 feet.*

(c)

Residential development:

[1]

Maximum density (for net buildable land): 4.4 dwelling units/acre.

[2]

Minimum open space ratio: 0.30.

[3]

Minimum lot area (per housing unit type): See § 300-524B.

(d)

Nonresidential development:

[1]

Floor area factor (FAF): 0.63.

[2]

Impervious surface ratio: 0.80.

(e)

Notes:

[1]

*Minimum front setback: 35 feet from the street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets. Side/Rear setbacks are flexible; see

§ 300-502, Buffer yards.

[2]

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

§ 300-314.6Government Services District (GS)

A.

Purpose. The GS District includes property owned and used primarily by federal, state, county, municipal and quasi-municipal governments and public utilities to provide transportation, military, utility and public works services.

B.

Dimensional requirements. The following dimensional requirements shall be considered minimums; where the minimum lot size law, special shoreland standards or the Maine State Plumbing Code impose greater requirements, those additional requirements shall be met:

(1)

Setback of principal and accessory uses (including parking lots) from a residential district or property boundary: 25 feet.

(2)

See § 300-502, Buffer yards, for additional requirements.

§ 300-314.7Riggs Brook Village District (RBV)

Amended

A.

Purpose.

(1)

The Riggs Brook Village District (RBV), establishes commercial and residential land uses, land

development requirements, infrastructure requirements, development design standards and open space amenities appropriate to fostering development of a new economic sector in Augusta. Riggs Brook Village will be a geographically and visually unique area wherein people can live, work, shop, converse, and recreate within walking, bicycling and quick commuting distance of one other. Attracting development of a new economic sector is critical to the improvement of the general welfare of current and future residents and businesses of Augusta, and the incorporation of higher design standards and amenities in the RBV District will be required to make Augusta competitive with other Maine cities as a location for knowledge-based businesses, workers and residents.

(2)

It has been proven that allowance of a linear pattern of land use development results in a very inefficient use of land, resulting in vacant backlands, excessive infrastructure costs, and added commuting costs, known collectively as "development sprawl." The prevention of development sprawl is identified as the first of 10 goals of the Maine Growth Management Program (see 30-A M.R.S.A. § 4312, Subsection 3). The pattern of land development that will be strongly encouraged in Riggs Brook Village (the Village) in support of this goal shall be that of development parks that will create multiple lots or land uses out of a larger tract/parcel of land.

(3)

Internal streets, stormwater, sewer, and water infrastructure will be required to achieve an appropriate density of Village development. The creation of independent, small lots in a linear fashion along Route 3 and Church Hill Road shall be strongly discouraged, and the creation of development parks that efficiently utilize backlands will be strongly encouraged so that the Village can economically support sewer, water and road infrastructure without subsidization from the remainder of the community.

(4)

The design and scale of development projects in Riggs Brook Village shall be that of small and medium-sized structures that, along with defined setbacks, buffering, landscaping and sidewalks, encourage pedestrian and bicycle travel and human interaction. Residential land uses are encouraged throughout the Village in several configurations: townhouse/row house; two-family; and single-family. The identification of the Village as a unique and unified area shall be encouraged via the use of signage, lighting, and other streetscape improvements. Village greens should be created along Church Hill Road to provide a common Village focal point for each side of Route 3.

B.

Dimensional requirements.

(1)

Minimum lot size: 20,000 square feet.

(2)

Minimum frontage on new internal roads: 100 feet.

(3)

Minimum frontage on Rt. 3, Church Hill Road and South Belfast Avenue: 300 feet.

(4)

Minimum depth: 200 feet.

(5)

Area per dwelling unit: 20,000 square feet.***

(6)

Minimum front setback: 10 feet/80 feet.**

(7)

Maximum height: 60 feet.

(8)

Notes:

(a)

Minimum side/rear setbacks are flexible; see §§ 300-502 and 300-515.

(b)

**Minimum front setback: 80 feet from street ROW line of arterial and collector streets; 10 feet from the street ROW line of all other streets.

(c)

***May be reduced to 2,500 square feet per dwelling unit if served by public sewer.

(d)

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

C.

Design criteria. The following minimum design criteria shall be met within the Riggs Brook Village (RBV) District:

(1)

Utilities. All utility services for new building/structure construction shall be placed underground.

(2)

Outdoor lighting standards. The purpose of this subsection is to provide outdoor lighting standards to help ensure compatibility with neighboring uses, preserve our dark skies, and provide a more pleasant and comfortable nighttime environment while preserving the ability to install effective security lighting.

(a)

Use of motion-sensing devices is encouraged; and

(b)

Lighting shall not blink, flash or be of unusually high intensity or brightness; and

(c)

All lighting fixtures shall be appropriate in scale, intensity and height to the use they are serving; and

(d)

Lighting shall also conform to § 300-511A, C, D, E and F of this chapter.

(3)

Location of parking, servicing, and loading areas for nonresidential uses. All off-street parking lots/areas/stalls, vehicle servicing areas (including gasoline/diesel pumps), and delivery and garage bay doors shall be located at the side or rear of buildings, the only exception being for handicapped parking spaces, which may be located at the front of the building. Buffer yard standards for Urban, Industrial, and Planned Development Districts identified in § 300-502 of this chapter are applicable to all parking lots with six or more spaces.

(4)

Screening of machinery, equipment, storage areas, and other appurtenances for nonresidential uses. Open storage areas; exposed machinery, electrical/electronic equipment, heating and/or air-conditioning equipment, fuel tanks, etc. (whether located above the ground on structures or on the ground); areas used for storage and collection of rubbish; and areas determined to be similar to those listed must be visually screened from roads and surrounding land uses. Suitable types of screening for aboveground equipment, storage areas and appurtenances include landscaping (e.g., shrubs, plants, trees, fencing) and/or architectural elements (e.g., false walls, false roofing, masonry, blocks, etc.). Suitable types of screening on the ground include opaque wood fences and dense evergreen hedges of five feet or more in height. Where evergreen hedges are proposed, a temporary fence shall be built to provide screening until the evergreens are of sufficient height to hide the unit(s) being screened.

(5)

Building design standards for new structures.

(a)

Exterior building design. Buildings with exterior walls greater than 50 feet in horizontal length shall be constructed using a combination of architectural features and a variety of building materials and landscaping near the walls. Walls which can be viewed from public streets shall be designed using architectural features and landscaping (abutting the building) for at least 50% of the wall length. Other walls shall incorporate architectural

features and landscaping for at least 30% of the wall length.

[1] Architectural features include but are not limited to the following: recesses, projections, wall insets, arcades, window display areas, awnings, balconies, window projections, landscape structures or other features that complement the design intent of the structure and are acceptable to the review authority. A portion of the on-site landscaping shall abut the walls so that the vegetation combined with the architectural features significantly reduce the visual impact of the building mass as viewed from the street.

(b)

Building materials. The predominant building materials shall be materials that are characteristic of Central Maine such as brick, wood, native stone and tinted/textured concrete masonry units and/or glass products. Other materials such as smooth-faced concrete block, undecorated tilt-up concrete panels, or prefabricated steel panels should only be used as accents and not dominate the building exterior of the structure. Metal roofs may be allowed if compatible with the overall architectural design of the building. Materials shall be of low reflectance, subtle, neutral or earth-tone colors. The use of high-intensity colors such as neon, metallic or florescent colors for the facade and/or roof of the building are prohibited except as approved for building trim. The use of trademark colors will require approval by the Planning Board.

(c)

Roof design. Roofs shall be designed to reduce the apparent exterior mass of a building, add visual interest and be appropriate to the architectural style of the building. Variations within one architectural style are highly encouraged. Visible rooflines and roofs that project over the exterior wall or a building enough to cast a shadow on the ground are highly encouraged. Architectural methods shall be used to conceal flat roof tops. Overhanging eaves, sloped roofs and multiple roof elements are highly encouraged. Mansard style roofs are discouraged.

(d)

Customer entrance(s). Each building shall have at least one clearly defined, highly visible customer entrance using a combination of the following architectural features: canopies, porticos, arcades, arches, wing walls, and permanent above-grade integral planters.

(6)

Additions to existing structures. The Planning Board may waive any of the design criteria outlined in this subsection via a conditional use permit process.

§ 300-314.8Medical/Hospital District (MED)

Amended

A.

Purpose. The City recognizes that the construction of a major medical facility on Old Belgrade Road in 2006 resulted in an interest from other medical services providers to locate near the new facility. The purpose of this district is to allow certain additional uses within the geography with specific design criteria.

B.

Dimensional requirements for all uses.

(1)

Minimum lot size: 20,000 square feet.

(2)

Minimum frontage: 150 feet.

(3)

Minimum depth: 100 feet.

(4)

Area per dwelling unit: 20,000 square feet.***

(5)

Minimum front setback: 20 feet/35 feet.**

(6)

Notes:

(a)

Minimum side/rear setbacks are flexible; see §§ 300-502 and 300-515.

(b)

**Minimum front setback: 35 feet from street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets.

(c)

***May be reduced to 10,000 square feet per dwelling unit if served by public water and sewer.

(d)

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

C.

Design criteria. The following minimum design criteria shall be met within the Medical/Hospital District:

(1)

Outdoor lighting standards. The purpose of this subsection is to provide outdoor lighting standards to help ensure compatibility with neighboring uses, preserve our dark skies, and provide a more pleasant and comfortable nighttime environment while preserving the ability to install effective security lighting.

(a)

Lighting fixtures shall be a full cutoff design that is shielded, hooded and oriented towards the ground so that direct rays of lighting source(s) are not visible past the property boundaries and do not shine into the night sky; and

(b)

Use of motion-sensing devices is encouraged; and

(c)

Lighting shall not blink, flash or be of unusually high intensity or brightness; and

(d)

All lighting fixtures shall be appropriate in scale, intensity and height to the use they are serving; and

(e)

New or replacement lighting of streets/roads within the district shall be shielded, downward pointing.

(f)

Exemptions:

[1]

Lighting fixtures installed on residential structures with incandescent lamps, or equivalent. This exemption does not apply to fixtures that light parking areas, driveways, sports areas or outbuildings;

[2]

Seasonal decorative lighting fixtures;

[3]

Lighting fixtures used temporarily for emergency purposes;

[4]

Public athletic fields, fairgrounds and approved temporary special events lighting;

[5]

Lighting fixtures of 60 watts or less.

(2)

Location of parking, servicing, and loading areas. All off-street parking lots/areas/stalls, vehicle servicing areas (including gasoline/diesel pumps), and delivery and garage bay doors shall be located at the side or rear of buildings, the only exception being for handicapped parking spaces, which may be located at the front of the building. Buffer yard standards for Urban, Industrial, and Planned Development Districts identified in § 300-502 of this chapter are applicable to all

parking lots with six or more spaces.

(3)

Screening of machinery, equipment, storage areas, and other appurtenances. Open storage areas; exposed machinery, electrical/electronic equipment, heating and/or air-conditioning equipment, fuel tanks, etc. (whether located above the ground on structures or on the ground); areas used for storage and collection of rubbish; and areas determined to be similar to those listed must be visually screened from roads and surrounding land uses. Suitable types of screening for aboveground equipment, storage areas and appurtenances include landscaping (e.g., shrubs, plants, trees, fencing) and/or architectural elements (e.g., false walls, false roofing, masonry, blocks, etc.). Suitable types of screening on the ground include opaque wood fences and dense evergreen hedges of five feet or more in height. Where evergreen hedges are proposed, a temporary fence shall be built to provide screening until the evergreens are of sufficient height to hide the unit(s) being screened.

(4)

Utilities. All utility services for new building/structure construction shall be placed underground; and as may be allowed by law, each lot or parcel of land located within the district will be required either to connect to water and sewer infrastructure as it is made available or to pay a proportionate fee in lieu thereof.

(5)

Building design standards. (Reserved)

§ 300-314.9Planned Development 2 District (PD2)

Amended

The Planned Development 2 District shall be a Capital-Commerce District.

A.

Permitted uses. See the Table of Land Uses in the Base Zoning Districts.69

B.

Performance zoning shall be allowed.

C.

Dimensional standards for traditional zoning:

(1)

Minimum lot size: 10,000 square feet with public water and sewer; 20,000 square feet without public water and sewer.

(2)

Minimum lot frontage: 100 feet.

(3)

Minimum lot depth: 100 feet.

(4)

Minimum area per dwelling unit: 10,000 square feet without public water and sewer.

(5)

Minimum area per dwelling unit: 5,000 square feet with public water and sewer.

(6)

Minimum front setback: See § 300-515.

(7)

Maximum floor area: 15,000 square feet per structure.

(8)

Maximum building height: 45 feet.

D.

General provisions.

(1)

Drive-throughs. No drive-through services are allowed.

(2)

Parking. For structures within 150 feet of Riverside Drive, there shall be no more than one row

5.

Editor's Note: The Table of Land Uses is included as an attachment to this chapter.

of parking in front of a structure.

(3)

Setback. New nonresidential uses shall be set back from the front property line at least 75 feet. Residential structures not meeting the seventy-five-foot setback may be converted to nonresidential uses, provided all other criteria are met.

(4)

Signs. No electronic changeable copy or neon signs are allowed.

(5)

Social services uses in the PD2 District must be of a size and scale that is appropriate to and sensitive to their immediate neighbors.

Amended

§ 300-314.10Kennebec Locks District (KL)

Amended

A.

Purpose. The Kennebec Locks District is part of the City's growth area and is adjacent to the urban core. It is an urban, high-density zoning district. It is intended to be a mixed-use district with carefully crafted development standards to ensure the area becomes an attractive, walkable, viable commercial and residential area in a desirable part of the City. Public access to the shoreline of the Kennebec River is very important.

B.

Dimensional requirements for all uses.

(1)

Minimum lot size: 10,000 square feet.

(2)

Minimum frontage: 75 feet.

(3)

Minimum depth: 75 feet.

(4)

Area per dwelling unit: 20,000 square feet.***

(5)

Minimum front setback: 15 feet/35 feet.**

(6)

Notes:

(a)

Minimum side/rear setbacks are flexible; see §§ 300-502 and 300-515.

(b)

**Minimum front setback: 35 feet from street ROW line of arterial and collector streets; 15 feet from the street ROW line of all other streets.

(c)

***May be reduced to 2,500 square feet per dwelling unit if served by public sewer.

(d)

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

C.

Design criteria. The following minimum design criteria shall be met within the Kennebec Locks (KL) District:

(1)

Outdoor lighting standards. The purpose of this subsection is to provide outdoor lighting standards to help ensure compatibility with neighboring uses, preserve our dark skies, and provide a more pleasant and comfortable nighttime environment while preserving the ability to install effective security lighting.

(a)

Lighting fixtures shall be a full cutoff design that is shielded, hooded and oriented towards the ground so that direct rays of lighting source(s) are not visible past the property boundaries and do not shine into the night sky; and

(b)

Use of motion-sensing devices is encouraged; and

(c)

Lighting shall not blink, flash or be of unusually high intensity or brightness; and

(d)

All lighting fixtures shall be appropriate in scale, intensity and height to the use they are serving; and

(e)

New or replacement lighting of streets/roads within the district shall be shielded, downward pointing.

(f)

Exemptions:

[1]

Lighting fixtures installed on residential structures with incandescent lamps, or equivalent. This exemption does not apply to fixtures that light parking areas, driveways, sports areas or outbuildings;

[2]

Seasonal decorative lighting fixtures;

[3]

Lighting fixtures used temporarily for emergency purposes;

[4]

Public athletic fields, fairgrounds and approved temporary special events lighting;

[5]

Lighting fixtures of equivalent to 60 watts or less of incandescent bulbs.

(2)

Location of parking, servicing, and loading areas for nonresidential uses. All off-street parking lots/areas/stalls, vehicle servicing areas (including gasoline/diesel pumps), and delivery and garage bay doors shall be located at the side or rear of buildings, the only exception being for handicapped parking spaces, which may be located at the front of the building. Buffer yard standards for Urban, Industrial, and Planned Development Districts identified in § 300-502 of this chapter are applicable to all parking lots with six or more spaces.

D.

Screening of machinery, equipment, storage areas, and other appurtenances for nonresidential uses. Open storage areas; exposed machinery, electrical/electronic equipment, heating and/or air-conditioning equipment, fuel tanks, etc. (whether located above the ground on structures or on the ground); areas used for storage and collection of rubbish; and areas determined to be similar to those listed must be visually screened from roads and surrounding land uses. Suitable types of screening for aboveground equipment, storage areas and appurtenances include landscaping (e.g., shrubs, plants, trees, fencing) and/or architectural elements (e.g., false walls, false roofing, masonry, blocks, etc.). Suitable types of screening on the ground include opaque wood fences and dense evergreen hedges of five feet or more in height. Where evergreen hedges are proposed, a temporary fence shall be built to provide screening until the evergreens are of sufficient height to hide the unit(s) being screened.

§ 300-314.11Westside Professional District (WP)

Amended

A.

Purpose. The Westside Professional District is located within the Winthrop Street Historic Overlay District and is designed to protect the mix of low impact businesses and residential uses along Winthrop Street. The intent of the district is to maintain the character of the historic buildings and landscapes while discouraging building and site alterations which would adversely impact the aesthetics of the area.

B.

Dimensional Requirements.

(1)

Front Setback: No principal structure may extend closer to Winthrop Street than the principal structures on adjacent lots. Setbacks from other street frontages shall be 10 feet.

(2)

Side and Rear Setback:

(a)

Principal Structure: 10 feet.

(b)

Accessory Structures: 5 feet.

(3)

Lot Area Per Dwelling Unit: 2,500 square feet.

C.

Design Criteria. The following minimum design criteria shall be met:

(1)

Outdoor lighting standards. The purpose of this subsection is to provide outdoor lighting standards to help ensure compatibility with neighboring uses, preserve our dark skies, and provide a more pleasant and comfortable nighttime environment while preserving the ability to install effective security lighting.

(a)

Lighting fixtures shall be a full cutoff design that is shielded, hooded and oriented towards the ground so that direct rays of lighting source(s) are not visible past the property boundaries and do not shine into the night sky; and

(b)

Use of motion-sensing devices is encouraged; and

(c)

Lighting shall not blink, flash or be of unusually high intensity or brightness; and

(d)

All lighting fixtures shall be appropriate in scale, intensity and height to the use they are serving; and

(e)

Exemptions:

[1]

Seasonal decorative lighting fixtures;

[2]

Lighting fixtures used temporarily for emergency purposes;

[3]

Approved temporary special events lighting;

[4]

Lighting fixtures of equivalent to 60 watts or less of incandescent bulbs.

(2)

Parking.

(a)

New parking spaces shall not be constructed between Winthrop Street and building facade facing Winthrop Street.

(b)

Landscape buffer yard standards for Urban, Industrial, and Planned Development Districts identified in § 300-502 of this chapter are applicable to all parking lots with six or more spaces.

(c)

A waiver for on-site parking may be granted by the Planning Board, through the conditional use process. On-street parking may be utilized within the district to meet parking requirements.

(3)

Screening of machinery, equipment, storage areas, and other appurtenances. Open storage areas; exposed machinery, electrical/electronic equipment, heating and/or air-conditioning equipment, fuel tanks, etc. (whether located above the ground on structures or on the ground); areas used for storage and collection of rubbish; and areas determined to be similar to those listed must be visually screened from roads and surrounding land uses. Suitable types of screening include landscaping (e.g., shrubs, plants, trees, fencing) and/or architectural elements (e.g., false walls,

false roofing, masonry, blocks, etc.). Where evergreen hedges are proposed, a temporary fence shall be built to provide screening until the evergreens are of sufficient height to hide the unit(s) being screened.

§ 300-315Rural Districts

Amended

§ 300-315.1Rural River District (RR)

A.

Purpose. The RR District is intended to retain the water quality, wildlife habitat, scenic and forest values encompassing the district. The district contains the most sensitive portions of the Bond Brook watershed, including the City's wells. Residential and recreational uses will be permitted. Clustering and the retention of open space will be encouraged. Maximum permitted densities will be in keeping with natural resource values.

B.

Dimensional requirements.

(1)

Conventional zoning.

(a)

Minimum lot size: one acre.

(b)

Minimum road frontage: 150 feet.

(c)

Minimum depth: 135 feet.

(d)

Area per dwelling unit: one acre.

(e)

Minimum front setback: 20 feet/35 feet.*

(f)

Notes:

[1]

Side/Rear setbacks are flexible; see § 300-502, Buffer yards.

[2]

*Front setback: 35 feet from the street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets.

[3]

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

(2)

Performance zoning.

(a)

Administration.

[1]

Requiring:

[a]

Site capacity analysis (see Article IV).

[b]

Planning Board review (public hearing where indicated), including master plans for layout and use of entire land holdings.

[c]

Permit issued by CEO.

[2]

City staff review. Conventional zoning permitted uses, excluding conventional

residential subdivisions, may opt to utilize these standards and shall be reviewed and approved by City staff.

(b)

Minimum front setback for all uses: 20 feet/35 feet.*

(c)

Residential development:

[1]

Maximum density (for net buildable land): 4.1 dwelling units/acre.

[2]

Minimum open space ratio: 0.40.

[3]

Minimum lot area (per housing unit type): See § 300-524B.

(d)

Nonresidential development:

[1]

Floor area factor (FAF): 0.35.

[2]

Impervious surface ratio: 0.50.

(e)

Notes:

[1]

*Minimum front setback: 35 feet from street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets.

[2]

Side and rear setbacks are flexible; see § 300-502, Buffer yards.

[3]

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

§ 300-315.2Rural Residential District (RRES)

Amended

A.

Purpose. The district contains sensitive natural resources and residential neighborhoods and, for the most part, is not geographically well suited for extension of water and sewer. It is the district's intent to conserve the rural character of the City. Residential development and its support services (such as small-scale shops, convenience retail, laundry, and other satellite services) will be permitted. Clustered developments are encouraged to conserve open space and natural values and minimize the cost of services. Maximum permitted densities will be in keeping with natural resource values and groundwater protection considerations.

B.

Requirements for location of parking, servicing, and loading areas (one and two family dwellings are exempt). With the exception of all the allowable permitted uses, all off-street parking lots/areas/stalls, vehicle servicing areas and delivery and garage bay doors shall be located (to the greatest extent practicable) to the side or rear of buildings and away from the road frontage of the property. Buffer yard standards for Urban, Industrial, and Planned Development Districts identified in § 300-502 of this chapter are applicable to all parking lots with six or more spaces.

Amended

C.

Dimensional requirements.

(1)

Single developments and minor subdivisions.

(a)

Minimum lot size: 60,000 square feet.

(b)

Minimum road frontage: 200 feet.

(c)

Minimum lot depth: 135 feet.

(d)

Minimum land area required per dwelling unit: 30,000 square feet.

(e)

Minimum building setbacks:

[1]

Front: 35 feet from arterial/collector streets. 20 feet from all other streets or right-of-ways.

[2]

Side/Rear: See § 300-502, Buffer yards.

Amended

(f)

Maximum building height: 30 feet.70

(2)

Major subdivisions.

(a)

Minimum lot size: 40,000 square feet.

Amended

(b)

Minimum lot size per dwelling unit: 20,000 square feet.

Amended

(c)

Minimum open space per dwelling unit: 20,000 square feet.*

Amended

(d)

Minimum lot size for nonresidential uses: 60,000 square feet.

(e)

Minimum lot frontage:

[1]

Residential: 150 feet.

[2]

Nonresidential: 200 feet.

(f)

Minimum lot depth:

[1]

Residential: 135 feet.

[2]

Nonresidential: 150 feet.

(g)

Minimum building setbacks:

[1]

Front: 35 feet from arterial/collector streets. 20 feet from all other streets or right-of-ways.

[2]

Side/Rear: See § 300-502, Buffer yards.***

Amended

(h)

Maximum building height: 30 feet.

(i)

*All open space shall be:

[1]

Made contiguous with existing open space on adjacent parcels, located along an outside boundary (or boundaries) of the subdivision and/or protect valuable environmental resources to the greatest practicable extent;

[2]

Shall be dedicated to an association of parcel owners within the subdivision through homeowner's association documents or deeded to an approved land trust;

[3]

Shall prioritize land appropriate to protection of sensitive areas including erodible or

Amended

6.

Editor's Note: Former Subsection C(1)(g), Notes, which immediately followed this subsection, was repealed 12-5-2019 by Ord. No. 19-192.

shallow soils, wetlands, aquifers, aquifer recharge areas, floodplains, steep slopes over 15%, high value plant and animal habitats, and shoreland district lands;

[4]

May include land appropriate to passive and active recreational uses and communal utilities such as solar panels, wind turbines, septic fields, etc.

§ 300-315.3Rural Ponds District (RPDS)

The RPDS District is patterned after the "Agricultural District" described in Part Two–Model Ordinance from author and land use planner Lane Kendig's book entitled "Performance Zoning," Copyright 1980, American Planning Association.

A.

Purpose. The RPDS District is an area where highly erodible, shallow soils, steep slopes, wetlands, deer yards, shoreland areas and State of Maine wildlife management areas shall be protected. All new development and conversions shall be designed and located, and all land use activities shall be conducted in a manner that prevents additional phosphorous loading to Togus and Three Cornered Ponds especially and stringently protects the water quality of all other ponds. The vulnerability of the ponds to water quality degradation is taken into account. The protection of wildlife, fisheries, scenic, and forest values are given high priority. Residential and recreational uses are encouraged, and maximum densities shall be in keeping with the capacity of the ponds and groundwater supplies to accommodate new development without water quality degradation. Clustering and retention of open space will be favored over conventional development patterns.

B.

New single lots or subdivisions involving four or fewer lots.

(1)

In general.

(a)

The conventional zoning process in Subsection C designates minimum lot sizes and buffer widths for single lots created after the effective date of this ordinance.

(b)

Although all subdivisions are encouraged to utilize the performance zoning dimensional requirements listed in Subsection D, conventional residential subdivisions, involving the creation of four or fewer lots of construction of four or fewer units, may also utilize Subsection C to determine minimum lot sizes, if such developments do not exceed the following:

[1]

Maximum length of new or upgraded road is 200 feet with cumulative driveway length not to exceed 450 feet for three lots or 600 feet for four lots; or

[2]

If no new or upgraded road is proposed, the cumulative driveway length shall not exceed 950 feet for three lots or 1,100 feet for four lots; or

[3]

Single-family or duplex residential development of one or two lots or two lots with less than 200 feet of new or upgraded road with cumulative driveway length not to exceed 150 feet for one lot or 300 feet for two lots; or

[4]

Single-family or duplex residential development of one or two lots with no new or upgraded road with cumulative driveway length not to exceed 450 feet for one lot or 600 feet for two lots.

(2)

Exceptions.

(a)

Existing lots of record within Shoreland Districts. Single lots of record existing prior to

the effective date of this ordinance and located in the Shoreland Zoning Overlay Districts shall comply with no lesser requirement than the minimum dimensional and performance standards outlined in the applicable shoreland district and § 300-528.

(b)

Existing lots of record outside Shoreland Districts. Except as provided by § 300-312D, single lots of record existing prior to the effective date of this ordinance that are located in areas of the RPDS District not covered by the Shoreland Zoning Overlay Districts shall comply with no less than the minimum dimensional requirements, as outlined in the applicable Tables 315.3-A and 315.3-B in Subsection C(2), that most nearly conform to the existing lot size and soil conditions. No building permit shall be denied for an existing lot which is not able to meet the minimum buffer widths as established. If necessary, due to site conditions and lot configuration, the minimum buffer width may be reduced to 20 feet without obtaining a variance from the Board of Zoning Appeals.

(3)

To determine minimum lot size:

(a)

In creating a new lot or a subdivision of four or fewer lots/units as outlined above, the lot owner or applicant shall consult with City staff to determine in which watershed the property is located.

(b)

Upon such determination, and upon obtaining a soils test for on-site waste disposal suitability, Subsection C(1) shall be consulted and the applicant or lot owner shall be directed to utilize either Table 315.3-A or 315.3-B in Subsection C(2) to determine the minimum lot size required in order to control phosphorous loading into the affected pond.

(c)

The soils test shall be performed by a professional engineer or soil scientist registered or licensed in the State of Maine with the authority to conduct such a test. The soils test shall indicate what hydrologic soils group (see definitions) exists on the site in the area where placement of the septic system and structures is to occur, and shall be matched with the appropriate lot size noted in Table 315.3-A or 315.3-B in Subsection C(2).

(d)

Lots occurring in more than one watershed shall comply with the regulations of the district (RPDS/RRES or RPDS/RR) or subwatershed (e.g., Lower Togus/Wellman Ponds) in which 51% or more of the lot area exists.

Tables 315.3-A and 315.3-B in Subsection C(2) were derived from the chart included in Appendix B of this ordinance. The chart was created by the DEP Water Quality Division and includes: pond or lake name; its water quality category; the direct drainage area in acres; the level of protection desired by the City of Augusta; a measure of additional phosphorous that, exported from the watershed to the lake, would produce a one-part-per-billion increase in the lake's phosphorous concentration; and the "P" value, the maximum acceptable increase in the amount of phosphorous exported per acre of watershed on a yearly basis. The full description of the process for determining the "P" factor can be found in "Phosphorous Control in Lake Watersheds, A Technical Guide to Evaluating New Development" (Guide), Maine Department of Environmental Protection, September 1989.

Table 315.3-A was created by grouping all ponds with a "P" value greater than 0.07 and reflects a variation of the Guide's Table 4-1 on page 26; Table 315.3-B was created by grouping all ponds with a "P" value below 0.07 and also reflect a variation in the Guide's Table 4-1. Even though the chart in Appendix B lists "P" values for each pond, the intent of these regulations is to simplify the application of the regulations while providing a determined amount of phosphorous loading protection for each pond based on the DEP's work.

As water quality monitoring work by the DEP and others proceeds, Tables 315.3-A and 315.3-B will be reevaluated and adjustments made where necessary.

C.

Conventional zoning process.

(1)

Dimensional requirements. [See also Subsection C(2) below.]

(a)

Minimum lot size for all uses.

WatershedFor Minimum Lot Size, Refer to

Anderson PondTable 315.3-A

Dam PondTable 315.3-A

Little Togus PondTable 315.3-A

Lower Togus PondTable 315.3-A

Spectacle PondTable 315.3-A

Togus PondTable 315.3-A

Tolman PondTable 315.3-A

Unnamed PondTable 315.3-A

Greeley PondTable 315.3-B

Mud PondTable 315.3-B

Three Cornered PondTable 315.3-B

Wellman PondTable 315.3-B

(b)

Minimum area per living unit shall be no less than the minimum lot size.

(c)

Minimum road frontage: 150 feet; minimum depth: 100 feet.

(d)

Side/Rear setbacks are flexible; see minimum buffer widths.

(e)

Front setback: 35 feet from the street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets.

(f)

The total area of all structures, parking lots and other nonvegetated surfaces shall not exceed 20% of the total lot area.

(g)

Additional water quality measures may be required in accordance with section

(2)

Lot size based on hydrologic soil group.

(a)

Use of Tables 315.3-A and 315.3-B requires determination of hydrologic soil group before determining the minimum lot size. Once the hydrologic soil group has been identified through a subsurface wastewater disposal soil test, a lot owner must agree to maintain the required buffer width at all perimeter property lines. No more than 20% of the parcel may be covered with structures, parking areas and other nonvegetated surfaces. Driveways shall be included in the calculation of total impervious surface; however, total square footage of gravel driveways may be discounted by 50%. A gravel driveway 15 feet wide and 100 feet long equals 1,500 square feet; however, only 750 square feet is required to be used in the calculation of total area covered by structures, parking areas and other nonvegetated surfaces. Paved driveways shall be calculated at 100% of their area.

(b)

With respect to Tables 315.3-A and 315.3-B, subsurface wastewater disposal soil tests indicating soil profile and condition are translated into hydrologic soil groups through the use of Appendix B.2 found at the back of this ordinance. As an example, profile and condition 6B translates in a hydrologic soil group of "A." For a parcel in the Togus Pond watershed, Table 315.3-A specifies that soils have a hydrologic soil group A require a one-acre minimum lot size and a twenty-foot perimeter buffer.

Table 315.3-A

If Hydrologic Soil Group IsMinimum Lot Size (acres)Minimum Buffer Width Required Along Perimeter Property Line (feet)
A1.020
B2.030
C3.040
D4.050
Table 315.3-B
If Hydrologic SoilMinimum Lot SizeMinimum Buffer Width Required Along Perimeter Property Line
Group Is(acres)(feet)
A1.540
B2.550
C4.060
D5.070
D.

Performance zoning process. Projects utilizing the performance zoning process outlined below shall perform a site capacity analysis (Article IV) to determine the dwelling units per acre or FAF, as applicable. Once this determination has been made, the applicant shall comply with all applicable performance standards outlined in Part 5 of this chapter and shall pay particular attention to

§ 300-514B(3), Phosphorus control standards, and Part Two of the Guide noted.

(1)

Requiring:

(a)

Site capacity analysis (Article IV): all uses.

(b)

Planning Board review (public hearing where indicated), including master plans for layout and use of entire land holdings.

(c)

DEP standard review method.

(d)

Permit issued by CEO.

(2)

Dimensional requirements.

(a)

Minimum front setback for all uses: 20 feet/35 feet.*

(b)

Residential development:

[1]

Maximum density (for net buildable land): 0.96 dwelling unit/acre.

[2]

Minimum open space ratio: 0.60.

[3]

Minimum lot area (per housing unit type): See § 300-524B.

(c)

Nonresidential development:

[1]

Floor area factor (FAF): 0.635.

[2]

Impervious surface ratio: 0.50.

(d)

Notes:

[1]

*Minimum front setbacks: 35 feet from street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets.

[2]

Side and rear setbacks are flexible; see § 300-502, Buffer yards.

[3]

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

(3)

Upon completion of the site capacity analysis, the applicant shall design the project to comply with the provisions of the standard review method outlined in the Phosphorous Control in Lake Watersheds Guide [see § 300-514(3)]. Based on design details and specifics of the site, density in dwelling units per acre or floor area factor may require reduction in accordance with the Guide.

§ 300-315.4Rural Village District (RV)

A.

Purpose. The RV District is intended to foster commercial and service-oriented uses designed to support the surrounding rural population and to foster positive community identity in the rural parts of the City.

B.

Notwithstanding § 300-304B of this chapter, for the Rural Village District area along Civic Center Drive, the zoning boundary line which is 500 feet back from Civic Center Drive shall be the physical limit for where a land use allowed in the Rural Village District on a lot in question can extend, unless that land use is also allowed in the adjacent zoning district of that same lot.

C.

Dimensional requirements.

(1)

Conventional zoning.

(a)

Single, group care and two-family uses.

[1]

Minimum lot size: 20,000 square feet.

[2]

Minimum road frontage: 150 feet (all other streets)/400 feet (arterial and collector streets).

[3]

Minimum lot depth: 135 feet.

[4]

Minimum front setback: 20 feet/35 feet.*

(b)

Retail and personal services.

[1]

Minimum lot size: one acre.

[2]

Minimum road frontage: 200 feet (all other streets)/400 feet (arterial and collector streets).

[3]

Minimum lot depth: 150 feet.

[4]

Minimum front setback: 50 feet.

(c)

Professional use.

[1]

Minimum lot size: 20,000 square feet.

[2]

Minimum road frontage: 150 feet (all other streets)/400 feet (arterial and collector streets).

[3]

Minimum lot depth: 100 feet.

[4]

Minimum front setback: 20 feet/35 feet.*

(d)

Notes:

[1]

Side and rear setbacks are flexible; see § 300-502, Buffer yards.

[2]

*Minimum front setback: 35 feet from street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets.

[3]

Minimum land area per living unit is 5,000 square feet after the first (i.e., two units require 25,000 square feet; three units require 30,000 square feet).

[4]

The minimum frontage requirements for any new lot created within the Rural Village District located along Civic Center Drive shall be 400 feet.

[5]

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

(2)

Performance zoning.

(a)

Minimum front setback for all uses: 20 feet/35 feet.*

(b)

Residential development:

[1]

Maximum density (for net buildable land): 3.5 dwelling units/acre.

[2]

Minimum open space ratio: 0.50.

[3]

Minimum lot area (per housing unit type): See § 300-524B.

(c)

Nonresidential development:

[1]

Floor area factor (FAF): 0.63.

[2]

Impervious surface ratio: 0.60.

(d)

Notes:

[1]

*Minimum front setback: 35 feet from street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets.

[2]

Side and rear setbacks are flexible; see § 300-502, Buffer yards.

[3]

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

§ 300-315.5Rural River 2 District (RR2)

Amended

A.

Purpose. The RR2 District is intended to retain the water quality, wildlife habitat, and scenic resource values of the West River Road corridor adjacent to the Kennebec River. Residential uses, recreational, agricultural, and commercial uses appropriate to a scenic, country residential corridor are allowed, subject to conditional use or special exception review, as identified below. Commercial developments shall meet architectural design standards and support or enhance the purposes of the district. Clustering of residential developments and the retention of open space will be strongly encouraged. Maximum permitted development densities will be in keeping with natural resource values and capabilities of private septic and water systems.

B.

Dimensional requirements.

(1)

Single developments and minor subdivisions.

(a)

Minimum lot size: 60,000 square feet.

(b)

Minimum lot frontage: 200 feet.

(c)

Minimum lot depth: 200 feet.

(d)

Minimum land area required per dwelling unit: 30,000 square feet.

(e)

Minimum building setbacks:

[1]

Front: 20 feet/35 feet.*

[2]

Side/Rear.**

(f)

Notes:

[1]

*Front setback: 35 feet from the street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets.

[2]

**Side/Rear setbacks are flexible; see § 300-502, Buffer yards.

[3]

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

(2)

Major subdivisions.

(a)

Minimum subdivision land area required per dwelling unit: 60,000 square feet.

(b)

Minimum lot size per dwelling unit: 30,000 square feet.

(c)

Minimum open space per dwelling unit: 45,000 square feet.*

(d)

Minimum lot size for nonresidential uses: 60,000 square feet.

(e)

Minimum lot frontage:

[1]

Residential: 100 feet.

[2]

Nonresidential: 200 feet.

(f)

Minimum lot depth:

[1]

Residential: 200 feet.

[2]

Nonresidential: 200 feet.

(g)

Minimum building setbacks:

[1]

Front: 20 feet/35 feet.**

[2]

Side/Rear.***

(h)

Notes:

[1]

All open space shall be made contiguous along an outside boundary (or boundaries) of the subdivision to the greatest practicable extent and shall be dedicated to an association of parcel owners initially created by the developer and which at a specified time period revert to said parcel owners. This open space shall include land appropriate to passive and active recreational uses, but may include nonbuildable land such as wetlands and steep slopes.

[2]

**Front setback: 35 feet from the street line of arterial and collector streets; 20 feet from the street line of all other streets.

[3]

***Side/Rear setbacks are flexible; see § 300-502, Buffer yards.

[4]

See the arterial/collector street list in § 300-515C.

C.

Requirements for location of parking, servicing, and loading areas. With the exception of all the allowable permitted uses, all off-street parking lots/areas/stalls, vehicle servicing areas and delivery and garage bay doors shall be located (to the greatest extent practicable) to the side or rear of buildings and away from the road frontage of the property. Buffer yard standards for Urban, Industrial, and Planned Development Districts identified in § 300-502 of this chapter are applicable to all parking lots with six or more spaces.

§ 300-316Overlay Districts

§ 300-316.1Shoreland Districts

Amended

A.

General provisions.

(1)

All land use activities, as indicated in Attachment 5, Table of Land Uses in the Shoreland Overlay Zoning Districts, shall conform with all of the applicable land use standards outlined in Part 5. The district designation for a particular site shall be determined from the Official Shoreland Zoning Map.

Shoreland Overlay Zones

LRLimited Residential

RPResource Protection

GDGeneral Development

LCLimited Commercial

SPStream Protection

(2)

Dimensional requirements.

(a)

Minimum dimensional requirements as listed in § 300-528 may be superseded by stronger standards based on the specifics of the site and with respect to slope and soil conditions in accordance with § 300-506D.

(b)

In no case shall lots created in a subdivision in the Shoreland District, after July 14, 1990, have a lot depth to shore frontage ratio of greater than five to one, pursuant to 30-A

M.R.S.A. § 4404, Subsection 17.

(3)

A person performing any of the following activities shall require a permit from the Department of Environmental Protection, pursuant to 38 M.R.S.A. § 480-C, if the activity occurs in, on, over or adjacent to any freshwater or coastal wetland, great pond, river, stream or brook and operates in such a manner that material or soil may be washed into them: [The DEP has determined that "adjacent," as used in Subsection A(3), means within 75 feet.]

(a)

Dredging, bulldozing, removing or displacing soil, sand, vegetation or other materials;

(b)

Draining or otherwise dewatering;

(c)

Filling, including adding sand or other material to a sand dune; or

(d)

Any construction or alteration of any permanent structure.

B.

Limited Residential District (LR).

Purpose. The LR District includes those areas suitable for residential and recreational development. It includes areas other than those in the Resource Protection District, or Stream Protection District, and it includes areas which are used less intensively than those in the Limited Commercial District, or the General Development District.

C.

Resource Protection District (RP).

(1)

Purpose. The RP District includes areas in which development would adversely affect water quality, productive habitat, biological ecosystems, or areas with scenic and natural values. This district shall include the following areas when they occur within the limits of the Shoreland Zone, exclusive of the Stream Protection District, except that areas which are currently developed and areas which meet the criteria for the Limited Commercial or General Development Districts need not be included within the Resource Protection District:

(a)

Areas within 250 feet, horizontal distance, of the upland edge of freshwater and/or coastal wetlands, which are rated "moderate" or "high" value waterfowl and wading bird habitat, including nesting and feeding areas, by the Maine Department of Inland Fisheries and Wildlife (MDIF). These areas are generally depicted on a Geographic Information System (GIS) data layer.

(b)

Floodplains along rivers and floodplains along artificially formed great ponds along rivers, defined by the one-hundred-year floodplain as designated on the Federal Emergency Management Agency's (FEMA) Flood Insurance Rate Maps or Flood Hazard Boundary Maps, or the flood of record, or in the absence of these, by soil types identified as "recent floodplain soils" (defined). This district shall also include one-hundred-year floodplains adjacent to tidal waters as shown on FEMA's Flood Insurance Rate Maps or Flood Hazard Boundary Maps.

(c)

Areas of two or more contiguous acres with sustained slopes of 20% or greater.

(d)

Areas of two or more contiguous acres supporting wetland vegetation and hydric soils, which are not part of a freshwater or coastal wetland as defined, and which are not surficially connected to a water body during normal spring high water.

(e)

Land areas along rivers subject to severe bank erosion, undercutting, or river bed movement and lands adjacent to tidal waters which are subject to severe erosion or mass movement, such as steep coastal bluffs.

(f)

The following other areas which have been recommended for protection:

[1]

Other important wildlife habitat;

[2]

Natural sites of significant scenic or aesthetic value;

[3]

Areas designated by federal, state or municipal governments as natural areas of significance to be protected from development; and

[4]

Other significant areas which should be included in this district to fulfill the purposes of this chapter, such as but not limited to existing public access areas and certain significant archeological and historic sites deserving of long-term protection as determined by the City of Augusta, after consultation with the Maine Historic Preservation Commission.

NOTE: As these areas are mapped and development standards are established, the City of Augusta shall incorporate such areas and standards into this chapter.

(2)

Uses. Unless specifically enumerated, principal structures, including residential dwelling units, commercial, industrial and institutional structures are prohibited in the RP District. Therefore, there are no dimensional requirements for new structures and uses within the district. Dimensional requirements for legally existing nonconforming uses and structures are listed in

§ 300-528.

D.

General Development District (GD).

(1)

Purpose. The General Development District includes the following types of existing, intensely developed areas:

(a)

Areas of two or more contiguous acres devoted to commercial, industrial or intensive recreational activities, or a mix of such activities, including but not limited to the following:

[1]

Areas devoted to manufacturing, fabricating or other industrial activities;

[2]

Areas devoted to wholesaling, warehousing, retail trade and service activities, or other commercial activities; and

[3]

Areas devoted to intensive recreational development and activities, such as, but not limited to amusement parks, racetracks and fairgrounds.

(b)

Areas otherwise discernible as having patterns of intensive commercial, industrial or recreational uses.

(c)

Portions of the General Development District may also include residential development. However, no area shall be designated as General Development District based solely on residential use.

(d)

In areas adjacent to great ponds classified GPA (as defined) and adjacent to rivers flowing to great ponds classified GPA, the designation of an area as a General Development District shall be based upon uses existing at the time of adoption of this chapter. There shall be no newly established General Development Districts or expansions in area of existing General Development Districts adjacent great ponds classified GPA, and adjacent to rivers that flow to great ponds classified GPA.

E.

Limited Commercial District (LC).

In areas adjacent to great ponds classified GPA (as defined) and adjacent to rivers flowing to great ponds classified GPA, the designation of an area as a General Development District shall be based upon uses existing at the time of adoption of this chapter. There shall be no newly established General Development Districts or expansions in area of existing General Development Districts adjacent great ponds classified GPA, and adjacent to rivers that flow to great ponds classified GPA.

F.

Stream Protection District (SP).

(1)

Purpose.

(a)

The Stream Protection District includes all land areas within 75 feet, horizontal distance, of the normal high-water line of a stream, exclusive of those areas within 250 feet, horizontal distance, of the normal high-water line of a great pond, or river or within 250 feet, horizontal distance, of the upland edge of a freshwater or coastal wetland. Where a stream and its associated shoreland area is located within 250 feet, horizontal distance, of the above water bodies or wetlands, that land area shall be regulated under the terms of the Shoreland District associated with that water body or wetland.

(b)

The Stream Protection District also includes major and minor tributaries of streams (as defined) as well as drainageways depicted on the City's 200 scale topographic maps and/ or the USGS Topographic Quadrangle maps. In the case of these tributaries and drainageways, the SP District has been reduced to land areas within 25 feet horizontal distance of the normal high-water line of the tributary and shall be considered the SP 50 District. In the SP 50 District, no less than a twenty-five-foot buffer shall be maintained adjacent to the tributary or drainageway. Such buffer shall not be disturbed except to remove safety hazards. If such a tributary or drainageway is determined, upon field investigation by the CEO, to be an intermittent stream, the required buffer may be reduced to 15 feet.

G.

Historic Waterfront Districts.

(1)

Old Fort Western Historic Waterfront District (FW).

Purpose. For a specified area in front of Old Fort Western, a zone denoted as the "Old Fort Western Historic Waterfront District" shall be adhered to. This zone encompasses a distance of 350 feet measured south from Calumet Bridge at Old Fort Western71 and a depth of 60 feet measured east from the high-water mark in the Kennebec River to Old Fort Western. Shoreland zoning standards in this area will be in accordance with

§ 300-528C(3). The purpose of this district is to protect bank stabilization and maintain key gateway viewscapes.

(2)

Kennebec Arsenal Historic Waterfront District (KA).

Purpose. For a specified area in front of the Kennebec Arsenal, a zone denoted as "Kennebec Arsenal Historic Waterfront District" shall be adhered to. This zone encompasses a distance along the Kennebec River of +/- measured 20 feet north of the arsenal's northern property line to 20 feet south of the arsenal's southern property line for a depth of 100 feet from the high-water mark in the Kennebec River. Shoreland zoning standards in this area will be in accordance with § 300-528C(3). The purpose of this district is to restore the Kennebec Arsenal retaining wall to the original grassy slopes.

§ 300-316.2Bridge/Highway Corridor Districts

(Reserved)

7.

Editor's Note: Res. No. 125, adopted 7-21-2008, changed the name of this bridge from "Father John Curran Bridge" to "Calumet Bridge at Old Fort Western."

§ 300-316.3Highway Overlay Districts

A.

Urban Highway — Reserve ending over or below the normal high-water line or within a wetland.

(1)

Parking facilities. Uses similar to uses requiring a Planning Board permit.

(2)

Public hearing not mandatory for the following uses; use criteria in § 300-603E(5)(e)[1] through [7]:

(a)

New essential services.

(b)

Multiunit residential.

(c)

New road construction.

B.

Rural Highway. (Reserved)

§ 300-316.4Capitol View District

(Reserved)

§ 300-316.5Historic District

Amended

A.

Intent.

(1)

The intent of this section is to provide a resource of information and expertise to help those interested in rehabilitation or new construction in a district or restoring a landmark within which the residents of the City of Augusta can protect the historic, architectural and cultural heritage of significant areas, landmarks and sites in Augusta. The intent of the section is to safeguard, in the face of intensified growth pressures, the structures and areas that give beauty and pleasure to residents, attract visitors and new residents, give the City its distinctive character, and educate the community about its past.

(2)

This section applies standards of evaluation to prevent the unnecessary loss of the community's historical features and to ensure compatible new construction and rehabilitation in historic districts while not stifling change and development or forcing modern recreations of historic styles; in a reasonable and flexible manner, fosters civic pride in the City's history and development patterns as represented in such distinctive areas, sites, structures and objects.

(3)

Additionally, the section protects and enhances the attractiveness of the City to its home buyers, home owners, residents, tourists, visitors, businesses and shoppers, encouraging preservation, restoration and rehabilitation that respects the historic, cultural, architectural and archaeological significance of distinctive areas, sites, structures and objects.

B.

Purpose. It shall be the purpose of this section to permit the designation of lands, buildings and structures within the City as historic sites, historic districts, or individual historic properties, or historic landmarks.

C.

Uses permitted. The uses permitted in historic districts and individual historic properties and at historic sites or historic landmarks shall be those set forth in the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Augusta, Maine for the zone in which such district, site, property or landmark is located.

D.

Guidance documents. The following are adopted as guidance by this reference and made a part of this section. They do not have effect as standards and are not to be used as regulations.

(1)

Augusta Historic Preservation Design Manual.

(2)

All architectural and archaeological surveys conducted by architectural historians and archaeologists recognized by the State Historic Preservation Commission and on file in the City Office.

(3)

(Reserved)

E.

Definitions. As used in this section, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

ARCHAEOLOGICAL SITE — A geographic location of the remains of prehistoric life or of historic human beings. These include, but are not limited to, structures, artifacts, terrain features, graphics (paintings or drawings, etc.) and the evidence of plants or animals.

ARCHITECTURAL FEATURE — Any feature that helps give a structure its distinctive architectural character. Such character defining features include but are not limited to columns, pilasters, cornice boards, brackets, balustrades, quoins, fanlights, corner boards, window and door frames, and transoms.

AUGUSTA HISTORIC PRESERVATION DESIGN MANUAL — A set of recommendations for guidance when evaluating proposed changes in historic properties, based on the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation, for the use of the Historic Preservation Committee or other appointed body that has the responsibility of overseeing a specific local historic structure, area, site, or district.

COMMISSION — Augusta Historic Preservation Commission.

COMPATIBILITY — The relationship between buildings of scale, height, proportion and mass and their relationship to the viewscape. See this section for definition of viewscape.

CONTRIBUTING PROPERTY — A contributing property means and includes any building, other structure or site that by age, location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, feeling and association adds to the district's sense of time and place and historical development or is capable of yielding important information about an historically significant period. The property shall retain some or all of its historic integrity, as defined in this section. Ordinarily buildings that have been built within the 50 years prior to the year of application shall not be considered to contribute to the district unless a justification concerning their historical or architectural merit is given by the referenced surveys, Subsection D(2), or the historical attributes of the district are considered to be less than 50 years old. See this section for the definition of noncontributing properties. In the case of a disagreement, an architectural historian recognized by the Maine State Historic Preservation Commission shall be consulted.

DETERIORATION FROM NEGLECT — Deterioration of any structural or exterior architectural feature of a property from inadequate maintenance to the extent that it creates an irremediably detrimental effect on the life and character of that historic structure or landmark and/or creates health and safety violations.

HISTORIC DISTRICT — A geographically definable area possessing a significant concentration or linkage of sites, structures or objects united by past events or aesthetically by plan or physical development and designated in accordance with the requirements of this section as appropriate for historic preservation. Such historic districts may also comprise individual elements separated geographically, but linked by historical association.

HISTORIC INTEGRITY — The authenticity of a property's historic identity as evidenced by the survival of physical characteristics (location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, feeling, and association) that existed during the property's prehistoric or historic period.

HISTORIC LANDMARK — Any site feature or structure of particular, strong, historic or architectural significance to the City relating to its heritage, cultural, social, economic or political history, or which is associated with historic personages or important events in local, state or national history which has been designated in accordance with this section.

HISTORIC PRESERVATION CERTIFICATE — A document issued by the Historic Preservation Commission that assures compliance with the provisions of this section.

HISTORIC SITE — A parcel of land of special significance in the history or prehistory of the City and its inhabitants, or upon which an historic event has occurred, or an historic site by virtue of usage and which has been designated as such in accordance with this section. The term "historic site" shall also include any improved parcel or part of it on which is situated an historic landmark, and any abutting parcel or part of it used as and constituting part of the premises on which the historic landmark is situated as may be designated in accordance with this section.

INDIVIDUAL HISTORIC PROPERTY — A property that is worthy of preservation because it possesses historic integrity and local, regional, state, or national significance. Important properties may include structures, sites, and objects significant in American history, archaeology, architecture, engineering, or culture, which have been designated as such in accordance with this section.

MAINTENANCE — The keeping of a resource in good repair, e.g., painting, protection from weather and decay and replacement of deteriorating elements, to preserve its integrity.

MAJOR CHANGE — Additions or alterations to a structure or site, or a large-scale change that affects the character of the structure or the related viewscape.

MINOR CHANGE — Small-scale alterations to a structure or site that do not significantly affect its appearance and are easily reversible. Minor changes may include improvement projects, such as lighting, sidewalks, paving and curbing.

NATIONAL REGISTER OF HISTORIC PLACES — A register assigned by the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended, that recognizes buildings, sites, districts, structures, and objects significant in American history, archaeology, architecture, engineering, or culture, and identifies them as worthy of preservation.

NATIONAL-REGISTER-ELIGIBLE PROPERTY — An historic property that is eligible for inclusion in the Register because it meets the National Register criteria, which are specified in the Department of the Interior regulations at 36 CFR 60.4.

NATIONAL-REGISTER-LISTED PROPERTY — An historic property that has been formally listed in the National Register of Historic Places and accepted by the Secretary of the Interior, who is represented for purposes of the decision by the Keeper of the National Register.

NONCONTRIBUTING PROPERTY —

(1)

Means and includes any building, other structure or site that does not add to the district's sense of time and place and historical development; or one where the location, design, setting, materials, workmanship or association have been so altered or have so deteriorated that the overall integrity of the building, structure, or site has been irretrievably lost. Although changes to a noncontributing property may not have historical significance, they may affect the historic integrity of the viewscape and the district as a whole.

(2)

Ordinarily buildings that have been built within the 50 years prior to the year of application shall not be considered to contribute to the significance of a district unless a strong justification concerning their historical or architectural merit is given by the referenced surveys, Subsection D(2), or the historical attributes of the viewscape are considered to be less than 75 years old. Age shall be determined based on the architectural surveys on file in the City Office. In the case of a disagreement, an architectural historian recognized by the Maine State Historic Preservation Commission shall be consulted.

OBJECT — A construction that is primarily artistic or utilitarian in nature or is relatively small in scale and simply constructed. Although it may be, by nature and design, movable, an object is associated with a specific setting or environment.

SIDING — The covering of exterior vertical or nearly vertical wall surfaces, excluding architectural features.

SITE — The location of a significant object, structure, or event.

STRUCTURE — A building, or anything built for the support, shelter or enclosure of persons, animals, goods, or property of any kind, together with anything constructed or erected with a fixed location on or in the ground. The term includes structures temporarily or permanently located, such as decks, fences, and walls.

VIEWSCAPE — The public setting in which a structure, site, or landmark is located. It is the immediate visible neighborhood of the street or public land associated with such a structure, including such things as fences, sidewalks and lights. A viewscape is not synonymous with scenic views, for example water views possessed by individual property owners, but encompasses the public view of a street, neighborhood or public land. Every kind of structure is considered in the context of its viewscape. A district may include many viewscapes.

VISIBLE FROM THE STREET — Any site or structure that can be seen from any public street or way abutting the subject property.

F.

Criteria for establishment of historic districts, historic sites, individual historic properties and historic landmarks.

(1)

General. One or more of the following characteristics, without limitation as to cultural or chronological period, shall serve to qualify an historic district, historic site, individual historic property, historic landmark or archaeological site, as defined in Subsection E of this section, to be established in accordance with this section.

(2)

Structures or sites at which events occur or have occurred that contribute to and are identified with or significantly represent or exemplify the broad cultural, political, economic, military, social or sociological history of Augusta and the nation, including sites and buildings at which the public may gain insight or see examples either of particular items or of larger patterns in the North American heritage.

(3)

Structures or sites importantly associated with historic personages.

(4)

Structures or sites importantly associated with historic examples of a great idea or ideal.

(5)

Structures or structural remains and sites embodying examples of architectural types of specimens valuable for study or representation of a period, style, or method of building construction, of community organization and living or of landscaping; or a single notable structure or a single site representing the work of a master builder, designer, architect or

landscape architect.

(6)

Structures contributing to the visual continuity of an historic district.

(7)

Structures or sites listed on or eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places and structures or sites listed as or eligible for listing as a National Historic Landmark.

G.

Establishment of historic districts, individual historic structures, historic sites and historic landmarks.

(1)

General.

(a)

Historic districts, individual historic properties, sites and landmarks shall be established by amendment to this section. Amendments may be proposed by the City Council, the Augusta Historic Preservation Commission, the Planning Board, or the property owner in the case of an individual historic property.

(b)

Recommendations for historic landmark status for individual structures or landmarks outside a designated historic district shall be considered at the request of the property owner only.

(c)

An application for designation of sites, landmarks, districts and individual properties for historic preservation shall be in writing and shall include the information required by Subsection H(2) through (5) that is appropriate. The Chairperson will call a meeting of the Commission within 30 days from the date of receipt of the application for the purpose of formulating the Board's recommendation concerning the proposed amendment.

(d)

Upon acceptance of the proposal to designate an historic site, landmark, district or individual historic property, the Commission shall prepare a proposed amendment to Subsection I of this section. The proposed amendment shall include a description of the historic district, site, landmark or individual historic property with the date it was adopted.

(2)

Historic sites or landmarks.

(a)

A concise description of the physical elements, qualities, architectural style, period and historical significance represented by the structure or site, including a consideration of scale, materials, workmanship and spatial qualities, as relevant.

(b)

A concise statement of how the structure or site meets the review criteria of Subsection G above.

(c)

A series of photographs of the structure, and/or a site map, illustrating significant details described in Subsection G(2) above.

(3)

Historic districts.

(a)

A concise statement of the remaining physical elements that make this area an historic district and a description of building types and architectural styles and periods represented.

(b)

A concise statement of how the district meets the review criteria of Subsection G above.

(c)

A justification of the boundaries of the district.

(d)

A description of the types of structure that do not contribute to the significance of the district and an estimate of the percentage of noncontributing structures.

(e)

A map showing all district structures with the identification of contributing structures.

(4)

Expansion of existing districts.

(a)

A concise statement of the physical elements that justify an expansion of an existing district, an explanation detailing how the expansion is consistent with the character of the district, and description of building types and architectural styles and periods represented.

(b)

A concise statement of how the expansion of an existing district meets the review criteria of Subsection G above.

(c)

A justification of the expanded boundaries of the district.

(d)

A description of the types of structures that do not contribute to the significance of the district and an estimate of the percentage of noncontributing structures in the historic district's proposed expansion area.

(e)

A map showing all district structures in the proposed expansion area with an identification of contributing structures.

(5)

Individual historic properties. An amendment to establish an individual historic property may only be proposed by the property owner.

(a)

A concise statement of the physical elements that make this an historic property and a description of the building type, architectural style, and period represented.

(b)

A concise statement of how the property meets the review criteria of Subsection G above.

(c)

A map showing the location of the structure.

(6)

(Reserved)

(7)

Public hearing and final report. Before a final report is made to the Council, the Augusta Historic Preservation Commission shall hold a public hearing on the request, after due notice is published twice in a newspaper of general circulation in the City, at least 12 days and seven days prior to the hearing. Written notice of the proposal shall also be given at least 10 days prior to the hearing to the applicants, owners of all property abutting or to be included within the proposed designation, and all other persons found by the Commission to have a special interest in the proposal. Failure of any such person to receive notice of the public hearing shall not necessitate another hearing or invalidate any action of the Commission. A copy of the proposal shall be sent, at the same time, to the Chairperson of the Planning Board for review and recommendation at the next regular meeting of the Planning Board. Not later than 60 days after the public hearing, the Planning Board shall submit a final report with its recommendations to the City Council.

(8)

Proposed amendment. Upon acceptance of the proposal to designate an historic site, landmark, district or individual historic property, the Commission shall prepare a proposed amendment to Subsection I of this section. The proposed amendment shall include a description of the historic district, site, landmark or individual historic property with the date it was adopted.

(9)

(Reserved)

H.

Historic districts, historic sites and historic landmarks defined. All districts, sites, and landmarks are as depicted on the map entitled Historic Districts.

(1)

Water Street Historic District.

(2)

Bond Street Historic District.

(3)

Winthrop Street Historic District.

(4)

Crosby Street Historic District.

I.

Activities requiring an historic preservation certificate. A property owner shall obtain an historic preservation certificate for any of the following activities within any historic district or activities at any historic site, landmark, or individual historic property.

(1)

Activities that do not require building permits as specified in the Land Use Ordinance of the City of Augusta, but are covered by the provisions of this section.

(2)

Reconstruction, restoration, renovation and alteration:

(a)

Contributing properties: any change in the exterior appearance, as visible from the street or associated public land, of an historic landmark, site, individual historic property, or any structure, as defined in Subsection E, in an historic district by addition, reconstruction or alteration, except for exterior painting.

(b)

Noncontributing properties: major changes, as defined in Subsection E.

(3)

New construction of a principal or accessory structure visible from the street or visible from public land associated with the structure where such structure will be located in an historic district.

(4)

Demolition of an historic landmark, individual historic property or any contributing structure in an historic district.

(5)

Moving an historic landmark, individual historic property or any contributing structure in an historic district.

(6)

Improvement projects and objects on contributing properties, such as lighting, sidewalks, raised walkways, handicapped access ramps, paving, curbing, signs, solar panels, heat pumps, and satellite dishes larger than 39 inches in diameter located beyond the right-of-way of any public street or way, but visible from the street, and located within an historic district or affecting any historic site or landmark.

J.

Activities requiring an historic preservation certificate and other municipal permits.

Activities requiring a building and use permit. When an activity requiring an historic preservation certificate also requires a building and use permit from the Code Enforcement Officer, the applicant shall obtain the historic preservation certificate before the Code Enforcement Officer issues a building and use permit.

K.

Activities not requiring an historic preservation certificate. The following activities do not require an historic preservation certificate:

(1)

The ordinary maintenance or repair of any exterior architectural feature of any structure or other improvement project when that repair does not involve a change in design, appearance, or materials.

(2)

Impermanent or reversible alterations such as storm windows, storm doors, window air

conditioners, shutters, or paint color.

(3)

Alterations to existing signage including signage hanging from an existing bracket system and face changes, with no change in size or lighting.

(4)

Lawn and garden objects and landscaping, including plantings, sculptures, walkways and walls of two feet or less in height.

(5)

Minor changes, as defined in Subsection E, to noncontributing properties.

(6)

Alterations to structures on noncontributing properties, which do not change the size or footprint of the structure.

(7)

The construction or alteration of any structure not visible from the street, as defined in Subsection E.

(8)

The construction, reconstruction, alteration or demolition of any structure where construction is in accordance with a valid building permit issued before establishing new districts, sites or landmarks designated by adoption of or amendment to this section.

(9)

The construction, reconstruction, alteration, restoration or demolition of any feature which the Code Enforcement Officer shall certify is required because of an unsafe or dangerous condition to ensure public safety or when efforts to save such a feature have been declared impractical or uneconomic in response to concerns for public safety.

L.

Application procedures.

(1)

General.

(a)

An application for an historic preservation certificate shall be submitted to the Code Enforcement Officer for any activity requiring a certificate pursuant to Subsection K. The application shall contain all information required by Subsection M(2). The CEO shall forward the application to the Augusta Historic Preservation Commission and place the application on the agenda of the next regular meeting of the Commission. The CEO shall inform the Commission of applications proposing only minor changes, as defined in Subsection E. The meeting agenda shall be posted seven days before the meeting. Work sessions shall be posted at least two days in advance.

(b)

The Commission shall consider the application at a regular meeting and, within 15 days of the date of the meeting, approve, approve with conditions or deny the application pursuant to Subsection N(4) and (5). By mutual agreement of the Commission and the applicant, either written or orally, on the record at a public meeting, the review period may be extended for a designated period.

(2)

Application contents. On the application form supplied by the Commission, the applicant shall state the location, use and nature of the matter for which a certificate is requested. The application shall contain the following information or documentation unless the Commission expressly waives an item.

(a)

The property owner's name and mailing address.

(b)

The applicant's name, mailing address, and interest in the property, if the applicant is not the owner.

(c)

The E-911 address and Tax Map and lot number of the property.

(d)

The present use and zoning classification of the property.

(e)

A description of the activity requiring an historic preservation certificate.

(f)

A drawing or drawings showing design and location of any proposed alteration or new construction that the Commission may require. As it is used here, drawings shall mean plans and exterior elevations drawn to scale, with sufficient detail to show the architectural design, materials and visual textures of the exterior of the building(s), and including samples of materials. Drawing(s) are not required to be professionally prepared, but shall be clear, complete and specific.

(g)

Photographs of the building(s) involved and of adjacent buildings.

(h)

A site plan indicating improvements affecting appearance, such as fences and walls, walks, terraces, accessory buildings, lights, signs and other elements.

(3)

Representation. Property owners are strongly urged to be present when their application is being considered. They may, however, be represented by an agent or attorney at any meeting of the Commission. If the property owner is not present, any person acting as the property owner's agent or attorney shall provide evidence of such authority.

M.

Administrative procedures.

(1)

Notice to owners. Before meeting to review an application for an historic preservation certificate, the Commission shall notify by United States mail, the applicant, abutting property owners, and the owners of property within 500 feet of the property that is the subject of the application. The notice shall be sent to the person who receives the property tax bills at the address shown in the municipal tax records. Failure of any person to receive notice shall not necessitate another public meeting or hearing nor invalidate any action by the Commission.

(2)

Hearing. At the request of the applicant or any other person receiving notice under Subsection M(1) above or when the Commission deems it necessary, a public hearing on the application shall be conducted by the Commission.

(3)

Procedure of the Commission. The Commission shall consider the application at a meeting. A minor change, as defined in Subsection E, shall ordinarily be approved and without conditions. The judgment of at least one professional consultant may be obtained in reviewing any major change involving issues of design. The Commission shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application pursuant to Subsection N(4) and (5). The review period may be extended by mutual agreement of the Commission and the applicant, either written or oral, on the record at a public meeting.

(4)

Approval. If the Commission finds the application meets the standards of evaluation as detailed in Subsection N, it shall issue a decision to grant an historic preservation certificate. Within seven days of its decision, the Commission shall furnish the applicant a copy of the application, a written decision including written findings of fact supporting the decision and any written recommendations. The Commission shall also furnish copies of these documents to the Code Enforcement Officer for filing in the City Map and Lot files.

(5)

Conditional approval and disapproval. If the Commission does not find that the application meets the standards of evaluation herein, it shall either issue a decision to grant an historic

preservation certificate with conditions or issue a decision to deny an historic preservation certificate. Within seven days of its decision, the Commission shall furnish the applicant a copy of the application, a written decision including any conditions of approval and written findings of fact supporting the decision. The Commission shall also furnish copies of these documents to the Code Enforcement Officer for filing in the City Map and Lot files.

N.

Standards of evaluation.

(1)

General.

(a)

The Commission's areas of focus shall be matters affecting the maintenance of historic structures, the protection of archaeological resources, and the preservation of the historic character of viewscapes.

(b)

The standards of evaluation described below and elsewhere in this section are intended for the evaluation of contributing properties. Changes to a noncontributing property are considered only insofar as they may affect the historic integrity of the viewscape or the district as a whole.

(2)

Reconstruction, renovation and alteration.

(a)

Except as specified in Subsection L, a structure designated as an historic landmark or site or a structure located in a designated historic district, or related structures or improvements, such as walls, fences, light fixtures, steps, or paving located in a designated historic district, shall not be altered, and no historic preservation certificate shall be issued for such actions unless these actions will preserve or enhance the historical and architectural character of the structure, and are visually compatible with the viewscape.

(b)

Every reasonable effort shall be made to use a property for its originally intended purpose or to provide compatible use for a property that requires minimal alteration to the character-defining features of the structure or site and its environment. When NFPA Life Safety 101 Code modifications subject to the Historic District Ordinance are made to a structure, every effort shall be made to accommodate the standards of the Historic District Ordinance while meeting the NFPA Life Safety 101 Code requirements. The Commission shall review the cost of complying with NFPA Life Safety 101 Codes and determine that the changes made have the least impact possible on the historic characteristics of the structure, while still enabling the building to generate a reasonable return to the owner. In cases where the originally intended purpose of the structure has been modified over time, those changes shall be considered during the Commission review of the application.

(c)

Rehabilitation work shall not destroy or displace the distinguishing features or character of a structure and setting. Distinctive stylistic features that characterize historic structures shall be preserved wherever possible.

(d)

All structures and sites shall be recognized as products of their own time. Alterations that have no historical basis or create a false sense of historical development, such as adding conjectural features or elements from other properties, shall be discouraged.

(e)

Changes that may have taken place in the course of time are evidence of the history and development of a structure or site and its environment. These changes may have acquired significance in their own right, and this significance shall be recognized and respected. Features not original to the structure and that have not acquired their own significance are

deemed noncontributing and, therefore, can be replaced according to standards under Subsection O(2)(g) or (j).

(f)

Distinctive stylistic features or examples of skilled craftsmanship that characterize a structure or site shall be treated with sensitivity.

(g)

Deteriorated architectural features of structures, or settings, shall be repaired rather than replaced whenever possible. In the event replacement is necessary, the new material should match the material being replaced in composition, design, texture and other visual qualities. Repair or replacement of missing architectural features should be based on accurate duplication of features, substantiated by historic, physical or pictorial evidence, rather than on conjectural designs or the availability of different architectural elements from other structures.

(h)

The surface cleaning of structures shall be undertaken with the gentlest means possible. Sandblasting and other methods that will damage the historic building materials shall not be undertaken.

(i)

Every reasonable effort shall be made to protect and preserve archaeological resources affected by or adjacent to any project.

(j)

Contemporary design for alterations and additions to existing properties is permitted when it does not destroy significant historical, architectural or cultural material, and the design is compatible with the size, scale, material and character of the property, neighborhood or environment. In particular, modern energy systems and their features (solar panels, heat pumps, etc.) shall be allowed to be incorporated into properties with an effort to make them fit into the character of the property and neighborhood as best as possible.

(k)

Whenever possible, new additions or alterations to structures shall be done in such a manner that if such additions or alterations were to be removed in the future, the essential form and integrity of the structure would be unimpaired.

(3)

Construction and/or placement of new buildings and other structures in historic districts.

(a)

The construction and/or placement of a new building or other structure shall be in keeping with the surrounding area and compatible, as defined in Subsection E, with other structures in the historic viewscape to which it is related.

(b)

The Commission shall review associated elements visible from the street, such as fences, walls, and signs to protect the district's viewscape.

(4)

Visual compatibility factors for new construction and additions. Within historic districts, historic sites or landmarks, all new construction and all new additions shall be visually related.

(a)

Height. The height of proposed buildings and other structures shall be visually compatible with adjacent structures.

(b)

Proportion of building's facade. The relationship of the width of the building to the height of the front elevation shall be visually compatible with nearby buildings and open spaces.

(c)

Proportion of opening within the facade. The relationship of the width of the windows to the height of the windows and doors in a building shall be visually compatible with the windows and doors of nearby buildings.

(5)

Demolition or removal. An historic landmark, or any structure in an historic district or any attached structure, whether residential or commercial, shall not be demolished or removed and an historic preservation certificate to do so shall not be issued unless one of the following conditions is met:

(a)

The structure has been identified by the Commission as noncontributing or incompatible with the historic district in which it is located; or

(b)

The property owner can demonstrate that it cannot be renovated or reconstructed so as to earn an economic return on its value in its present location as determined by a qualified real estate appraiser.

O.

Maintenance and repair. The property owner or the person in charge of an individual historic property, a structure within an historic district or of an historic landmark shall not allow that structure or landmark to fall into a state of deterioration by neglect. This condition consists of the deterioration of any exterior structural or architectural feature to such a degree that it would produce, in the judgment of the Commission, an irremediably detrimental effect on the life and character of that historic structure or landmark and that could lead to a claim that demolition is necessary for public safety. When the Commission acquires evidence of such deterioration, it shall notify the Code Enforcement Officer who will in turn notify the property owner of the potential violation of this section. This condition of deterioration includes but is not limited to:

(1)

The deterioration of exterior walls or other vertical supports.

(2)

The deterioration of roofs or other horizontal members, including the ineffective waterproofing of exterior walls, roofs and foundations, as well as broken windows and doors.

(3)

The deterioration of exterior chimneys.

(4)

The deterioration of exterior plaster or mortar.

(5)

The deterioration of any feature to the extent that it would create or permit the creation of any hazardous or unsafe condition.

§ 300-316.6Resource Conservation and Use District

(Reserved)

§ 300-316.7Affordable Housing Development Density Bonus District

Amended

A.

Intent. The intent of this section is to comply with state law related to density bonuses regarding affordable housing developments within the designated growth area.

B.

Definitions.

AFFORDABLE HOUSING DEVELOPMENT — "Affordable housing development" means.

(1)

For rental housing, a development in which a household whose income does not exceed 80% of the median income for the area as defined by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development under the United States Housing Act of 1937, Public Law 75-412, 50 Stat. 888, Section 8, as amended, can afford 51% or more of the units in the development without spending more than 30% of the household's monthly income on housing costs; and

(2)

For owned housing, a development in which a household whose income does not exceed 120% of the median income for the area as defined by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development under the United States Housing Act of 1937, Public Law 75-412, 50 Stat. 888, Section 8, as amended, can afford 51% or more of the units in the development without spending more than 30% of the household's monthly income on housing costs.

(3)

For purposes of this definition, "housing costs" include:

(a)

For a rental unit, the cost of rent and any utilities (electric, heat, water, sewer, and/or trash) that the household pays separately from the rent; and

(b)

For an ownership unit, the cost of mortgage principal and interest, real estate taxes (including assessments), private mortgage insurance, homeowner's insurance, condominium fees, and homeowners' association fees.

C.

Criteria. Development projects that qualify as Affordable Housing Developments, as defined by this ordinance, that meets the following standard:

(1)

Application for approval of an affordable housing development requires the owner or applicant to demonstrate long term affordability by (1) execution of a restrictive covenant that is enforceable by a party acceptable to the municipality; and (2) recording the restrictive covenant in the appropriate registry of deeds to ensure affordability for at least thirty (30) years after completion of construction:

(a)

For rental housing, occupancy of all the units designated affordable in the development will remain limited to households at or below 80% of the local area median income at the time of initial occupancy; and

(b)

For owned housing, occupancy of all the units designated affordable in the development will remain limited to households at or below 120% of the local area median income at the time of initial occupancy.

D.

For Affordable Housing Developments that meet the criteria in Section C above:

(1)

A density bonus of two and a half (2.5) times the number of units per square feet of lot area allowed in the base zoning district shall be allowed. Fractional results shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

(2)

No more than two (2) off-street parking spaces for every three (3) dwelling units shall be required. Fractional results shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. The Planning Board may require fewer spaces per unit based on the Parking Requirements standard in

§ 300-513.

E.

District. The Affordable Housing Development Density Bonus District shall be bounded as shown on the map titled Affordable Housing Development Density Bonus District and dated September 15, 2023. The boundaries are the same as those identifying the designated Growth Area in the 2023 Augusta Comprehensive Plan adopted by the City Council on November 2, 2023.

Site Capacity Analysis

Article IVSite Capacity Analysis

§ 300-317Site capacity analysis required

Amended

The site capacity analysis is required in the Planned Development and Rural Districts when utilizing the performance zoning process.

§ 300-318Base site area calculations (all land uses)

Amended

Table 300-318-A

Gross site area as determined by actual on-site survey within last 5 yearsacres

Subtract land constituting land within rights-of-ways of existing roads and/or accessacres

easements

Subtract land which is not contiguous (1 and 2):

(1)

A separate parcel which does not abut, adjoin, or share common boundariesacres with the rest of the development

(2)

Land which is cut off from the main parcel by a road, railroad, existing landacres uses, or major stream, such that common use is hindered or that the land is

unavailable for building purposes

Whenever both nonresidential and residential uses are proposed:

Subtract land used or proposed for residential uses OR subtract land proposed acres

for nonresidential use

(Base site area must be calculated for both uses individually)

Subtract any land that consists of floodplain, wetland, lake or pond; associated landsacres

zoned Resource Protection

Equals base site areaacres

§ 300-319Determining site capacity

Amended

A.

Residential. The individual site capacity is determined by calculating the net buildable site area. For single-family, single-family cluster, or performance subdivisions, the number of dwelling units permitted is determined by multiplying the density factor with the net buildable site area. Calculations are as follows:

Table 300-319-A

Take base site area Multiply by district open space ratio Equals open space — calculation 1x =acres acres acres
4.Note area of lands consisting of floodplain, wetland, lake or pond; associated lands zoned for Resource Protectionacres

Table 300-319-A

5.Is the amount of land in floodplain, wetland, lake or pond, or associated lands zoned for Resource Protection (line 4) equal to or exceed the amount of open space — calculation 1 (line 3), Yes or No?
6.Open space adjustment factor:
If the answer to Line 5 is Yes, then the adjustment factor is 0.50 (50%)
If the answer to Line 5 is No, then the adjustment factor is 1.00
What is the open space adjustment factor?(either 0.5 or 1.0)
7.Take open space — calculation 1 from line 3acres
8.Multiply by open space adjustment factor from line 6x
9.Equals required minimum open space=acres
10. Take base site areaacres
11. Subtract minimum required open spaceacres
12. Equals net buildable area=acres
13. Take net buildable areaacres
14. Multiply by district maximum density factorx
15. Equals number of dwelling units (round down only)=units
B.

Nonresidential. Maximum floor area is determined by calculating the net buildable site area. Developable floor area (square feet) is determined by multiplying the floor area factor with the net buildable site area. The maximum impervious surface allowed is determined by multiplying the impervious surface ratio with the net buildable site area.

Table 300-319-B

Base site area equals net buildable site area=acres
Take net buildable site areaacres
Multiply by floor area factorx
Equals maximum floor area=acres
Take net buildable site areaacres
Multiply by impervious surface ratiox
Equals maximum impervious surface=acres

§ 300-320Residential performance subdivisions

Amended

Performance subdivisions may contain one or more housing types; for example, single-family house, duplex, and multifamily buildings. Such subdivisions shall contain the minimum amount of open space required by the performance standards.

§ 300-321(Reserved)72

8.

Editor's Note: Former § 300-321, Requirements for residential performance subdivisions, was repealed 8-1-2024 by Ord. No. 24-104. Prior history includes Ord. No. 103.

SUBDIVISION AND SITE PLAN REVIEW

Part 4Subdivision and Site Plan Review

§ 300-401Intent and purpose

A.

Subdivisions are defined in Part 2 of this chapter. This Part 4 outlines approval procedures by the Planning Board before a subdivision may be developed, or lots in it sold or offered for sale; states the site plan requirements for preliminary and final subdivision approval and for approval of a major development; and allows for the promulgation of minimum standards for subdivision design and construction in the City of Augusta, Maine, in conformance with Titles 30-A and 12, M.R.S.A.

B.

This Part 4 is concerned with the design and standards for subdivisions and major developments. The matters contained herein are not concerned with construction of structures, which is covered by the Building Code, nor are specific health, safety, and sanitation requirements for building included here. These matters are found in the Sanitation, Fire Prevention, Building, Housing and Plumbing Codes. Minimum dimensional standards, development standards and permit application requirements for construction of structures are found in Part 3, Zoning, Part 5, Performance Standards, and Part 6, Administration, of this chapter.

§ 300-402Administration

The Planning Board of the City of Augusta, hereinafter called the "Board," shall administer this Part 4. The City Planner shall provide administrative support to the Board. The Director of Code Enforcement, or his designee, shall be the enforcing officer. The City Engineer, or his designee, shall make a written report to the Board with respect to the proposed grades, drainage, profiles, cross sections, relationship of abutting land and road, parking or other impervious surfacing of a proposed subdivision or major development, before the final plan may be approved. The Board shall also obtain reports from the engineers of utility companies and districts (water, sanitary, electric, telephone, cable television) and such others, including fire and police bureaus, as it deems advisable. Such reports shall be in writing. A permanent record of all meetings, proceedings and correspondence shall be maintained.

§ 300-403General requirements

A.

Application required.

(1)

Whenever any subdivision is proposed, or before any contract for the sale of or offer to sell such subdivision or any part thereof shall have been negotiated, or before any permit for the erection of a structure shall be granted or before any utility installation, ditching, grading, construction of roads, parking lots or other areas, grading of land or lots shall be done on any part of the subdivision, the subdivider or his authorized agent shall apply formally to the Board for approval of a final plan of such subdivision or portion thereof, which approval, if granted, is to be recorded as provided in this Part 4.

(2)

As to any intended subdivision of land or as to any intended major or minor development, the subdivider or developer shall prepare and formally submit:

(a)

To the staff: a preapplication for study, and modification where required;

(b)

To the Board: a preliminary plan for study, and modification where required, and a final plan for review, and modification where required, approval, approval with conditions, or disapproval.

Amended

B.

Recording of plan and state approvals. No plans of a subdivision of land within the municipal boundaries of the City of Augusta shall be hereafter filed or recorded in the Kennebec County Registry of Deeds until a final approval thereof shall have been entered on such final plan by a legal majority of the Board. When the State Department of Environmental Protection approval is required, that shall be obtained by the subdivider prior to filing or recording in the registry; see § 300-406B(9).

C.

Permanent marker required. No person may sell or convey any land in an approved subdivision unless permanent markers are first set at all lot corners of the lot sold or conveyed. The term "permanent marker" includes, but is not limited to, the following:

(1)

A granite monument;

(2)

A concrete monument;

(3)

An iron pin; or

(4)

A drill hole in ledge.

D.

Joint municipal review. If any portion of a subdivision or major development crosses municipal boundaries, the Planning Board and the municipal reviewing authority from the affected municipality shall meet jointly to discuss the application.

E.

Notification of abutting property owners. When an application is received, the City shall give a dated receipt to the applicant and shall notify by mail all abutting property owners of the proposed subdivision and the Clerk and the reviewing authority of the municipalities that abut or include any portion of the subdivision, specifying the location of the proposed subdivision and including a general description of the project.

F.

Decision to hold public hearing. If the Planning Board decides to hold a public hearing on an application for subdivision approval, it shall hold the hearing within 30 days after determining it has received a complete preliminary or final application. The City Planning Bureau shall have notice of the date, time and place of the hearing:

(1)

Given to the applicant; and

(2)

Published, at least two times, in a newspaper having general circulation in the City. The date of the first publication must be at least seven days before the hearing.

§ 300-404Preapplication (all subdivisions, major developments and minor developments)

Amended

A.

Before submission of a formal preliminary plan, a preapplication for a subdivision or major/minor development shall be made to the City Planner. The intent of the preapplication phase is to provide an opportunity for the developer to meet with the staff and other reviewing agencies to informally review the proposal.

(1)

The preapplication shall include the following information:

(a)

Fifty-foot by one-hundred-foot scale (200 feet if clarity maintained);

(b)

North arrow (including date and declination if magnetic);

(c)

Abutters;

(d)

Five-foot contours;

(e)

Available utilities;

(f)

Road frontage (include existing street names);

(g)

Location plan;

(h)

Name of owner.

(2)

The submittal or review of the preapplication sketch plan shall not be considered the initiation of the review process for the purposes of bringing the plan under the protection of 1 M.R.S.A.

§ 302.

B.

Criteria for reviewing the preapplication. When reviewing the preapplication, the staff and the prospective subdivider or developer shall consider the following criteria, as well as the site plan review criteria applicable to conditional uses in § 300-603:

(1)

Pollution. The proposed subdivision will not result in undue water or air pollution. In making this determination, consideration shall be given to:

(a)

The elevation of the land above sea level and its relation to the floodplains;

(b)

The nature of soils and subsoils and their ability to adequately support waste disposal;

(c)

The slope of the land and its effect on effluents;

(d)

The availability of streams for disposal of effluents; and

(e)

The applicable state and local health and water resource rules and regulations.

(2)

Sufficient water. The proposed subdivision has sufficient water available for the reasonably foreseeable needs of the subdivision.

(3)

Municipal water supply. The proposed subdivision will not cause an unreasonable burden on an existing water supply, if one is to be used.

(4)

Soil erosion. The proposed subdivision will not cause unreasonable soil erosion or a reduction in the land's capacity to hold water so that a dangerous or unhealthy condition results.

(5)

Highway or public road congestion. The proposed subdivision will not cause unreasonable highway or public road congestion or unsafe conditions with respect to the use of the highways or public roads existing or proposed.

(6)

For major developments, the developer has made adequate provision for traffic movement of all types into, out of or within the development area. The Board shall consider traffic movement both on site and off site. Before issuing a permit, the Board shall find that any traffic increase attributable to the proposed development will not result in unreasonable congestion or unsafe conditions on a road in the vicinity of the proposed development.

(7)

Sewage waste disposal. The proposed subdivision will provide adequate sewage waste disposal.

(8)

Municipal solid waste and sewage waste disposal. The proposed subdivision will not cause an unreasonable burden on the municipality's ability to dispose of solid waste and sewage, if municipal services are to be utilized.

(9)

Aesthetic, cultural and natural values. The proposed subdivision will not have an undue adverse effect on the scenic or natural beauty of the area, aesthetics, historic sites, significant wildlife habitat identified by the Maine Department of Inland Fisheries and Wildlife or the City of Augusta, or rare and irreplaceable natural areas or any public rights for physical or visual access to the shoreline.

(10)

Conformity with City ordinances and plans. The proposed subdivision conforms with a duly adopted subdivision regulation or ordinance, Comprehensive Plan, development, plan or land use plan.

(11)

Financial and technical capacity. The subdivider has adequate financial and technical ability to develop the project in a manner consistent with state and local performance, environmental and technical standards.

(12)

Surface waters; outstanding river segments. Whenever situated entirely or partially within the watershed of any pond or lake or within 250 feet of any wetland, great pond or river as defined in Title 38, Chapter 3, Subchapter 1, Article 2-B, the proposed subdivision will not adversely affect the quality of that body of water or unreasonably affect the shoreline of that body of water.

(a)

When lots in a subdivision have frontage on an outstanding river segment (Edward's Dam north to town line), the proposed subdivision plan must require each lot's principal structure to have a combined lot shore frontage and setback from the normal high-water mark of 500 feet.

[1]

To avoid circumventing the intent of this provision, whenever a proposed subdivision adjoins a shoreland strip narrower than 250 feet which is not lotted, the proposed subdivision shall be reviewed as if lot lines extended to the shore.

[2]

The frontage and setback provisions of this subsection do not apply either within areas zoned as general development or its equivalent under shoreland zoning, Title 38, M.R.S.A., Chapter 3, Subchapter 1, Article 2-B, or within areas designated by ordinance as densely developed. The determination of which areas are densely developed must be based on a finding that existing development met the definitional requirements of 30-A M.R.S.A. § 4401, Subsection 1, on September 23, 1983. (The section referenced includes the definition of "densely developed area" which is also included in this chapter.)

(13)

Groundwater. The proposed subdivision will not, alone or in conjunction with existing activities, adversely affect the quality or quantity of groundwater.

(14)

Flood areas. Based on the Federal Emergency Management Agency's Flood Boundary and Floodway Maps and Flood Insurance Rate Maps, and information presented by the applicant, whether the subdivision, or any part of it, is in a flood-prone area. If the subdivision, or any part of it, is in such an area, the subdivider shall determine the one-hundred-year-flood elevation and flood hazard boundaries within the subdivision. The proposed subdivision plan must include a condition of plat approval requiring that principal structures in the subdivision will be constructed with their lowest floor, including the basement, at least one foot above the one-hundred-year-flood elevation.

(15)

Freshwater wetlands. All freshwater wetlands within the proposed subdivision have been identified on any maps submitted as part of the application, regardless of the size of these wetlands. Any mapping of freshwater wetlands may be done with the help of the Kennebec

County Soil and Water Conservation District.

(16)

River, stream or brook. Any river, stream or brook within or abutting the proposed subdivision has been identified on any maps submitted as part of the application. For purposes of this section, "river, stream or brook" has the same meaning as in 38 M.R.S.A. § 480-B, Subsection 9 (also defined in this chapter).

(17)

Stormwater. The proposed subdivision will provide for adequate stormwater management.

(18)

Access to direct sunlight. The Planning Board may, to protect and ensure access to direct sunlight for solar energy systems, prohibit, restrict or control development. The subdivider shall, on request of the Planning Board or staff, submit development plans which include either one or a combination of the following:

(a)

Restrictive covenants.

(b)

Height restrictions.

(c)

Increased setback requirements.

(19)

Title 38 M.R.S.A., as amended, § 484, Standards for development; Chapter 371, Definition of Terms used in the Site Location of Development Law and Regulations; Chapter 373, Financial Capacity Standard; Chapter 374, Traffic Movement Standard; Chapter 375, No Adverse Environmental Effect Standard; Chapter 376, Soil Types Standard; and Chapter 377, Review of Roads, shall apply to review of major developments.

(20)

Spaghetti lots prohibited. If any lots in the proposed subdivision have shore frontage on a river, stream, brook, great pond or coastal wetland as these features are defined in 38 M.R.S.A.

§ 480-B, none of the lots created within the subdivision have a lot depth to shore frontage ratio greater than five to one.

(21)

All outdoor lighting shall be of a design and construction that prevents light trespass beyond the boundaries of the property on which it is located.

§ 300-405Preliminary plan (all subdivisions and developments)

Amended

A.

General.

(1)

Preliminary and final plan approvals shall occur at the same meeting, effectively combining the process such that any development could be approved in a single Planning Board meeting, provided all information required by the ordinance and the Planning Board is present for the public and Planning Board to review. If the Planning Board finds at the first public hearing that additional information is necessary to make its decision, the Board may table the item, after discussion, to a later date when the requested material is available. All subdivisions and developments are required to submit the information required for preliminary approval and final approval. Where there are overlaps, the information does not have to be provided twice.

(2)

A request for approval of a subdivision shall be made to the Board in writing. The preliminary plan shall be accompanied by one copy of the location map showing the relationship of the proposed subdivision to adjacent properties and public access.

(3)

The City Planner upon receiving the application shall issue the applicant a dated receipt.

(4)

The City shall also notify all abutting property owners of the proposed subdivision and the Clerk and the reviewing authority of municipalities that abut or include any portion of the subdivision, specifying the location of the proposed subdivision and including a general description of the project.

(5)

If any portion of a subdivision crosses municipal boundaries, the Planning Board and the municipal reviewing authority from the affected municipality shall meet jointly to discuss the application.

(6)

If any portion of a subdivision abuts another municipality, the abutting municipality shall be notified and given an opportunity to have input into the subdivision application.

(7)

To be on the Board's agenda, a complete application for preliminary approval shall be submitted at least 30 calendar days prior to a regular meeting of the Board. Within seven working days of receiving the preliminary plan application, the City Planner shall notify the applicant in writing either that the application is a complete application or, if the application is incomplete, the specific additional material needed to make a complete application. After the staff has determined that a complete application has been filed, it shall notify the applicant and begin a full evaluation of the preliminary plan of the proposed subdivision.

(8)

A completed application for preliminary approval shall be reviewed by the Board within 30 days of the City Planner's notification of a completed application.

B.

Preliminary plan requirements.

(1)

The preliminary plan shall contain the following minimum information as well the applicable site plan information required for buildings outlined in § 300-601D(3)(a). Each sheet of the preliminary plan shall be 24 inches by 36 inches. If more than one sheet is required, match lines will be on each. Scale shall be one inch equals 100 feet or as determined by the City Engineer.

(a)

Proposed name of subdivision.

(b)

Owner(s) name and address.

(c)

Deed reference to land being subdivided and identity of current immediate abutters.

(d)

Engineer(s), registered in the State of Maine (must include name, address, signature and seal).

(e)

Surveyor(s), registered in the State of Maine (must include name, address, signature and seal).

(f)

Scale, both graphic and written.

(g)

Date and revision box.

(h)

Zoning designation.

(i)

North arrow (true, magnetic, dated or grid).

(j)

Preliminary site plan.

(k)

Ownership, location and present or proposed use of abutting properties.

(l)

Location map showing where the proposed development is situated in relation to existing

streets and landmarks. This shall show subdivision outline only. Upon final plan approval, the location map shall be updated, showing streets and lot lines accurately, at the scale of applicable Tax Map (or City map as designated by the City Engineer). A broken line indication and distance to the nearest intersection or major topographic feature may be used.

(m)

Streets. Street plans and profiles shall be at a scale of one inch equals 20 feet horizontal and one inch equals four feet vertical unless a different scale is approved by the City Engineer.

[1]

Name, location, and width of all streets from which the development arises.

[2]

Name, location, and width of all streets proposed.

[3]

All street names shown for proposed streets located in a subdivision shall be checked against local records to assure that none are duplicates of existing street names or so similar as to cause confusion.

[4]

Preliminary plan of plan and profile of streets to be designed by a registered professional engineer and designed in accordance with the technical standards in

§ 300-411.

(n)

Drainage/erosion. Type, location, profile of all existing surface water drainage, and subsurface drainage as it relates to the affected watershed(s), both on and off the site. A written plan describing the existing and proposed drainage with calculations shall be submitted. Permanent and temporary erosion control plans in accordance with specifications outlined in technical standards. (See § 300-411, Technical standards.)

(o)

Utilities.

[1]

Preliminary location, profile, contours, and typical cross sections on all proposed utilities, drainage and streets designed in accordance with technical standards outlined herein (§ 300-411).

[2]

Location of existing utilities, including water, gas, electricity, telephone, hydrants, or other.

[3]

Location of all existing sanitary and storm sewers showing size, profile or description, plan, location of other means of sewage disposal with evidence of successful soil tests. In areas outside of those presently sewered where disposal is proposed on site, the Board will require a written statement from a licensed Maine soil evaluator or engineer, as applicable, that the land is considered suitable for subsurface disposal systems using tanks or other approved methods according to State of Maine Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Rules.

(p)

Topography. Two-foot contour intervals, unless otherwise prescribed by the City Engineer. In addition, the location of existing natural or man-made features influencing the layout of the proposed subdivision shall be shown.

(q)

Lot lines and approximate dimensions.

(r)

Proposed uses of property.

(s)

Proposed public or common area, if any. [See § 300-512, Open (green) space.]

(t)

Boundary survey and description provided by a registered land surveyor of entire contiguous holdings (such survey shall have been within past five years). The surveyor shall provide at least two reference points to the Maine Coordinate System in accordance with technical standards, street design standards, survey control.

(u)

Traffic estimates and controls and off-street parking needs and facilities. A traffic study may be required by the City Engineer.

(v)

Fire-protection needs and plans.

(w)

Landscaping and buffer plans.

(x)

Outdoor lighting plans.

(2)

In addition to the preliminary plan, the Board may require the subdivider or others to undertake studies where deemed necessary or desirable to protect the public convenience, safety, health and welfare in accordance with the guidelines stated in this chapter.

C.

(Reserved)

§ 300-406Final plan (all subdivisions and developments)

A.

General.

(1)

A request for final approval of a subdivision or major development shall be made to the Board in writing at least 30 days before a regular meeting of the Planning Board and shall be accompanied by final plans and supporting data of the subdivision or major/minor development, legibly drawn in black ink on drafting film, together with six dark line copies and two reproducible copies on drafting film. The plan shall be drawn at the same scale as the preliminary plan. Plans for a major/minor development need include only one reproducible copy.

(2)

Within seven working days of receiving the final plan application, the City Planner shall notify the applicant in writing either that the application is a complete application, or if the application is incomplete, the specific additional material needed to make a complete application. After the staff has determined that a complete application has been filed, it shall notify the applicant and begin a full evaluation of the final plan of the proposed subdivision.

Amended

B.

Final plan requirements. The plan may be presented on one or more sheets, and each sheet shall be numbered 1 of 3, 2 of 3, etc., and each sheet shall contain the following information when applicable:

(1)

All the information required for the preliminary plan in final form.

(2)

Existing and proposed final lines of streets, ways, lots, easements for utilities and/or drainage and public areas within the subdivision. Easements shall be conveyed prior to filing the plat at the Registry of Deeds.

(3)

Sufficient data such as NGVD (as defined) or local datum.

(4)

Profiles and cross sections every 50 feet or break in grade, slopes and grades from proposed streets to side lots; plan scale one inch equals 20 feet; vertical scale one inch equals four feet or as approved by the City Engineer.

(5)

All curve data.

(6)

Separate intersection plans shall be provided, showing geometry for right-of-way and curblines, curve data, drainage flow, drainage structures and finish grades on 8 1/2 inches by 11 inches or larger sheet at a scale of one inch equals 10 feet.

(7)

Tangent and curve data showing stationing of all existing and/or proposed streets, or public ways, rights-of-way, building lines and easements in the subdivision, to determine the exact location, direction and length of every street line, easement, lot line and boundary line sufficient to reproduce these lines upon the ground.

(8)

Center-line stationing and station equations at intersecting streets shall be shown.

(9)

If subject to site location or development approval by the Maine DEP, evidence of such approval will be provided with final plan; if lacking state approval, Planning Board approval shall be conditional pending site location of development approval. If not subject to site location of development approval, the final plan shall state this fact.

(10)

Location of all permanent monuments existing and proposed wherever, in the opinion of the City Engineer, such monuments are necessary to properly determine the location on the ground. All monuments and control points shall be protected and not covered. (See technical standards.)

(11)

Lot numbers and/or letters in accordance with the prevailing policy in the area. Tax Map numbers may be added in consultation with the City Assessor.

(12)

Designation of the location, size, type of planting and landscaping of such parks, esplanades or other open spaces as may be proposed or prescribed. (See § 300-411 and Part 5, Article VI, General Zoning Standards.)

(13)

The signed seal of a State of Maine registered professional engineer and signed seal of a State of Maine registered land surveyor attesting that such final plan is correct. Water, sewerage and drainage must be designed, signed and sealed by a licensed engineer.

C.

Certification required. The final plan for a subdivision or major/minor development shall be accompanied by written certification from authorized local public officials and/or agencies that the design of sewer and drainage facilities, streets and utilities, traffic and safety features in the proposed subdivision conform to the requirements of all pertinent local codes and ordinances. The cost of certification and/or inspection conducted by the City or the districts shall be borne by the subdivider.

Amended

D.

Consideration of final plan.

(1)

The Board shall consider a final plan for a subdivision or major/minor development at a regular meeting within 30 days of submission of such final plan.

(2)

The Board shall, after consideration, issue a written statement informing the subdivider, developer or his authorized agent of approval, disapproval or conditional approval. The written decision shall be issued to the applicant within 14 workdays of the decision of the Board. If conditional approval is granted, the Board and applicant may mutually agree to a time extension not to exceed four months for residential or six months for commercial and industrial subdivisions.

Amended

§ 300-407Burden of proof; findings of fact

Amended

In all instances the burden of proof is upon the person proposing the subdivision or major/minor

development. In issuing its decision, the Planning Board shall make findings of fact establishing that the proposed subdivision or major/minor development does or does not meet the standards and criteria required.

§ 300-408Dedication of public lands

The approval of a final plan by the Board shall not be deemed an acceptance by the City of the dedication of any street or other public way or grounds.

§ 300-409Approval to be attested

Amended

The approval of a final subdivision plan shall be attested on the original drafting film (Mylar) by the signatures of the legal majority of the members of the Planning Board. A reproducible copy (drafting film) shall be filed with the City Services Department, Engineering Bureau. Approval of a final plan for a major/ minor development need not be attested on the plan.

§ 300-410Effective date of approval

The original tracing of a final plan as approved by the Planning Board and the Maine Department of Environmental Protection, if needed, shall be filed in the Registry of Deeds before a subdivision may be developed, or lots in it sold or offered for sale.

§ 300-411Technical standards

The City of Augusta Technical Standards Handbook shall apply to all developments subject to review under the regulations of this chapter. See § 300-602.

§ 300-412Sureties

A.

Performance guarantee. As a condition of final approval for a subdivision or major/minor development, a performance guarantee shall be filed with the City by the applicant in accordance with the conditions of the final approval.

Amended

B.

Certified check, letter of credit or performance bond. Upon approval of the final subdivision or major/ minor development plan, the applicant shall deliver either a certified check payable to the City, a letter of credit, or a performance bond running to the City, in an amount and form acceptable to the Director of Finance, with the advice and consent of the City Engineer and the Corporation Counsel. The check, letter of credit or bond must equal at least the total cost of furnishing, installing, connecting and completing all construction items as agreed upon by the Planning Board within two years of its date. The surety shall not expire without the written approval of the Director of Finance.

Amended

§ 300-413Violation and enforcement

§ 300-414Variances and waivers

A.

A variation in the strict application of the subdivision regulations may be permitted when, in the opinion of the Planning Board and City Engineer, topography, soil conditions, and/or special project design features warrant such variation, provided that public convenience, safety, health and welfare

will not be affected adversely and the general intent of this Part 4 is not violated.

B.

In addition, whenever the initial approval or any subsequent amendment of a subdivision is based in part on the granting of a variance from any of the applicable subdivision approval standards, that fact shall be expressly noted on the face of the subdivision plan to be recorded in the local Registry of Deeds.

C.

The variance is not valid until recorded as provided in this section. Recording must occur within 90 days of the final subdivision approval or the variance is void.

§ 300-415Appeals

See Part 6, Administration, of this chapter.

§ 300-416Revisions to existing plat or plan

Amended

A.

Revisions to existing plat or plan. Any application for subdivision approval which constitutes a revision of a subdivision plan which has been previously approved shall indicate that fact on the application and shall identify the original subdivision plan being revised or amended. In reviewing such an application, the Planning Board shall make findings of fact establishing that the proposed revisions do or do not meet the criteria of § 300-404B.

B.

In the case of an amendment, if no amended plan is to be recorded, a certificate shall be prepared in recordable form and recorded in the Registry of Deeds. This certificate shall:

(1)

Indicate the name of the current property owner;

(2)

Identify the property by reference to the last recorded deed in its chain of title;

(3)

Indicate the fact that a variance, including any conditions on the variance, has been granted and the date of the granting.

§ 300-417Recording of plan revisions

If a subdivision plat or plan is presented for recording to a Register of Deeds and that plat or plan is a revision or amendment to an existing plat or plan, the plat or plan shall:

A.

Indicate on the plat or plan that the original plat or plan has been superseded by another plat or plan;

B.

Reference on the new or revised plat or plan the book and page or cabinet and sheet on which the original plat or plan is recorded.

§ 300-418Fees

See Part 6, Administration, of this chapter.

General Provisions

Article VGeneral Provisions

§ 300-501(Reserved)73

9.

Editor's Note: Former § 300-501, General requirements; construal of provisions, was repealed 8-1-2024 by Ord. No. 24-104. Prior history includes Ord. No. 17-069.

General Zoning Standards

Article VIGeneral Zoning Standards

§ 300-502Buffer yards

Amended

A.

Purpose. Buffers are plantings, berms, and/or walls, fences or natural features that are used to separate conflicting land uses, districts, or activities from one another. They should be used to:

(1)

Create attractive visual settings designed to break up or interrupt building lines, accent buildings and scale down larger architectural elements; surround and frame signs; and substantially obscure headlights and other glare caused by vehicles, windows, outdoor lighting, or other modifications of the landscape.

(2)

Reduce the impact of noise and mask its source.

(3)

Reduce air pollution, wind, dust, dirt, and litter and contribute to healthy air and water quality.

(4)

Help prevent undesirable access to dangerous areas.

(5)

Direct the eye to more attractive views in keeping with the planned character of the City.

B.

General standards.

(1)

Unless otherwise stated, the buffer yard requirements shall apply:

(a)

At perimeter property lines of subdivisions, business and industrial parks and planned developments in PD, PD2, IA and specified rural zones.

(b)

At or beyond the perimeter of developed areas associated with single developments where such single developments are not associated with a subdivision, business or industrial park or planned development in PD, PD2, IA and specified rural zones. Where no land use exists within 200 feet of rear of the developed area, no buffer is required along the rear perimeter of the developed area, and the sideline buffers need not extend beyond the limits of the developed area.

(c)

Along arterial and collector roadways in the Rural, Industrial and Planned Development Districts.

(d)

At the perimeter of parking lots serving more than six vehicles, in all Urban Area Districts.

(e)

In the Urban Growth Area, at the boundaries of new nonresidential developments proposed adjacent to Residential District boundary lines.

(f)

In the Urban Growth Area, encompassing all nonresidential outside storage areas, loading docks, garbage collection areas, on-ground electrical transformer stations, service areas and similar facilities.

(2)

Natural features shall be maintained wherever possible to meet buffer requirements. When natural features such as topography, gullies, stands of trees, shrubbery or rock outcrops do not exist or are insufficient to provide an effective buffer, landscaped buffers shall be created. Indigenous plantings shall be used whenever possible; landscape plans shall strive for a "natural" look.

(3)

Although this chapter does not prohibit landscaping within a road or street right-of-way, no part of the right-of-way shall be used to satisfy the buffer yard requirement.

(4)

Buffer yard plant materials, fencing and maintenance.

(a)

Purpose. The purpose of the following standards is to protect the public welfare by assuring that:

[1]

Plant materials are appropriate to Maine climatic conditions and the functions of the areas in which they are used;

[2]

Plant materials are of a size and condition that will allow them to establish themselves, mature, and survive in a healthy and attractive manner;

[3]

Landscaping elements and the areas in which they are established are maintained in a clean, healthy, and attractive condition; and

[4]

Landscaping is not placed in a such a way as to pose a safety hazard.

(b)

Standards.

[1]

Unless specifically indicated by the Planning Board or City staff, all plant material required by this chapter shall meet the following minimum size standards at time of installation. The sizes shall be measured at dbh (diameter at breast height).

[a]

Ground covers: two-year-old plants.

[b]

Evergreen shrubs: eighteen-inch height or spread.

[c]

Low shrub: 18 inches.

[d]

Intermediate shrubs: 24 inches.

[e]

Understory trees: one-and-three-fourths- to two-inch caliper.

[f]

Canopy trees: two- to two-and-one-half-inch caliper.

[g]

Evergreen trees: four- to five-and-one-half-foot height.

[2]

Plant materials shall be selected for appearance, durability, and tolerance to salt and air pollution; native trees and shrubs shall be planted whenever possible. All plantings required under this section shall be of a type and species appropriate for the soil types and climatic conditions in Augusta.

[3]

Pools, sculptures, benches, and walkways may be used to complement plant materials. In cases where an existing traditional stone wall exists, it should be conserved or rebuilt in another location.

[4]

Where buffers are not required, all disturbed areas not to be used as parking or building footprint shall be planted to lawn as a minimum requirement.

[5]

A maximum maintainable slope of 3:1 shall be established for both the front and back of berms. Where room permits, a flattop area, four feet in width, should be provided.

[6]

Fencing. Fencing materials should complement the architectural style of the buildings of the lot upon which they are erected. Fences should not be used in

locations which will obscure views of the water from public roads.

[7]

All plantings and buffer yards shall be maintained in a good and healthy condition. The Maine Erosion and Sedimentation Control Handbook for Construction Vegetative Measures developed by the Maine DEP shall be used as a guide. A copy of the above-named chapter is available in the City of Augusta Department of City Services. Fencing and berms shall be durable and properly maintained at all times by the owner. All landscaping elements shall be so located in respect to property boundaries to allow access for maintenance on both sides without intruding upon abutting properties.

[8]

Implementation of buffer planting/construction shall be as follows: On a buffer area basis, 50% of the buffers shall be implemented within six months of occupancy/use of the approved development. The remaining 50% of the required buffer shall be implemented within 18 months from the date of occupancy unless an extension is granted by the Board or Code Officer. One six-month extension may be granted for good cause.

C.

Buffers between different uses.

(1)

Table 300-502-A shall be used in determining which buffer yard requirement is applicable.

Table 300-502-A: Minimum Buffer Yard Requirements

(a)

Buffer yard requirements outside the urban area.

Abutting Land Use in RRES/RPDS/RR/RV/PD/PD2/IA Zones
Proposed Land Use in RRES, RPDS, RR, RV, PD, IA ZonesResidentialBusiness Professional, Commercial (Trade), Service and Institutional, Light and Heavy Industry
ResidentialNot required
Business professionalB
Commercial (trade), service and institutionalCA
Light and heavy industryD
All nonresidential usesWhere no structural land use exists within 200 feet of the property line of the project, no buffer yard shall be required
(b)

Buffer yard requirements in the urban area (RA, RBI, RB2, BP, KBD1, KL, RBV, CB, CC, CD Zones). All nonresidential uses permitted in the Urban Area zoning districts and proposed to abut a Residential Zoning District line shall use Buffer Yard A along the boundary abutting the Residential Zoning District line.

(2)

Table 300-502-B shall be used in determining the specific buffer yard width and landscaping requirements along perimeter property lines of business or industrial parks or along perimeter

property lines for single developments not associated with a subdivision, park or planned development.

(a)

General. Plantings within each one-hundred-foot section shall be distributed throughout the section and shall be arranged to create an attractive site that effectively buffers the proposed structure or use from adjacent land uses.

(b)

Flexibility in buffering requirements. To accommodate circumstances where the required buffering may not fit site conditions, an applicant may submit an alternative plan for buffer areas, provided that, to the maximum extent possible, an equal or greater amount of buffer area is provided than would otherwise be required. Alternative buffer plans shall be approved, provided the applicant demonstrates that site conditions, including special project design features, topographic features, physical constraints imposed by existing or adjacent development, and/or existing natural or vegetative features, prevent the placement of buffers as otherwise required by these regulations, and provided that the alternative buffer plan conforms to the maximum extent possible to the buffer requirements of these regulations.

(c)

The following are guidelines applicable to making decisions about buffers:

[1]

High-intensity uses of any type. In general, projects having high-intensity characteristics should provide a wider and thicker buffer where they abut residences or residential district lines. Fencing or berms may also be necessary for sites where vegetation will take longer to establish an effective screen, topographic conditions dictate, or the applicant wishes to maintain or establish less vegetative cover.

[2]

Industrial uses abutting commercial, residential, business and professional or institutional uses. A buffer along perimeter property lines between an industrial project and a residential property should use predominantly evergreen plantings with some deciduous material to provide a high degree of opacity in screening the potential visual impacts. The buffer should break up a substantial amount of the industrial form, texture and building mass or activity. Where industrial uses abut other nonresidential uses, the buffer should provide a transition space between activities and may be used to provide open space amenities for employees and visitors.

[3]

Commercial uses abutting residential, business and professional, and institutional uses. In rural, industrial and planned development zones, the intent is to fully screen commercial uses from view of abutting residential uses, so predominantly evergreen plantings may be necessary if natural vegetation is not available. Where commercial uses abut business, professional and institutional uses in rural, industrial and planned development zones, buffers should provide transition spaces between and may be used to provide open space amenities for employees and visitors.

Table 300-502-B: Buffer Yard Tables A through E Minimum Number of Plant Types per 100 feet

Canopy and

Buffer YardWidthEvergreen TreesUnderstory TreesDeciduous ShrubsEvergreen Shrubs
A152460
B203690
C2554156
D45693618
E25573015

NOTES:

Allowed reduction in buffer width. Fences, rock walls, or berms used along the length of the required buffer area shall be considered equivalent to five feet in buffer width.

For every five feet increase in buffer width, the minimum number of plant types per 100 feet may be reduced by 10%. (Fractions shall be rounded to the nearest whole number.)

(3)

Buffers along arterial and collector roads in rural, industrial and planned development zones.

(a)

All areas located within the required minimum setback from the public rights-of-way of collector and arterial roads in the Rural Zones shall be used as buffer areas.

(b)

Within these buffer areas, the planting multipliers listed for Buffer Yard E shall be required for commercial, industrial, institutional uses and residential subdivisions.

(c)

All areas located within the required minimum setback from the public rights-of-way of collector and arterial roads in the Industrial and Planned Development Zones shall be used as buffer areas. Within these buffer areas, the planting multipliers listed in Buffer Yard C shall be required for commercial, industrial, institutional uses and residential subdivisions. The landscaped buffer yard shall create an attractive setting drawing attention to the landscaped area while minimizing the visual impact created by rooflines, parking lots or other aspects of the use as viewed from the collector and arterial roads.

(d)

The minimum road setbacks are outlined in § 300-515.

(4)

Buffers separating nonresidential structures or uses and residential district lines. In the PD, PD2, IA and Rural Districts, no nonresidential structure shall be erected or permitted abutting a residential or rural district line unless a setback of at least 75 feet is provided and maintained. This standard shall also apply where a nonarterial or noncollector road exists as the boundary between a proposed nonresidential use and a residential or rural district boundary; Buffer Yard D shall be used.

(5)

In Urban Area Districts, nonresidential accessory uses and minor municipal or public utilities and communications facilities. All outside storage areas, loading docks, garbage collection areas, on-ground electrical transformer stations, service areas, and similar facilities shall be

substantially obscured from public view. Walls, fencing, densely planted vegetation or a combination of material can be used to achieve this intent.

(6)

Watershed protection buffers. [See § 300-315.3, Rural Ponds District (RPDS), and

§ 300-514B(3), Phosphorous control standards.]

(7)

Buffering of parking lots serving six or more vehicles. Parking lots serving six or more vehicles shall be buffered according to the following provisions. Buffering shall be designed to accommodate attractive and safe pedestrian circulation patterns and allow required site distances at driveway intersections and good visibility of oncoming pedestrians and vehicles throughout the parking area.

(a)

Perimeter buffering. Parking lots shall be buffered adjacent to other uses and rights-of-way with trees, shrubs, fencing and earth berming to avoid the impact of glare, headlights, parking lot lights, noise and dust and protect and enhance visual character as follows:

[1]

Urban Districts, Industrial, Planned Development and Planned Development 2 Districts: use Buffer Yard A.

[2]

Rural Districts: use Buffer Yard D.

Commentary: In urban areas, the intent is to create attractive settings for parking lots, where the landscaped area rather than parked vehicles draws the viewer's attention. This will enhance quality of life in Augusta and help people feel good about living and working in the urban portion of the City, thereby maintaining or improving the viability and economic diversity of residential and commercial areas. Similar to the urban areas, the intent in the Industrial, Planned Development and Planned Development 2 areas is to create attractive settings for parking lots that draw attention to the landscaped areas or structures rather than the parked vehicles and to provide a transition between the urban and rural areas. The intent of the Rural District is to fully screen parking areas from view, especially along arterial and collector roadways, so as to maintain the character of the area as rural and sparsely developed. "Fully" means within a reasonable time for landscaping materials to reach maturity, depending upon the species that exist or are proposed. Structures, berms, hedges, walls or fences may sometimes be required to accomplish this.

(b)

Buffering within large parking areas serving more than 70 vehicles. Buffering shall be provided within parking areas serving more than 70 vehicles to provide visual and climatic relief from broad expanses of pavement and to channelize and separate areas for pedestrian and vehicular circulation.

[1]

Large parking areas shall be subdivided into smaller parking cells of up to 70 vehicles contained within a planting buffer. No aisle within a planting cell may be longer than 300 feet.

Commentary: The Institute of Traffic Engineers recommends that aisle lengths be limited to 300 to 350 feet to aid motorists in finding a space when the lot approaches capacity and help eliminate high speeds in the aisles. Based upon a nine-foot stall width, this means that between 33 and 38 cars could be accommodated on each side of an island. This estimate was used to calculate the seventy-car limitation on the number of vehicles in any given section. The Advisory Committee compared this requirement with two lots in Augusta considered to be well designed, those at CMP

and City Center. The average size of a section for the two facilities is about 66 cars, with a range from 23 to 176 cars, excluding the smaller lots adjacent to the CMP building. If the lot designed for 176 cars is excluded, the average section size is about 42 cars.

[2]

Planting strips between parking cells of up to 70 vehicles shall be located so as to demarcate the ends of parking rows, avoiding long rows of parked cars, and to channel pedestrian circulation. Planting strips should be a minimum of 10 feet in width to accommodate canopy and/or understory trees. Planting strips should be edged with a six-inch continuous vertical curb or wheel stop to prevent vehicles from overhanging into the planting area, and designed to allow efficient snow removal. Where feasible, planting strips shall be oriented at right angles to the main entrance of the principal building or use in order to maximize pedestrian safety and convenience.

[3]

Buffer Yard A shall be planted in buffered areas. The location of plantings shall be designed to accommodate snowplowing and storage without damage to plant materials.

(8)

Buffering of parking garages. At a minimum, Buffer Yard A shall be planted to its full width along 50% of the primary public street frontage of the garage (minus any reductions allowed in Table 300-502-B). And where physically practical for the final garage design, Buffer Yard A plantings shall be planted along the remaining garage perimeter as determined by the Planning Board, in consultation with the City Forester/Arborist.

§ 300-503Corner clearances

A.

Except as provided in 35-A M.R.S.A. § 2503, and except within the area bounded by Commercial Street on the west, Winthrop Street on the south, Water Street on the east and Bridge Street on the north, no obstruction to visibility shall be placed, erected or planted within 20 feet of the corner of a lot at the intersection of two streets. Section 2503, Title 35-A, provides for the placement of utilities in the right-of-way.

B.

Vegetation may be planted and/or maintained in this area so long as it is maintained at three feet or less.

§ 300-504Disposal of material; demolition standards

See City of Augusta Solid Waste Disposal Rules.

§ 300-505Driveway and access standards

See City of Augusta Technical Standards Handbook.

§ 300-506Environmental resources

Amended

A.

In areas of steep slopes (as defined), the following standards shall apply:

(1)

Any application to construct a principal structure on slopes greater than 15% shall be accompanied by an engineered site plan, building plan and a landscape plan developed by a qualified licensed professional, such as, but not limited to, an engineer, architect, or landscape architect. Along with requirements for a site plan outlined in Part 6 of this chapter, the

application shall include information on soil type and existing vegetative cover. Such building permit shall not be issued without Planning Board approval.

(2)

All development on slopes covered by these standards shall comply with the applicable standards outlined in § 300-514B, Water quality.

(3)

See the overlay standards in § 300-529, Capitol View District.

(4)

See the special shoreland standards outlined in § 300-528J(3) and O for additional requirements applicable in shoreland overlay districts.

B.

Water resources. See § 300-514, Air and water quality standards.

§ 300-507Flag lot standards

Except in the Shoreland Districts (see § 300-528), individual lots may be created which have less than the minimum required street frontage in accordance with the following standards:

A.

Any such lot which is included within a subdivision plan may be allowed by the Planning Board, provided the lot meets all of the requirements of Subsections C through G below.

B.

Any such lot which is not part of an approved subdivision plan may be allowed by the Code Enforcement Officer, provided that the lot meets all of the requirements of Subsections C through G below.

C.

The area of each flag lot, exclusive of the access strip, shall be no less than the minimum lot area normally required for that district.

D.

Each lot shall have an access strip with a minimum street frontage of 40 feet and a minimum width of 40 feet at all points between the street and the principal building.

E.

The width of the lot where the principal building is to be constructed shall equal or exceed the distance normally required for lot frontage in that district.

F.

There shall be no more than two flag lot access strips adjacent to each other at the street line. In all instances where two flag lots, created from a single parcel, have their strips adjacent to each other at the street line, access to the lots shall be provided only by a single common driveway, with a minimum travel width of 16 feet.

G.

There shall be no more than two flag lots created from any land identified, according to the records of the Assessor's office, as a single parcel of land as of the effective date of this section, unless such flag lots are proposed and approved as part of a subdivision plan.

§ 300-508Flood damage prevention standards

Amended

A.

Purpose and establishment.

(1)

Certain areas of the City of Augusta, Maine, are subject to periodic flooding, causing serious damages to properties within these areas. Relief is available in the form of flood insurance as authorized by the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968. Therefore, the City of Augusta, Maine, has chosen to become a participating community in the National Flood Insurance Program and agrees to comply with the requirements of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (P.L. 90-488, as amended), as delineated in this section. It is the intent of the City of Augusta, Maine,

to require the recognition and evaluation of flood hazards in all official actions relating to land use in the floodplain areas having special flood hazards.

(2)

The City of Augusta has the legal authority to adopt land use and control measures to reduce future flood losses pursuant to 30-A M.R.S.A. §§ 3001 to 3007, 4352 and 4401 to 4407 and 38

M.R.S.A. § 440. The National Flood Insurance Program, established in the aforesaid Act, provides that areas of the City of Augusta having a special flood hazard be identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency and that floodplain management measures be applied in such flood hazard areas. This chapter establishes a flood hazard development permit system and review procedure for development activities in the designated flood hazard areas of the City of Augusta, Maine.

(3)

The areas of special flood hazard, Zones A and AE for the City of Augusta, Kennebec County, Maine, identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency in a report entitled "Flood Insurance Study - Kennebec County," dated June 16, 2011, with accompanying "Flood Insurance Rate Map," dated June 16, 2011, with panels 339, 343, 344, 365, 502, 504, 506, 507,

508, 509, 512, 516, 517, 526, 527, 528, 529, 531, 532, 533, 534, 536, 537, 539, 541, 542, 543,

544, derived from the county-wide Digital Flood Insurance Rate Map entitled "Digital Flood Insurance Rate Map, Kennebec County," are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this chapter, with an effective date of June 16, 2011.

B.

Permit required. Before any construction or other development (as defined), including the placement of manufactured homes, begins within any areas of special flood hazard established in Subsection A of this section, a flood hazard development permit shall be obtained from the Code Enforcement Officer. This permit shall be in addition to any other permits which may be required pursuant to the codes and ordinances of the City of Augusta, Maine.

C.

Application for permit. The application for a flood hazard development permit shall be submitted to the Code Enforcement Officer and shall include:

(1)

The name, address and phone number of the applicant, owner, and contractor;

(2)

An address and a map indicating the location of the construction site;

(3)

A site plan showing location of existing and/or proposed development, including but not limited to structures, sewage disposal facilities, water supply facilities, areas to be cut and filled, and lot dimensions;

(4)

A statement of the intended use of the structure and/or development;

(5)

A statement of the cost of the development, including all materials and labor;

(6)

A statement as to the type of sewage system proposed;

(7)

Specification of dimensions of the proposed structure and/or development;

NOTE: Subsections C(8) to (11)(b) apply only to new floodplain construction and substantial improvements.

(8)

The elevation in relation to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD), North American Vertical Datum (NAVD) or to a locally established datum in Zone A only, of the:

(a)

Base flood at the proposed site of all new or substantially improved structures, which is determined:

[1]

In Zones AE, from data contained in the "Flood Insurance Study-Kennebec County," as described in Subsection A of this section; or

[2]

In Zone A:

[a]

From any base flood elevation data from federal, state, or other technical sources (such as FEMA's Quick-2 model, FEMA 265/July 1995), including information obtained pursuant to Subsections E(11) and G(4);

[b]

From the contour elevation extrapolated from a best fit analysis of the floodplain boundary when overlaid onto a USGS Quadrangle Map or other topographic map prepared by a professional land surveyor or registered professional engineer, if the floodplain boundary has a significant correlation to the elevation contour line(s) or in the absence of all other data;

[c]

To be the elevation of the ground at the intersection of the floodplain boundary and a line perpendicular to the shoreline which passes along the ground through the site of the proposed building;

(b)

Highest and lowest grades at the site adjacent to the walls of the proposed building;

(c)

Lowest floor, including basement, and whether or not such structures contain a basement; and

(d)

Level, in the case of nonresidential structures only, to which the structure will be floodproofed;

(9)

A description of an elevation reference point established on the site of all developments for which elevation standards apply as required in Subsection E of this section;

(10)

A written certification by a professional land surveyor, registered professional engineer or architect, that the base flood elevation and grade elevations shown on the application are accurate;

(11)

The following certifications as required in Subsection E of this section by a registered professional engineer or architect:

(a)

A floodproofing certificate (FEMA Form 81-65, 03/09, as amended), to verify that the floodproofing methods for any nonresidential structures will meet the floodproofing criteria of Subsections C(8)(d), E(7) and other applicable standards in Subsection E of this section;

(b)

A hydraulic openings certificate to verify that engineered hydraulic openings in foundation walls will meet the standards of Subsection E(12)(b)[1] of this section;

(c)

A certified statement that bridges will meet the standards of Subsection E(13) of this section;

(d)

A certified statement that containment walls will meet the standards of Subsection E(14) of this section;

(12)

A description of the extent to which any watercourse will be altered or relocated as a result of the proposed development; and

(13)

A statement of construction plans describing in detail how each applicable development standard in Subsection E of this section will be met.

D.

Review standards for flood hazard development permit applications. The Code Enforcement Officer shall:

(1)

Review all applications for the flood hazard development permit to assure that proposed developments are reasonably safe from flooding and to determine that all pertinent requirements of Subsection E, Development standards, of this section have been or will be met.

(2)

Utilize, in the review of all flood hazard development permit applications:

(a)

The base flood and floodway data contained in the "Flood Insurance Study - Kennebec County, Maine," as described in Subsection A of this section;

(b)

In special flood hazard areas where base flood elevation and floodway data are not provided, the Code Enforcement Officer shall obtain, review and reasonably utilize any base flood elevation and floodway data from federal, state, or other technical sources, including information obtained pursuant to Subsections C(8)(a)[2], E(11) and G(4) of this section, in order to administer Subsection E of this section; and

(c)

When the community establishes a base flood elevation in a Zone A by methods outlined in Subsection C(8)(a)[2] of this section, the community shall submit that data to the Maine Floodplain Management Program in the State Planning Office.

(3)

Make interpretations of the location of boundaries of special flood hazard areas shown on the maps described in Subsection A of this section.

(4)

In the review of flood hazard development permit applications, determine that all necessary permits have been obtained from those federal, state, and local government agencies from which prior approval is required by federal or state law, including but not limited to Section 404 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, 33 U.S.C. § 1344.

(5)

Notify adjacent municipalities, the Department of Environmental Protection, and the Maine Floodplain Management Program in the State Planning Office prior to any alteration or relocation of a watercourse and submit copies of such notifications to the Federal Emergency Management Agency.

(6)

If the application satisfies the requirements of this chapter, approve the issuance of one of the following flood hazard development permits based on the type of development:

(a)

A two-part flood hazard development permit for elevated structures. Part I shall authorize the applicant to build a structure to and including the first horizontal floor only above the base flood level. At that time, the applicant shall provide the Code Enforcement Officer with an elevation certificate completed by a professional land surveyor, registered professional engineer or architect based on the Part I permit construction, as built, for verifying compliance with the elevation requirements of Subsection E(6), (7) or (8) of this section. Following review of the elevation certificate data, which shall take place within 72 hours of receipt of the application, the Code Enforcement Officer shall issue Part II of the flood hazard development permit. Part II shall authorize the applicant to complete the construction project; or

(b)

A flood hazard development permit for floodproofing of nonresidential structures that are

new floodplain construction or substantially improved nonresidential structures that are not being elevated but that meet the floodproofing standards of Subsection E(7)(a)[1],

[2] and [3] of this section. The application for this permit shall include a floodproofing certificate signed by a registered professional engineer or architect; or

(c)

A flood hazard development permit for minor floodplain development for all development that is not new floodplain construction or a substantial improvement, such as repairs, maintenance, renovations, or additions, whose value is less than 50% of the market value of the structure. Minor floodplain development also includes but is not limited to accessory structures as provided for in Subsection E(10) of this section, mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation, drilling operations, storage of equipment or materials, deposition or extraction of materials, public or private sewage disposal systems or water supply facilities that do not involve structures and nonstructural projects such as bridges, dams, towers, fencing, pipelines, wharves and piers.

(7)

Maintain, as a permanent record, copies of all flood hazard development permit applications, corresponding permits issued, and data relevant thereto, including reports of the Board of Appeals on variances granted under the provisions of § 300-606C of this chapter, and copies of elevation certificates, floodproofing certificates, certificates of compliance and certifications of design standards required under the provisions of Subsections C, E and F of this section.

E.

Development standards. All developments in areas of special flood hazard shall meet the following applicable standards:

(1)

All development. All development shall:

(a)

Be designed or modified and adequately anchored to prevent flotation (excluding piers and docks), collapse or lateral movement of the development resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy;

(b)

Use construction materials that are resistant to flood damage;

(c)

Use construction methods and practices that will minimize flood damage; and

(d)

Use electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, and air-conditioning equipment, and other service facilities that are designed and/or located so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during flooding conditions.

(2)

Water supply. All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems.

(3)

Sanitary sewage systems. All new and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed and located to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the system and discharges from the system into floodwaters.

(4)

On-site waste disposal systems. On-site waste disposal systems shall be located and constructed to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during floods.

(5)

Watercourse carrying capacity. All development associated with altered or relocated portions of a watercourse shall be constructed and maintained in such a manner that no reduction occurs in the flood-carrying capacity of the watercourse.

(6)

Residential. New floodplain construction or substantial improvement of any residential structure

located within:

(a)

Zones AE shall have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated to at least one foot above the base flood elevation.

(b)

Zone A shall have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated to at least one foot above the base flood elevation utilizing information obtained pursuant to Subsection C(8)(a)[2], D(2) or G(4) of this section.

(7)

Nonresidential. New floodplain construction or substantial improvement of any nonresidential structure located within:

(a)

Zones AE shall have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated to at least one foot above the base flood elevation, or, together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, shall:

[1]

Be floodproofed to at least one foot above the base flood elevation so that below that elevation the structure is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water;

[2]

Have structural components capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and the effects of buoyancy; and

[3]

Be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect that the floodproofing design and methods of construction are in accordance with accepted standards of practice for meeting the provisions of this section. Such certification shall be provided with the application for a flood hazard development permit, as required by Subsection C(11) of this section, and shall include a record of the elevation above mean sea level to which the structure is floodproofed.

(b)

Zone A shall have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated to at least one foot above the base flood elevation utilizing information obtained pursuant to Subsection C(8)(a)[2], D(2) or G(4) of this section, or, together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, meet the floodproofing standards of Subsection E(7)(a) of this section.

(8)

Manufactured homes. New or substantially improved manufactured homes located within:

(a)

Zones AE shall:

[1]

Be elevated such that the lowest floor (including basement) of the manufactured home is at least one foot above the base flood elevation;

[2]

Be on a permanent foundation, which may be poured masonry slab or foundation walls, with hydraulic openings, or may be reinforced piers or block supports, any of which support the manufactured home so that no weight is supported by its wheels and axles; and

[3]

Be securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system to resist flotation, collapse, or lateral movement. Methods of anchoring may include, but are not limited to:

[a]

Over-the-top ties anchored to the ground at the four corners of the manufactured home, plus two additional ties per side at intermediate points (manufactured homes less than 50 feet long require one additional tie per side);

or by

[b]

Frame ties at each corner of the home, plus five additional ties along each side at intermediate points (manufactured homes less than 50 feet long require four additional ties per side).

[c]

All components of the anchoring system described in Subsection E(8)(a)[3][a] and [b] of this section shall be capable of carrying a force of 4,800 pounds.

(b)

Zone A shall:

[1]

Be elevated on a permanent foundation, as described in Subsection E(8)(a)[2] of this section, such that the lowest floor (including basement) of the manufactured home is at least one foot above the base flood elevation utilizing information obtained pursuant to Subsection C(8)(a)[2], D(2) or G(4) of this section; and

[2]

Meet the anchoring requirements of Subsection E(8)(a)[3] of this section.

(9)

Recreational vehicles. Recreational vehicles located within:

(a)

Zones A and AE shall either:

[1]

Be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days;

[2]

Be fully licensed and ready for highway use. A recreational vehicle is ready for highway use if it is on its wheels or jacking system, is attached to the site only by quick-disconnect-type utilities and security devices, and has no permanently attached additions; or

[3]

Be permitted in accordance with the elevation and anchoring requirements for manufactured homes in Subsection E(8)(a) of this section.

(10)

Accessory structures. Accessory structures, as defined in § 300-202, located within Zones AE and A, shall be exempt from the elevation criteria required in Subsection E(6) and (7) above, if all other requirements of Subsection E and all the following requirements are met. Accessory structures shall:

(a)

Be 500 square feet or less and have a value less than $3,000;

(b)

Have unfinished interiors and not be used for human habitation;

(c)

Have hydraulic openings, as specified in Subsection E(12)(b) of this section, in at least two different walls of the accessory structure;

(d)

Be located outside the floodway;

(e)

When possible, be constructed and placed on the building site so as to offer the minimum resistance to the flow of floodwaters and be placed further from the source of flooding than is the primary structure; and

(f)

Have only ground fault interrupt electrical outlets. The electric service disconnect shall be located above the base flood elevation and when possible outside the special flood hazard area.

(11)

Floodways.

(a)

In Zones AE riverine areas, encroachments, including fill, new floodplain construction, substantial improvement, and other development shall not be permitted within a regulatory floodway which is designated on the community's Digital Flood Insurance Rate Map, Kennebec County, unless a technical evaluation certified by a registered professional engineer is provided demonstrating that such encroachments will not result in any increase in flood levels within the community during the occurrence of the base flood discharge.

(b)

In Zones AE and A riverine areas for which no regulatory floodway is designated, encroachments, including fill, new floodplain construction, substantial improvement, and other development shall not be permitted in the floodway as determined in Subsection E(11)(c) of this section, unless a technical evaluation certified by a registered professional engineer is provided demonstrating that the cumulative effect of the proposed development, when combined with all other existing development and anticipated development:

[1]

Will not increase the water surface elevation of the base flood more than one foot at any point within the community; and

[2]

Is consistent with the technical criteria contained in Chapter 5, entitled "Hydraulic Analyses," Flood Insurance Study - Guidelines and Specifications for Study Contractors (FEMA 37/January 1995, as amended).

(c)

In Zones AE and A riverine areas for which no regulatory floodway is designated, the regulatory floodway is determined to be the channel of the river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas to a distance of 1/2 the width of the floodplain as measured from the normal high-water mark to the upland limit of the floodplain.

(12)

Enclosed areas below the lowest floor. New floodplain construction or substantial improvement of any structure in Zones AE and A that meets the development standards of Subsection E of this section, including the elevation requirements of Subsection E(6), (7) or (8), and is elevated on posts, columns, piers, piles, stilts, or crawl spaces may be enclosed below the base flood elevation requirements, provided all the following criteria are met or exceeded:

(a)

Enclosed areas are not basements, as defined in § 300-202;

(b)

Enclosed areas shall be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwater. Designs for meeting this requirement must either:

[1]

Be engineered and certified by a registered professional engineer or architect; or

[2]

Meet or exceed the following minimum criteria:

[a]

A minimum of two openings having a total net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of the enclosed area;

[b]

The bottom of all openings shall be below the base flood elevation and no higher than one foot above the lowest grade; and

[c]

Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or other coverings or devices, provided that they permit the entry and exit of floodwaters automatically without any external influence or control such as human intervention, including the use of electrical and other nonautomatic mechanical

means;

(c)

The enclosed area shall not be used for human habitation; and

(d)

The enclosed areas are usable solely for building access, parking of vehicles, or storage.

(13)

Bridges. New floodplain construction or substantial improvement of any bridge in Zones AE and A shall be designed such that:

(a)

When possible, the lowest horizontal member (excluding the pilings, or columns) is elevated to at least one foot above the base flood elevation; and

(b)

A registered professional engineer shall certify that:

[1]

The structural design and methods of construction shall meet the elevation requirements of this section and the floodway standards of Subsection E(11) of this section; and

[2]

The foundation and superstructure attached thereto are designed to resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement due to the effects of wind and water loads acting simultaneously on all structural components. Water loading values used shall be those associated with the base flood.

(14)

Containment walls. New floodplain construction or substantial improvement of any containment wall located within:

(a)

Zones AE and A shall:

[1]

Have the containment wall elevated to at least one foot above the base flood elevation;

[2]

Have structural components capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and the effects of buoyancy; and

[3]

Be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect that the design and methods of construction are in accordance with accepted standards of practice for meeting the provisions of this section. Such certification shall be provided with the application for a flood hazard development permit, as required by Subsection C(11) of this section.

(15)

Wharves, piers and docks. New floodplain construction or substantial improvement of wharves, piers, and docks are permitted in Zones AE and A, in and over water and seaward of the mean high tide if the following requirements are met:

(a)

Wharves, piers, and docks shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal regulations; and

(b)

For commercial wharves, piers, and docks, a registered professional engineer shall develop or review the structural design, specifications, and plans for the construction.

F.

Certificate of compliance. No land in a special flood hazard area shall be occupied or used and no structure which is constructed or substantially improved shall be occupied until a certificate of compliance is issued by the Code Enforcement Officer, subject to the following provisions:

(1)

For new floodplain construction or substantial improvement of any elevated structure, the

applicant shall submit to the Code Enforcement Officer an elevation certificate completed by a professional land surveyor, registered professional engineer, or architect, for compliance with Subsection E(6), (7) or (8) of this section.

(2)

The applicant shall submit written notification to the Code Enforcement Officer that the development is complete and complies with the provisions of this chapter.

(3)

Within 10 working days, the Code Enforcement Officer shall:

(a)

Review the elevation certificate and the applicant's written notification; and

(b)

Upon determination that the development conforms with the provisions of this chapter, shall issue a certificate of compliance.

G.

Review of subdivision and development proposals. The Planning Board shall, when reviewing subdivisions and other proposed developments that require review under other federal law, state law or local ordinances or regulations and all projects on five or more disturbed acres, or in the case of manufactured home parks divided into two or more lots, assure that:

(1)

All such proposals are consistent with the need to minimize flood damage.

(2)

All public utilities and facilities, such as sewer, gas, electrical and water systems, are located and constructed to minimize or eliminate flood damages.

(3)

Adequate drainage is provided so as to reduce exposure to flood hazards.

(4)

All proposals include base flood elevations, flood boundaries, and, in a riverine floodplain, floodway data. These determinations shall be based on engineering practices recognized by the Federal Emergency Management Agency.

(5)

Any proposed development plan must include a condition of plan approval requiring that structures on any lot in the development having any portion of its land within a special flood hazard area are to be constructed in accordance with Subsection E of this section. Such requirement will be included in any deed, lease, purchase and sale agreement, or document transferring or expressing an intent to transfer any interest in real estate or structure, including but not limited to a time-share interest. The condition shall clearly articulate that the municipality may enforce any violation of the construction requirement, and that fact shall also be included in the deed or any other document previously described. The construction requirement shall also be clearly stated on any map, plat, or plan to be signed by the Planning Board or local reviewing authority as part of the approval process.

§ 300-509Height regulation

Amended

Building heights shall be limited by the type of construction as outlined in the MUBEC, limits of usefulness of the City's firefighting equipment or as specified in §§ 300-314.2 and 300-314.3. When issuing a permit, the issuing officer shall give serious consideration to the recommendation of the City of Augusta Fire Chief.

§ 300-510Home occupations

Amended

A.

The conduct of home occupations in residential dwelling units may be permitted under the following provisions:

(1)

License:

(a)

A license shall be required only for home occupations which generate vehicular or pedestrian traffic.

(b)

Licenses shall be granted by a Code Enforcement Officer to a resident of a specific dwelling.

(c)

Licenses are non-transferrable.

(d)

Licenses are subject to revocation by the Code Enforcement Officer, after notice and hearing, if the licensee fails to comply with the terms of the Home Occupation ordinance and/or operates in a manner other than that stated on the license application.

(e)

Licensees shall be issued for a three-year term. The Licensee shall file a renewal license application prior to expiration of the previous license in order for the home occupation to remain in compliance.

(f)

Home occupations requiring a license shall apply for a license within one year of August 1, 2019, the date this licensing requirement was enacted.

(2)

Home Occupation Operating Requirements:

(a)

The use of the dwelling unit for the home occupation shall be clearly incidental and subordinate to its use for residential purposes by its occupants; no more than 30% of the total existing floor area of the principal dwelling unit shall be used for operating the home occupation.

(b)

There shall be no visible evidence of the operation of such home occupation outside of typical home uses and equipment, other than one sign, unless such sign is otherwise prohibited by this chapter.

(c)

A home occupation shall to no extent be carried on in a manner that alters the residential character of the structure, lot or neighborhood. There shall be no outside storage or display of materials or products or equipment or vehicles, nor any window display of any of the same.

(d)

The sign for a home occupation shall be limited to a property owner "name" sign with the street number and name clearly denoted. The "name" sign may include the type of occupation. The sign shall be non-illuminated and no larger than four square feet. See

§ 300-516 for additional standards.

(e)

Any need for parking generated by the operation of the home occupation shall be met on the lot, off the street in the driveway or designated parking spaces.

(f)

No equipment or process shall be used in such home occupation which creates noise, vibration, glare, fumes, odors or electrical interference detectable to the normal senses off the lot. No equipment or process shall be used which creates visual or audible interference in any radio or television receiver off the premises or causes fluctuations in line voltage off the premises.

(g)

The sale of products shall be limited to those which are grown, crafted, assembled, or substantially altered on the premises; to items ordered off the premises by customers; and to items which are accessory and incidental to a service which is provided on the premises.

(h)

A home occupation shall be carried on by residents of the dwelling unit, with not more than one person who is not a resident of the dwelling unit. The owner's written permission is required for said home occupation if the resident is a tenant.

(i)

Licensed home occupations shall terminate when a licensee no longer resides at the location.

(j)

Only one home occupation is permitted per lot.

(k)

Initial and periodic inspections by a Code Enforcement Officer, or other city staff, shall be conducted, and shall be consented to the applicant/licensee as part of the licensing process.

(l)

Planning Board review, as a conditional use, shall be required for any applicant wishing to exceed the above-stated limitations.

(m)

No auto repair/service home businesses shall be licensed if it did not exist as a legal home business on January 1, 2019. All existing auto repair/service home businesses shall obtain a non-transferable license and may continue operating as long as the original licensee is able to renew the license as required by this ordinance.

(n)

Hazardous materials used during the course of the operation of the home occupation will be stored and disposed of in accordance with any applicable city, state or federal regulations.

(o)

Cannabis Registered Caregiver (Home Occupation) shall meet all license requirements for a home occupation and the additional license requirements for a Cannabis Registered Caregiver (Home Occupation). This use shall be a delivery only operation, with no customers coming to the site for any purpose. All in-person caregiver operations shall be done at the patient's home or other legal site.

B.

Failure to obtain a license prior to beginning operation will result in a doubling of the fee for a license after-the-fact. For home occupations in existence when this ordinance is adopted, failure to apply for a license within 12 months of the effective date of the ordinance will result in a doubling of the fee.

§ 300-511Lighting

Amended

A.

Outside lighting used for business and professional offices, commercial, and industrial activities, including lighted signs, shall not be permitted to trespass beyond the boundaries of the property on which it is located above the following levels of light: not more than 0.3 footcandle for an abutting residential property or use; and not more than 0.8 footcandle for an abutting commercial property or use. Any luminaire, other than those used at a single-family or duplex property, shall be full cutoff design, unless otherwise required by state or federal law, or allowed by the Planning Board.

B.

For all other uses, any luminaire with a lamp or lamps rated at a total of 1,800 lumens or less, and all flood or spot luminaires with a lamp or lamps rated at 900 lumens or less, may be used without restriction to light distribution or mounting height, except that if any spot of flood luminaire rated 900 lumens or less is aimed, directed, or focused such as to cause direct light from the luminaire to be directed toward residential buildings on adjacent or nearby land, or to create glare perceptible to persons operating motor vehicles on public ways, the luminaire shall be redirected or its light output controlled as necessary to eliminate such conditions.

C.

All temporary emergency lighting needed by the Police or Fire Departments or other emergency

services, as well as all vehicular luminaires, shall be exempt from the requirements of this section.

D.

Any temporary outdoor lighting that conforms to the requirements of this chapter shall be allowed.

E.

Nonconforming temporary outdoor lighting may be permitted by the Planning Board after considering the public and/or private benefits that will result from the temporary lighting; any annoyance or safety problems that may result from the use of the temporary lighting; and the duration of the temporary nonconforming lighting. The applicant shall submit a detailed description of the proposed temporary nonconforming lighting to the Planning Board, who shall consider the request at a duly called meeting of the Planning Board.

F.

Exceptions:

(1)

Athletic fields, fairgrounds, and approved temporary special lighting that meets current Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) recommended practice standards for sports and recreational area lighting and is approved by the Planning Board after holding a public hearing on the matter. For such projects reviewed by the Planning Board, conditions of approval may be applied to ensure that the proposed project is compatible with an adjacent neighboring land use.

(2)

Any proposed expansion or construction of a professional office, commercial, or industrial land use project that meets the IESNA lighting standard(s) for that land use, as designed and shown on a plan done by a professional lighting engineer and approved by the Planning Board after holding a public hearing on the matter. For such projects reviewed by the Planning Board, conditions of approval may be applied to ensure that the proposed project is compatible with an adjacent neighboring land use.74

§ 300-512Open (green) space

A.

Purposes. One purpose of this open space requirement is protection of the land's resources; an additional purpose with residential uses is to provide usable public or common open space as near to each dwelling unit as possible.

B.

Guidelines. When designating land for open space, land containing one or more of the following characteristics shall be considered a priority for protection:

(1)

Prime agricultural soils over 10 acres.

(2)

Sand and gravel deposits over 10 acres.

(3)

Areas with slopes exceeding 15%.

(4)

Known deer winter ranges or those identified by the Maine Department of Inland Fisheries and Wildlife (MDIF&W).

(5)

Maine DEP and MDIF&W wetlands; wetlands over two acres in size as shown on the City of Augusta 200 scale topographic maps.

Amended

(6)

Areas affected by the one-hundred-year flood.

(7)

Areas zoned Resource Protection in accordance with § 300-316.1C, Resource Protection

10.

Editor's Note: Original § 5.1.12 of the 1990 Code, regarding mineral exploration and mineral extraction activities, which immediately followed this section, was repealed 11-21-2005 by Ord. No. 196. See now Ch. 198, Art. I, Mineral Extraction.

District (RP); land areas within 75 feet of a stream as defined; areas within 25 feet of major and minor tributaries of streams and drainageways that run year round; areas within 15 feet of intermittent streams or drainageways; see § 300-514B(2)(c).

(8)

Aquifers and aquifer recharge areas.

C.

Uses of open space. The following language was modified from Performance Zoning by Lane Kendig, copyright 1980, by American Planning Association:

(1)

Land which is required by this chapter to remain as open space may be used for recreation, agriculture, resource protection, amenity and other purposes specified in this section. Open space land shall be freely accessible to all residents of a development with the exception that agricultural land uses shall be permitted to restrict access to that land to those solely engaged in agricultural pursuits. Open space land shall not be occupied by nonrecreational buildings, roads, or road rights-of-way, nor shall it include the yards or lots of single- or multifamily dwelling units required to meet the minimum standards or parking areas.

(2)

All developments required by this chapter to provide open space shall meet the following requirements:

(a)

Land designated as open space shall be maintained as open space and may not be separately sold, subdivided, or developed except as provided below.

(b)

An open space plan shall be submitted as part of the application for a permit. This plan shall designate and indicate the boundaries of all open space areas required by this chapter. The plan shall:

[1]

Designate areas to be reserved as open space. The specific design of open space areas shall be sensitive to the physical characteristics and proposed design of the site.

[2]

Designate the type of open space which will be provided.

[3]

Specify the manner in which the open space shall be perpetuated, maintained and administered.

(c)

The types of open space which may be provided to satisfy the requirements of this chapter, together with the maintenance required for each type, are as follows:

[1]

Natural areas of undisturbed vegetation or areas replanted with vegetation after construction. Woodlands, woodland swamps (hydric soils), and wetlands are specific types of natural areas. Maintenance is limited to removal of litter, dead tree and plant materials and brush. Natural watercourses are maintained as free-flowing and devoid of debris. Stream channels are maintained so as not to alter floodplain levels.

[2]

Agricultural uses.

[3]

Garden plots are the division of open space into plots for cultivation as gardens by residents.

[4]

Recreational areas are areas designed for specific, active recreational uses such as tot lots, tennis courts, swimming pools, ball fields, and similar uses. Recreational areas shall be accessible to all residents of the development. Maintenance is limited to ensuring that there exist no hazards, nuisances, or unhealthy conditions.

[5]

Greenways are linear green belts linking residential areas with other open space areas. These greenways may contain bicycle paths, footpaths, and bridle paths. Connecting greenways between residences and recreational areas are encouraged. Maintenance is limited to a minimum removal and avoidance of hazards, nuisances, or unhealthy conditions.

[6]

Lawns consist of grass with or without trees. Maintenance is limited to mowing to ensure neatness.

(d)

All designated open space shall be large enough to be usable open space. The minimum dimensions for usable open space shall be 10 feet by 10 feet.

(3)

Preservation of open space.

(a)

Open space areas shall be maintained so that their use and enjoyment as open space are not diminished or destroyed. Open space areas may be owned, preserved, and maintained as required by this section by any of the following mechanisms or combinations thereof:

[1]

Dedication of open space to the City or an appropriate public agency, if there is a public agency willing to accept the dedication.

[2]

Common ownership of the open space by a homeowners' association which assumes full responsibility for its maintenance.

[3]

Dedication of development rights of open space may be made to any appropriate public agency with ownership remaining with the developer or homeowners' association. Maintenance responsibility shall remain with the property owner.

[4]

Deed-restricted private ownership which shall prevent development and/or subsequent division of the open space land and provide the maintenance responsibility.

(b)

In the event that any private owner of open space fails to maintain the open space according to the standards of this chapter, the City may, in accordance with an open space plan and following reasonable notice and demand that deficiency of maintenance be corrected, enter the open space to maintain same. The cost of such maintenance shall be charged to those persons having the primary responsibility for maintenance of the open space.

§ 300-513Parking requirements

Amended

A.

Purpose. The purpose of the following standards is to protect the public health, safety and welfare by assuring that:

(1)

Peak parking demands are accommodated on site so that streets, nearby properties, and neighborhoods are kept free from congestion and inappropriate traffic;

(2)

Parking facilities are designed to enhance the dignity, pride, and visual quality of Augusta as befits a state capital and complement the visual appearance of and maintain the aesthetic appeal of views from neighboring properties, streets and highways, the Kennebec River, and other places where people congregate;

(3)

Parking facilities are safe, healthy, attractive, and easily entered and traveled for both motor vehicles and pedestrians; and

(4)

The economic stability of residential, business, commercial, institutional, and industrial areas, the value of land and buildings on surrounding properties and neighborhoods, and the accessibility and economic utility of land are maintained and enhanced.

B.

Off-street parking. No use of premises shall be changed or expanded and no structures shall be constructed or enlarged unless there is provided adequate off-street parking space. See § 300-311. The following minimum standards shall apply:

(1)

Space and location.

(a)

Parking stalls. The minimum dimensions for parking stalls shall be:

[1]

Conventional parking spaces. The minimum dimensions for conventional parking stalls shall be:

ParkingStall Width* (feet)Stall Depth* (feet)Aisle Width* (feet)
90°91826
60° one-way915.623
45° one-way912.724
[2]

Compact parking spaces. Compact parking spaces may be permitted in parking lots, including residential and nonresidential uses, provided that:

[a]

Compact spaces are clearly designated and marked as compact-only.

[b]

The minimum dimensions for compact spaces shall be eight feet in width and 16 feet in depth.

[c]

No more than 25% of the total parking spaces may be designated as compact spaces.

[3]

Tandem parking spaces. Tandem parking, where one vehicle is parked directly behind another, may be permitted for residential uses, provided that:

[a]

Both spaces in a tandem arrangement shall be assigned to the same dwelling unit or occupant.

[b]

The minimum dimensions for tandem spaces shall be nine feet in width and 36 feet in depth for two conventional vehicles.

NOTES:

* Alternatives to these dimensions are permitted, provided that the applicant demonstrates that the proposal complies with the standards outlined in generally accepted engineering standards for parking and site design, and as defined and modified by standards provided in the Technical Standards Handbook for the City of Augusta. Parking lots requiring handicap-accessible parking spaces shall comply with the most recent revisions of the American with Disabilities Act.

(b)

Schedule of required off-street parking. A minimum number of off-street parking spaces shall be required of the uses specified in Table 300-513-A. Unless otherwise specified, the total number of parking spaces required shall be the sum total of all spaces required for each principal and accessory use located on the parcel; any fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. Parking spaces designated for physically handicapped people shall be as close to the main entrance or an accessible entrance of a building as possible. At least one handicap space shall be designated with signage in parking lots with less than 25 spaces, and 4% of spaces shall be so reserved in lots with 25 or more cars. NOTE: All references to "GFA" in Table 300-513-A shall mean for every 1,000 square feet of GFA, that is, the parking requirement for business services is three parking spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA. All other abbreviations are spelled out in Column 2, Unit of Measure.

Total parking required based on the below listed Parking Standards as defined below.

GFA – Gross Floor Area, as defined in § 300-202. The gross floor area should be divided by 1,000 and multiplied by the parking standard quantity for the land use.

DC – Design Capacity. Calculated based on building code definition for occupancy type. Employee – Largest Shift.

Table 300-513A - Schedule of Required Off-Street Parking
Land UsesParking Standard
ASSEMBLIES
Civic, social, and fraternal organizations3 per GFA plus 1 per 3 occupants DC
Conference/event center1 per 2 occupants DC
Convention facility1 per 2 occupants DC
Funeral homes25 per parlor or 1 per 4 occupants DC (whichever is greater)
Parks1 per employee plus 2 per acre up to 10 acres
Religious activities1 per 4 occupants DC
BUSINESS
Agriculture1 per employee
Business/professional services/offices3 per GFA
Table 300-513A - Schedule of Required Off-Street Parking
Land UsesParking Standard
Historical society1 per employee/volunteer plus 2 per GFA (not including storage areas)
Museum1 per employee/volunteer plus 2 per GFA (not including storage areas)
Research, experimental, and testing laboratories1 per employee
Services, except those otherwise listed below3 per GFA
Auto repair/service (no sales)*3 per GFA *Carwash add 14 per queue spaces
Bed-and-breakfast/tourist home1 per room plus 1 per Employee
Cannabis Cultivation Facility1 per employee
Cannabis manufacturing facility1 per employee
Cannabis registered caregiverNone required (includes home occupation)
Cannabis Registered Dispensary3 per GFA plus 1 per employee
Cannabis retail store2 per GFA plus 1 per employee
Cannabis testing facility1 per employee
Cemeteries1 per employee
Construction services1 per employee plus 1 per stored vehicle
Finance, insurance, and real estate services**3 per GFA **Drive-thru add 5 per queue spaces
Hotels1 per room plus 1 per 3 employees
Personal services3 per GFA
Barber/beauty shops3 per operator chair
Laundry services3 per GFA plus 1 per employee
Self-service laundromats4 per GFA
Shoe repair shops3 per GFA
Recreational areas and facilities, private1 per employee plus Indoor facility: 0.25 per DC Outdoor facility: use park standards
Restaurants - fast food and standard***14 per GFA *** Drive-thru add 14 per queue spaces
Sexually oriented businesses2 per GFA
Social services3 per GFA
Table 300-513A - Schedule of Required Off-Street Parking
Land UsesParking Standard
Specialty print shop3 per GFA
Taxi and local/commuter bus line services1 per employee
Small distilleries, breweries, and bakeries1 per employee for production plus additional uses (retail, restaurant, etc.)
Temporary, habitable trailers built on a permanent chassis to be used as portable classrooms and/or offices and/or medical diagnostic units for a specified (limited) time and as a public facility only3 per GFA
Veterinary3 per GFA
EDUCATIONAL
Commercial, trade school, university1 per employee plus 2 per student largest classroom
Day-care center1 per staff plus 1 per 6 children
Primary education facility1 per employee
Secondary education1 per employee plus 0.2 per student
FACTORY/INDUSTRIAL
Heavy equipment repair1 per employee
Manufacturing - heavy; light1 per employee
Mineral extraction activities1 per employee
Recycling centers1 per employee plus 5 queuing spaces
Solar energy systems - building mounted; ground mounted1 per employee
Truck terminals1 per employee
Waste facilities - Class 1; Class 21 per employee plus 5 queuing spaces
GOVERNMENTAL
Correctional institutions1 per employee plus 1 per 4 beds
Courts3 per GFA
Government offices3 per GFA
Municipal or public utilities & communications facilities - minor; major; wireless3 per GFA
Public safety services3 per GFA plus 1 per stored vehicle
Table 300-513A - Schedule of Required Off-Street Parking
Land UsesParking Standard
Recreational areas and facilities, public1 per employee plus Indoor facility: 0.25 per DC Outdoor facility: use park standards
MEDICAL
Hospitals1 per bed plus 1 per employee
Meal center and food pantry3 per GFA
Medical clinics4 per practitioner plus 2 per 3 employees
Medical guesthouse1.5 per room
Nursing homes1 per 4 beds plus 2 per 3 employees 1 per staff doctor
MERCANTILE/RETAIL
Automobile business4 per GFA plus 0.5 per displayed vehicle
Filling stations2.5 per fueling position
Retail, except those otherwise listed4 per GFA
Farm stands3 per GFA
Flooring showrooms2 per GFA
Garden center3 per GFA
Neighborhood groceries/variety stores3 per GFA
Pharmacies3 per GFA
Retail, convenience5 per GFA
Retail, medical sales2 per GFA
Retail, specialty3 per GFA
Specialty food markets3 per GFA
RESIDENTIAL
Community living arrangement0.5 per room
Dwelling1 per dwelling unit
Accessory dwelling unit (ADU)None required
Affordable housing unit2 spaces per 3 dwelling units (rounded down)
Group home0.5 per room
Rooming houses1 per room
Shelter1 per employee
Table 300-513A - Schedule of Required Off-Street Parking
Land UsesParking Standard
STORAGE/WAREHOUSING
Self-service storage units1 per employee
Warehousing1 per employee
(c)

Off-street loading. See Technical Standards Handbook.

(d)

Exceptions to on-site parking. All off-street parking shall be located on the same lot as the principal structure or use to be served except:

[1]

Parking requirements may be satisfied through off-site parking agreements with existing parking facilities located within 0.25 miles of a development site. A developer engaged in an off-site parking agreement shall provide the City documentation demonstrating the availability of sufficient capacity at the off-site parking facility, as determined by a professional parking study or similar evidence acceptable to the City.

[2]

Uses located in the Kennebec District 1 Zone in existence prior to the effective date of this chapter.

[3]

For places of worship located in the BP and RC District, provided that the minimum number of spaces required for a development proposal by said places of worship shall be available on a public street within 1,000 feet of the place of worship.

[4]

Properties which have inadequate land on-site to meet parking requirements may, on a separate lot, provide for up to six parking spaces as a primary use, in zoning districts where parking lots are not a permitted land use. The process requires a Conditional Use review, per § 300-603, and approval by the Planning Board. If not owned in fee by the applicant, the use of the land for parking shall be legally bound to serve as a parking lot for the life of the building or use that it is being permitted to serve. This subsection shall not apply in any locally designated historic district.

(e)

Shared parking and reduction in the number of off-street parking spaces. In order to prevent the establishment of a greater number of parking spaces than is actually needed to meet the particular needs of uses:

[1]

A maximum of up to 50% reduction in the number of required off-street parking spaces may be permitted by the Planning Board. Any reduction shall be made based on a parking demand study submitted by the applicant's certified professional engineer indicating that the proposed reduction will adequately meet the applicant's needs.

[2]

The joint use of a parking lot by two or more uses may be approved where demand studies are provided that clearly demonstrate that there will be no conflict with times of occupancy and there is ample space to meet the needs of all uses.

[3]

The developer enters into written agreement with the City that additional parking spaces up to the total spaces required shall be provided at the owner's expense should the Code Enforcement Officer determine that more spaces are needed to satisfy the

needs of the particular use pursuant to the schedule imposed by this chapter.

(f)

Off-street loading requirements. All off-street loading facilities shall be designed in accordance with the off-street loading requirements outlined in the City of Augusta Technical Standards Handbook.

(2)

Lighting. Where artificial lighting is provided, it shall be shaded or screened so that no light source or unreasonable glare shall be directly visible from outside the area and its access driveways.

(3)

Circulation.

(a)

Vehicular entrance and exit. Entrances and exits shall be clearly identified by the use of signs, curb cuts, and landscaping. Entrance and exit design shall be in conformance with the requirements of "Driveway and Access Standards," § 5.3, Technical Standards Handbook.

(b)

Interior vehicular/pedestrian circulation.

[1]

Interior travel lanes shall be provided between parking cells to allow continuous and uninterrupted traffic movement. Parking spaces shall not be located along interior travel lanes.

[2]

Entrances and exits shall be designed to allow adequate stacking of vehicles without blocking interior vehicle circulation lanes.

[3]

Walkways shall be designed to connect parking areas with residential areas, commercial establishments, and other points of interest as appropriate.

[4]

In paved parking areas, painted stripes shall be used to delineate parking stalls. In aisles utilizing diagonal parking, arrows shall be painted on the pavement to indicate traffic flow.

[5]

A six-inch vertical curb and/or wheel stops shall be provided where necessary to restrict vehicles within the confines of the designated parking area. Use of continuous curb stops is preferred.

[6]

Parking areas shall be designed to allow efficient snow removal and/or storage.

(4)

Parking areas in Shoreland Districts.

(a)

Parking areas shall meet the shoreline setback requirements for structures for the district in which such areas are located. The setback requirement for parking areas serving public boat launching facilities, in districts other than the General Development District, may be reduced to no less than 50 feet from the normal high-water line or upland edge of a wetland if the Planning Board finds that no other reasonable alternative exists.

(b)

Parking areas shall be adequately sized for the proposed use and shall be designed to prevent stormwater runoff from flowing directly into a water body, and where feasible, to retain all runoff on-site. See Technical Standards Handbook.

C.

Parking requirements in the KBD1 District. Recognizing that providing on-site parking for employees, customers, clients, visitors, and residents in Augusta's densely built downtown is more problematic than in the less densely developed areas of the city, the following parking requirements

shall apply in the KBD1 district and on Cony Street, west of Cony Circle:

(1)

In Shoreland Zones, Subsection B(4) of this section shall apply.

(2)

The number of required parking spaces for a development proposal shall be determined by using Table 300-513-B below:

Table 300-513-B: Schedule of Parking Requirements in the KBD1 District
Proposed Change
1.Create new buildingResidential1 space per dwelling unitNone
Retail2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of gross floor area (GFA) (see Note 2)Located within 1,000 feet of building entrance (see Note 1)
Office and all other commercial/ allowable uses3 spaces per GFA (see Note 2)Located within 1,000 feet of building entrance (see Note 1)
2.Change existing useResidentialNoneNone
RetailNoneNone
Office and all other commercial/ allowable usesNoneNone
3.Expand existing building or expand existing useResidentialNoneNone
RetailNoneNone
Office and all other commercial/ allowable usesNoneNone

NOTES:

1.

Parking spaces having a time limit of two hours or less shall not count towards meeting distance requirements.

2.

If the applicant can show through parking demand studies that a lower requirement exists for their proposed use (based on the amount of employees and/or customers), the required number of spaces may be reduced by the Planning Board.

(3)

An applicant for a development proposal shall meet the parking requirements identified in Table 300-513-B, Schedule of Parking Requirements in the KBD1 District, and adhere to the following standards:

(a)

Off-street parking spaces shall be provided by the applicant on the development site to meet the parking requirements identified in Table 300-513-B, to the greatest practicable

extent as approved by the Planning Board.

(b)

Use of long-term (over two hours) off-street residential parking spaces controlled by the City shall be as allowed by the City. Such spaces that are duly leased from the City shall be counted towards meeting the parking requirements of Table 300-513-B.

(c)

Use of reasonably available on-street, short-term parking spaces (time limit of two hours or less) for proposed residential uses shall be allowed as approved by the Augusta Planning Board, after a recommendation is made on the proposed project by the City Manager or his/her designee that the applicant will be able to meet their requirements in such spaces. The City Manager or his/her designee shall recommend the number of parking spaces it can accommodate for the proposal.

(d)

Use of reasonably available long-term parking spaces (time limit of greater than two hours) for proposed nonresidential uses shall be allowed as approved by the Augusta Planning Board, after a recommendation is made on the proposed project by the City Manager or his/her designee that the applicant will be able to meet their requirements in such spaces. The City Manager or his/her designee shall recommend the number of parking spaces it can accommodate for the proposal.

(e)

After all practicable on-site parking space has been proposed by an applicant, and after all reasonably available short- and/or long-term parking spaces have been approved for use by the Planning Board, an applicant for a development proposal shall be required to pay, for each parking space that it still lacks, a fee to the City in lieu of providing on-site parking for the proposed development project. The in-lieu-of parking fee shall be equal to the average cost of providing a surface parking space in a private parking lot, multiplied by the number of spaces a development proposal is deficient in providing. The average per-space cost of creating a private surface lot parking space shall be the average cost in Augusta of a surface parking space (including in that average the cost of land acquisition, site grading, stormwater handling, paving of aisles and spaces, landscaping, and professional engineering design).

§ 300-514Air and water quality standards

Amended

A.

Air quality.

(1)

Noise standards.

(a)

Applicability.

[1]

Not applicable. This subsection shall not apply to the following:

[a]

Outdoor entertainment/music. Events authorized via any municipal permit/ license shall be exempt for normal operation hours of 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Regular operations beyond 10:00 p.m. shall require authorization through a Planning Board conditional use permit.

[b]

Recreational activities. Events otherwise allowed by law, for which any necessary permit has been granted by the City, including but not limited to sporting events, parades, and fireworks displays, shall be exempt.

[c]

Power equipment and maintenance equipment. Such equipment when operated

during between 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. shall be exempt. Such equipment includes but is not limited to power mowers, chainsaws, power tools, leaf blowers, and hedge trimmers. Snowblowers shall be exempt at all times of the day.

[d]

Generators. Generator noise when operated during any time of the day during a power outage shall be exempt. Generators operated between 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. when there is no power outage shall be exempt. Medical facility generators shall be exempt at all time of the day, regardless of power outage conditions.

[e]

Safety signals, warning devices, emergency pressure relief valve. Noise from such devices shall be exempt.

[f]

Motor vehicle refueling station speakers. Noise for speakers required by local, state, or federal law at refueling pumps shall be exempt, provided they are used only to allow employees to communicate directly with customers at refueling pumps in accordance with state or federal laws, or for other purposes mandated by law.

[g]

Emergency vehicles. Any siren, whistle, horn, or bell lawfully used by emergency vehicles or emergency personnel shall be exempt.

[h]

Maintenance vehicles. Noise generated by municipal and private maintenance vehicles during the removal of snow, debris, or refuse shall be exempt.

[i]

School or church chimes and bells. Any bell or chime from any school or church shall be exempt.

[j]

Construction, development, and maintenance. Sounds emanating from construction, development and maintenance activities conducted between 7:00

a.m. and 10:00 p.m. and conducted in compliance with all other sections of this chapter and all other applicable ordinances shall be exempt.

[k]

Agriculture. Noise generated by an agricultural use shall be exempt between the hours of 4:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m.

[l]

Forestry and other natural resources uses. Noise generated by forestry or other natural resources uses shall be exempt between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m., except that mineral extraction shall comply with Chapter 198, Article I, Mineral Extraction, or their individual license, whichever is more restrictive, regarding hours of operation. If logging equipment is within 100 yards of a residence, the noise shall be exempt between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.

[m]

Blasting. Blasting conducted in accordance with City of Augusta ordinance or State of Maine law, whichever is more restrictive, shall be exempt.

[n]

Temporary activities. Nonconforming temporary noise may be permitted by the Planning Board via the conditional use criteria and process after considering the public and/or private benefits that will result from the temporary noise; any annoyance or safety problems that may result from the use of the temporary noise; and the duration of the temporary nonconforming noise. The applicant shall submit a conditional use permit application containing a detailed

description of the proposed temporary nonconforming noise to the Planning Board. The Board shall consider the request at a duly called meeting of the Planning Board.

[o]

Road and public utility construction and maintenance. Upon approval by the City Council at a public meeting of the City Council, road and public utility work may occur at times and in a manner approved by the City Council. In particular, road and utility work in public roads is often best done during night hours to avoid disrupting busy traffic corridors during the daytime. This subsection is intended to allow the City Council to approve such work.

[p]

Residential uses. Subsection A of this section shall not apply to noise generated by residents at their home. Typical residential noises shall be regulated by state law related to disturbing the peace and shall be enforced by the Augusta Police Department.

[2]

Applicable. This subsection shall apply to all nonresidential uses in the City of Augusta, except as exempted in Subsection A of this section.

[3]

Preexisting, nonconforming uses and properties. All preexisting, nonconforming uses and properties shall fully comply with Subsection A of this section within one year of the effective date of this subsection. All preexisting, nonconforming uses with outdoor speakers shall turn the volume of the speakers down to levels found in Subsection A(1)(e) below as of the effective date of this subsection.

(b)

Performance standards.

[1]

General. Noise levels shall be controlled to the extent that they do not adversely affect nearby residences, institutions, and businesses due to intermittence, beat frequency, shrillness, or volume, and to the extent that they do not interfere with the normal enjoyment of nearby properties. Excessive noise at unreasonable hours shall be prohibited. Excessive noise is noise exceeding the maximum decibel level in Subsection A(1)(e) below for a period of more than 10 minutes, or for shorter periods at least four times over the course of an hour.

[2]

Speakers. Speakers mounted outside a nonresidential or mixed-use building, or placed such that they project sound outside any nonresidential or mixed-use building, shall be prohibited, except as follows:

[a]

Drive-through. Speakers used only to enable employees to directly communicate with customers at a drive-through are permitted, provided the sound from the speaker is not audible at the property line of the business using the speaker. Speaker volume should be set at the lowest volume necessary to communicate with customers having normal hearing.

[b]

Restaurant. In the Kennebec Business District 1 (KBD1) Zone, speakers used only to provide background ambiance music for outdoor seating are permitted, provided the sound is not audible at distances greater than 100 feet from the exterior wall of the business.

[c]

In all other zoning districts, speakers used to provide background ambiance music, either live or recorded, for outdoor seating are permitted, provided the

sound from the speaker is 60 dB at the property line of the business using the speaker.

[d]

When outdoor seating is not in use, speakers intended to project sound outside the restaurant shall be turned off.

[e]

Other. Speakers that do not create a violation of the standard in Subsection A(1)(e) of this section. Outdoor speakers shall be used only to project sound to customers or employees reasonably expected to be outside. Internal building announcements to employees or departments inside the building shall not be announced through outdoor speakers.

[3]

Attention shall be given during site planning to deal with audile quality and volume. The site planner shall consider and where appropriate shall implement the following measures to mitigate the impact of noise (in order of preference):

[a]

Suppression of noise source to create lowest noise generation possible for proposed use.

[b]

Putting distance between the noise source and its receiving uses.

[c]

Use of buildings, walls, or berms as partial barriers and arrangement of openings away from conflicting uses.

[d]

Deliberate introduction of background noise in order to mask the noise level, pitch or information content (background noise should be of a type to mask offensive noise rather than contribute to it).

[e]

Where possible, completely sealing the building and operating entirely indoors.

[4]

One or more of the following noise muffling mechanisms may be required by the Planning Board or Code Enforcement Officer. Orientation of structure, including placement of windows and major entryways, shall be such that noise impact is directed away from neighboring uses.

[a]

Operation of equipment/processes which generate noise shall be required to take place indoors.

[b]

The use of block heaters shall be preferred over idling vehicles.

[c]

If the original noise is not too powerful, masking mechanisms which add desirable random noises between conflicting land uses may be used. An example of such a masking mechanism is the play of water.

[d]

Surfaces with absorption capacity shall be placed between conflicting land uses.

[e]

Air turbulence to disperse sound may be used.

[f]

Barriers between noise generator and receiver such as berms, walls, buildings, etc., may be used.

[5]

These noise regulations are enforceable by law enforcement officers or by the Code Enforcement Officer.

(c)

Noise impact study.

[1]

The Planning Board or Code Enforcement Officer may require that a noise impact study be conducted. Pre- and post-development noise levels may be required as part of the study. The noise impact study may be either one or more of the following:

[a]

Noise shall be measured with a sound-level meter meeting the standards of the American National Standards Institute [ANSI S1.43-1997 (R2007)].

[b]

If the use proposed is nonresidential, the noise impact study, if required, may utilize data from one or more existing sources which roughly correspond (density, existing traffic volume, location of neighborhood, type of equipment used, and other similar noise generators) with the proposed use.

[c]

If no meters are at hand, a rough survey can be conducted without special equipment by two people of normal hearing and average voice. It is based on the fact that the point at which conversation just becomes impossible to understand is rather sharply defined. One person stands and reads something unfamiliar to both parties in a normal voice. The other gradually backs away and notes the distance at which he/she just no longer understands the gist of what is being read to him/her, that is, when he/she catches a scattered word or two in a ten-second period.

[i]

The trial is repeated rotating reader and listener, and the distances averaged.

[ii]

If the distance is over 20 m (65 feet), the noise level is less than 45 dBA and the site is good for housing and outdoor use.

[iii]

If it lies between eight and 20 m (25 and 65 feet), the noise lies between 45 and 60 dBA, and so the location is acceptable for housing.

[iv]

Distances between two and eight m (seven and 25 feet) indicate levels of 60 to 75 dBA, and the site can only be used for housing if the latter will have special insulation.

[v]

Distances under two m (seven feet) means levels over 75 dBA, and the location is simply unusable for residence.

(d)

Waiver from sound-level limits.

[1]

The City recognizes that there are certain developments or activities associated with development for which noise control measures are not reasonably available. Therefore, the Planning Board, as part of the public hearing via the conditional use application as outlined in this section and process or as part of any project that is before the Board for approval, may grant a waiver from any of the sound-level limits, or other limitation or prohibition, contained in this regulation to some other limit upon:

[a]

A showing by the applicant that a comprehensive assessment has been made of the available technologies for the development, expansion or modification and that the sound-level limits cannot practicably be met with any of these available technologies; and

[b]

A showing by the applicant that noise easements for the affected premises are either not practical or not available; and

[c]

A finding by the Planning Board that the proposed development will be not excessively incompatible with the surrounding neighborhood, will not unduly interfere with the normal enjoyment of abutting property, and will not create excessive noise at unreasonable hours.

[2]

In addition, a waiver may be granted by the Planning Board if:

[a]

A development is deemed necessary in the interest of public safety and the applicant has shown that the sound level cannot practicably be reduced or mitigated without unduly limiting the development's intended function; and

[b]

A finding by the Planning Board that the proposed development will not be incompatible with the surrounding neighborhood, will not unduly interfere with the normal enjoyment of abutting property, and will not create excessive noise at unreasonable hours.

[3]

The Planning Board shall consider the request for a waiver after the review of a completed development application by the Planning Board. In granting a waiver, the Planning Board may, as a condition of approval, impose terms and conditions to ensure that no unreasonable sound impacts will occur.

(e)

Maximum noise levels (7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m./10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.).

[1]

Noise levels will not be specifically measured unless a request for a noise impact study is made by the Planning Board in the application phase, or unless a complaint is registered against a use. Measurements shall be made at the property line of the use generating the noise.

[a]

Rural Districts: 60/60.

[b]

Residential and Capitol-Commerce Districts: 60/60.

[c]

Planned Development, Civic Center, Medical, and Government Services Districts: 60/60.

[d]

Business and Industrial District: 60/60.

[2]

Where the emitting and receiving premises are in different zones, the limits governing the stricter zone shall apply to any regulated noise entering that zone. Excessive noise at unreasonable hours shall be required to be muffled so as not to be objectionable due to intermittence, beat frequency, shrillness or volume.

(2)

Smoke, odors, dust, fumes:

(a)

Emission of dust, dirt, fly ash, fumes, vapors or gasses which could be injurious to human health, animals, or vegetation, detrimental to the enjoyment of adjoining or nearby properties, or which could soil or stain persons or property, at any point beyond the lot line of the commercial or industrial establishment creating that emission, shall be prohibited. In addition, no land use or establishment shall be permitted to produce harmful, offensive, or bothersome odors, scents, or aromas (such as, but not limited to, those produced by manufacturing processes, food preparation, food processing, fish sales, rendering,

fermentation processes, decaying organic matter, and incinerators) perceptible beyond their lot lines, either at ground or habitable elevation. The location and vertical height of all exhaust fans, vents, chimneys, or any other sources discharging or emitting smoke, fumes, gasses, vapors, odors, scents or aromas shall be shown on the plan, with a description of the source materials. The Planning Board or Code Enforcement Officer may require a developer to submit detailed plans showing how this standard will be met.

(b)

Bituminous mix plants, also known as asphalt plants, shall not be sited within 2,500 feet of an existing residential property. Measurement shall be the shortest distance possible from the plant to the nearest point of the residential property line.

B.

Water quality.

(1)

General drainage and erosion control standards.

(a)

Intent/applicability.

[1]

All development in the City is required to control runoff and prevent erosion and sedimentation. An adequate drainage and erosion control system shall be provided, including temporary and/or permanent appurtenances as necessary, such as swales, ditches, mulch, hay bales, erosion control mesh, sedimentation basins, detention/ retention basins, culvert/underdrain/stormwater conveyance pipes, catch basins, and manholes, to assure that stormwater and other surface flows are effectively conveyed from the development and that groundwater is intercepted and conveyed from the development and that groundwater is intercepted and conveyed away from the street aggregate base/subbase in compliance with the guidelines contained herein and all other requirements of these standards.

[2]

All development will require consultation between the Stormwater Management Board and developers. The Stormwater Management Board is comprised of representatives from the City Engineering, Public Works and Planning Bureaus as well as the Greater Augusta Utility District. Consultation is strongly recommended after the conceptual design of the project is completed. Analyses will be based on applicant's data and data available from the district and the City with regard to soils, land use, and existing stormwater flows. Analysis will be conducted on a watershed and subwatershed basis determined by the district and the City.

[3]

No newly created stormwater may be discharged onto private property without the property owner's permission (easement required) or in a City street.

[4]

Any project that utilizes an existing developed site will be required to assess the stormwater needs of that site regardless of the existing conditions of the site or the presence of stormwater utilities. Any site that does not have district facilities within a reasonable distance will require a plan that addresses the lack of these utilities via runoff controls.

[5]

In addition to the studies established by the Stormwater Management Board, the project proponent must also satisfy the needs and criteria of other agencies which have permit power over the proposed project. These include federal (Corps of Engineers, etc.) and state (Stream Alteration, Wetlands, Site Review, etc.). The City and the district shall be provided with a copy of all data submitted to other permitting agencies.

(b)

Classifications. See Technical Standards Handbook.

(c)

Erosion and sediment control and stormwater management plans.

[1]

The erosion and sediment control plan shall be designed in accordance with the Maine Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook for Construction, current revision, prepared by the Maine Department of Environmental Protection and with the requirements of the standards found in the Technical Standards Handbook.

[2]

Applications submitted pursuant to Part 4, Subdivision and Site Plan Review, and Part 3, Zoning, for projects which will expose more than 60,000 square feet of soil at one time or which will produce more than 10,000 square feet of additional impervious surface must submit a stormwater management plan to the Stormwater Management Board.

[3]

Performance standard. See Technical Standards Handbook (§ 300-602).

(2)

Stormwater runoff standards.

(a)

All development applications shall contain a drainage system plan to include profiles, typical cross sections, and typical detail drawings of drainage structures, and be designed by a State of Maine registered professional engineer. The plan shall show underdrain, storm drain pipes, catch basins, manholes, ditches, culverts, easements, and other proposed drainage system improvements with a statement in writing attached to the drainage system plan indicating that the proposed development will not create erosion, drainage, or runoff problems either in the development or adjacent properties. All hard-piped drainage systems shall be designed and constructed to the Greater Augusta Utility District Specifications.

(b)

See Subsection B(1)(c)[2] of this section.

(c)

See Technical Standards Handbook for additional standards.

(d)

Buffer requirements.

[1]

The following items outline buffer requirements along general surface water resource areas and outline specific standards for stormwater runoff in shoreland areas:

[a]

No less than a fifty-foot buffer shall be maintained adjacent to wetlands, brooks and streams not covered by other regulations in this chapter.

[b]

Stormwater runoff control systems shall be maintained as necessary to ensure proper functioning.

(e)

In shoreland areas:

[1]

All new construction and development shall be designed to minimize stormwater runoff from the site in excess of the natural predevelopment conditions. Where possible, existing natural runoff control features, such as berms, swales, terraces and wooded areas, shall be retained in order to reduce runoff and encourage infiltration of stormwaters.

[2]

See parking lot standards for shoreland areas, § 300-513B(4).

(3)

Phosphorous control standards.

(a)

All uses outlined in the Table of Dimensional Limits (Performance Zoning) in the Ponds District (§ 300-315.3) shall design their sites to reduce phosphorous export into the lakes. In addition to the maximum density and development ratios outlined in that table, one or more phosphorous export reduction mechanisms shall be utilized. The following are approved methods for controlling phosphorous export in the City of Augusta (in order of preference):

[1]

Reduce or minimize road and/or driveway length.

[2]

Reduce number of lots; increase lot size.

[3]

Limit clearing of vegetation.

[4]

Leave or implement buffer strips around cleared areas and along water bodies.

[5]

Construct infiltration systems to treat stormwater from individual lots, soils permitting.

[6]

Construct wet ponds to treat runoff from large drainage areas.

(b)

The maximum permitted phosphorous export (phosphorous allocation) by subwatershed is outlined in Appendix A.75

(c)

All projects in the ponds watershed, except residential developments of four lots/units or less and having road and driveway lengths within the limitations outlined in § 300-315.3B, shall be designed in accordance with Phosphorous Control in Lake Watersheds: A Technical Guide to Evaluating New Development, Maine DEP, September 1989, as amended.

(4)

Groundwater protection standards.

For major developments and major subdivisions, the Planning Board may apply the groundwater standards applicable to mobile home/manufactured housing parks as outlined in § 300-524D(16).

§ 300-515Setbacks; general requirements

Amended

A.

Landscape elements, such as but not limited to retaining walls, fences, light poles and other ornamental structures used to signify entrance to a property, will be allowed to be installed adjacent to a property line, right-of-way line or utility easement, where one exists, without setback. Naming or identification signs (as opposed to advertising or promotional signs) may be placed on such entrance structures and need not meet the setback requirements for signs as listed in § 300-516D(2) so long as the sign does not protrude into any part of the right-of-way.

When such structures are to be placed adjacent to the street right-of-way, approval shall be obtained from the Director of Development Services. The property owner or any subsequent property owner of the land on which the street-fronting wall (or other above-noted structure) is located must agree to indemnify and save harmless the City against loss, cost, damage or

11.

Editor's Note: Appendix A is included as an attachment to this chapter.

expense occurring by reason of the erection or maintenance of such wall or structure.

(2)

Where such structures are to be placed adjacent to private (abutting) property lines, the applicant shall obtain a construction, maintenance and repair easement from the affected abutting property owner(s) which shall be filed at the Registry of Deeds.

B.

Signs shall be governed by the setback requirements of § 300-516, Street graphics; signs.

C.

Except where setbacks are specified in the dimensional requirements of a zoning district; or except where other provisions of this chapter impose stricter setback or yard or buffer yard requirements, or except for required egress structures, or except for structures within the KBD1 District (for which there shall be no setback requirements for any structure, including, but not limited to, any setback requirements for public pedestrian walkways and their structural elements proposed to be built over, adjacent to, or within a public right-of-way), no structure shall be located within the following limits:

(1)

Within 10 feet of the right-of-way line where one exists on any street within the City except as specified below or in zoning district regulations or by deed restrictions.

Amended

(2)

Within 10 feet of any new right-of-way line made necessary by construction or reconstruction of any street or right-of-way where one exists within the City.

Amended

(3)

In the Capitol Planning Area, except in the Capitol-Commerce Districts [see § 300-314.2A(3)], within 10 feet of the side and rear property lines in the Residential Zone; within 15 feet of the rear property lines and 20 feet of the side property lines in the Statehouse Zone.

(4)

Outside the Capitol Planning Area, within five feet of the lot line on the sides not abutting the streets; provided, however, that where commercial uses are located on adjacent lots, such setback may be reduced to zero feet, provided that the owners of such adjacent lots enter into a construction, maintenance and repair easement or agreement, binding on each such owners, recorded at the Kennebec County Registry of Deeds, and providing that such agreement may not be amended or modified without the agreement of both such owners and the City Engineer. Where residential accessory structures, such as sheds, pools, landscape retaining walls and garages, cannot meet the required side and/or rear setbacks due to lot size, topographic constraints, etc., the accessory structure may be built within the minimum yard area, provided that the property owner obtain a construction, maintenance and repair easement from the affected abutting property owners.

(5)

Within 20 feet of the right-of-way line of University and Community Drives; and within 10 feet of the side and rear lot lines of properties on University and Community Drives.

(6)

Within 15 feet of the right-of-way of the following streets in the Capitol Planning Area:

Streets in Capitol Planning Area

Birchwood Road Burleigh Street Center Street

Streets in Capitol Planning Area

Chamberlain Street Child Street Columbia Street Federal Street Gage Street Glendon Street

Glenwood Street (northerly side, 3 lots deep from State Street) Grand Street

Hichborn Street Higgin Street

Jackson Street (northerly side)

Manley Street (1 lot deep from State Street) Page Street

Powhattan Street Valley Street Wade Street

Amended

(7)

Within 25 feet of the right-of-way of a collector street, namely:

Collector Streets Airport Road Bond Brook Road Church Hill Road Cony Road

Cony Street (Cony Circle to Cony Road) Hicks Road

Leighton Road Northern Avenue Old Winthrop Road Sewall Street

South Belfast Avenue Stevens Road Townsend Road Union Street

Collector Streets West River Road Whitten Road Winthrop Street

Amended

(8)

Within 35 feet of the right-of-way of an arterial street, namely:

Major and Minor Arterials

Alfond Connector Armory Street Bangor Street Bond Street Capitol Street Civic Center Drive

Cony Street (Kennebec River to Cony Circle) Eastern Avenue

Hospital Street I-95

Memorial Bridge Drive Mount Vernon Avenue North Belfast Avenue Old Belgrade Road Riverside Drive

State Street Stone Street Western Avenue

Amended

§ 300-516Street graphics; signs

Amended

A.

Statement of purpose. The purpose of this section is to create the legal framework for a comprehensive and balanced system of street graphics that will preserve the right of free speech and expression, provide an easy and pleasant communication between people and their environment, and avoid the visual clutter that is potentially harmful to traffic and pedestrian safety, property values, business opportunities, and community appearance. With these purposes in mind, it is the intent of

this chapter to authorize the use of street graphics that are:

(1)

Appropriate to the activity that displays them;

(2)

Expressive of the identity of individual activities and the community as a whole;

(3)

Promote the free flow of traffic and protect pedestrians and motorists from injury and property damage caused by, or which may be fully or partially attributable to, cluttered, distracting, or illegible signage;

(4)

Promote the use of signs which are aesthetically pleasing, of appropriate scale, and integrated with surrounding buildings and landscape, in order to meet the community's expressed desire for quality development; and

(5)

Legible in the circumstances in which they are seen.

B.

Noncommercial signs and messages. Any street graphic that can be displayed under the provisions of this chapter may contain a noncommercial message.

C.

Definitions. As used in this section, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated: ABOVE-ROOF GRAPHIC — A street graphic displayed above the peak or parapet of a building.

ACTIVITY — An economic unit designated in the classification system given in the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) Manual published by the U.S. Department of Commerce.

ANIMATION or ANIMATED — (See also "changeable copy" and "movement.") The movement or the optical illusion of movement of any part of the street graphic structure, design, or pictorial segment, including the movement of any illumination or the flashing or varying of light intensity.

ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL — (See also "signable area," "wall graphics" and "roof graphics.") Any projection, relief, cornice, column, change of building material, window, or door opening on any building.

ARCHITECTURAL, HISTORIC OR SCENIC AREA — An area that contains unique architectural, historic, or scenic characteristics that require special regulations to ensure that street graphics displayed within the area enhance its visual character and are compatible with it.

AWNING — A cloth, plastic, or other nonstructural covering that either is permanently attached to a building or can be raised or retracted to a position against the building when not in use.

BANNER — A street graphic composed of a logo or design on a lightweight material enclosed in a rigid frame and secured or mounted to not allow motion caused by the atmosphere.

BARE-BULB ILLUMINATION — A light source that consists of light bulbs with a twenty-watt maximum wattage for each bulb.

BUILDING — A structure having a roof supported by columns or walls.

CAMPUS — A single business, nonprofit, or other entity located on a single lot or controlling the development of lots (as in a retail power center) spread across a large area with on-site roads connecting separate buildings or uses.

CANOPY — (See "awning.")

CHANGEABLE COPY — Copy that changes at regular or irregular intervals, either manually or digitally.

DIRECTIONAL GRAPHIC — A street graphic at the exit or entrance of a premises that has two or

more driveways, or along the internal transportation network of a campus or shopping center style development.

EXTERNAL ILLUMINATION — Illumination of a sign that is affected by an artificial source of light not contained within the sign itself.

FACADE — (See also "signable area.") The side of a building below the eaves.

FACADE, BLANK — The side of a building below the eaves that is blank and does not have windows or architectural detail.

FLASHING ILLUMINATION — Illumination in which the artificial source of light is not maintained stationary or constant in intensity and color at all times when a street graphic is illuminated, including illuminated lighting.

GRAND OPENING GRAPHIC — A banner displayed on a premises on which a grand opening is in progress.

GRAPHIC — A street graphic or special street graphic, as defined by this chapter.

GROUND GRAPHIC — A street graphic supported by one or more uprights, posts, or bases placed upon or affixed in the ground and not attached to any part of a building. It includes a pole graphic and a monument graphic.

HEIGHT — The vertical distance measured from grade at the edge of the adjacent right-of-way to the highest point of the street graphic.

ILLUMINATION or ILLUMINATED — A source of any artificial or reflected light, either directly from a source of light incorporated in or indirectly from an artificial source, so shielded that no direct illumination from it is visible elsewhere than on and in the immediate vicinity of the street graphic.

INDIRECT ILLUMINATION — A source of external illumination, located away from the sign, that lights the sign, but which is itself not visible to persons viewing the sign from any street, sidewalk or adjacent property.

INTERNAL ILLUMINATION — A light source that is concealed or contained within the street graphic and becomes visible in darkness through a translucent surface.

ITEM OF INFORMATION — A word, an initial, logo, abbreviation, number, symbol, or geometric shape.

MARQUEE — A permanent structure, other than a roof, attached to, supported by, and projecting from a building and providing protection from the elements.

MONUMENT GRAPHIC — A ground graphic permanently affixed to the ground at its base, supported entirely by a base structure, and not mounted on a pole or poles.

MOVEMENT — (See also "animation.") Physical movement or revolution up or down, around, or sideways that completes a cycle of change.

MULTI-USE BUILDING — A building consisting of more than one nonresidential use.

NEON TUBE ILLUMINATION — A source of light for externally lit street graphics supplied by a neon tube that is bent to form letters, symbols, or other shapes.

NONCONFORMING STREET GRAPHIC — A street graphic that was lawfully constructed or installed prior to the adoption or amendment of this chapter and was in compliance with all of the provisions of this chapter then in effect, but which does not presently comply with this chapter. A street graphic is nonconforming only if its size, height, or setback exceeds the size, height, and

setback regulations in this chapter by more than 10%. If a premises has more street graphics than this chapter allows, any street graphic in excess of that number is nonconforming. The owner of the premises shall register with the Department of Development Services the street graphics it designates as nonconforming.

OCCUPANT — A use located in a multi-use building or shopping center.

PEAK — The highest point on a roof or the highest point on another architectural element that blocks the rear view of a street graphic.

POLE GRAPHIC — A freestanding street graphic that is permanently supported in a fixed location by a structure of poles, uprights, or braces from the ground and not supported by a building or a base structure.

PORTABLE GRAPHIC — A street graphic not permanently attached to the ground or a building or designed to be permanently attached to the ground or a building.

PREMISES — The lot or lots, plots, portions, or parcels of land considered as a unit for a single use or development, whether owned or leased, and not located in a shopping center or multi-use building.

PROJECTING GRAPHIC — A street graphic attached to and projecting from the wall of a building and not in the same plane as the wall.

ROOF GRAPHIC — (See also "above-roof graphic.") A street graphic that is displayed above the eaves and under the peak of a building.

SHOPPING CENTER — A nonresidential development under unified control consisting of three or more separate nonresidential establishments sharing a common building, or which are in separate buildings that share a common entranceway or parking area.

SIGNABLE AREA FOR PROJECTING GRAPHICS AND AWNINGS — One area enclosed by a

box or outline; or within a single continuous perimeter composed of a single rectangle, circle, triangle, or parallelogram enclosing the extreme limits of characters, lettering, illustrations, ornamentations, or other figures.

SIGNABLE AREA FOR ROOF AND WALL GRAPHICS — One area free of architectural details on the facade of a building or part of a building, which shall include the entire area enclosed by a box; or within a single continuous perimeter composed of a single rectangle, circle, triangle, or parallelogram enclosing the extreme limits of characters, lettering, illustrations, ornamentations, or other figures. A "facade" is the side of a building below the eaves.

SIZE — The total area of the face used to display a street graphic, not including its supporting poles or structures. If a graphic has two faces that are parallel, not more than two feet apart, and supported by the same poles or structures, the size of the graphic is 1/2 the area of the two faces.

SPECIAL EVENT GRAPHICS/SPECIAL STREET GRAPHIC — A street graphic, other than a ground, roof, or wall graphic, regulated by Subsection H of this section.

STREET GRAPHIC — A lettered, numbered, symbolic, pictorial, or illuminated visual display, not located inside a structure, designed to identify, announce, direct, or inform that is visible from a public or private right-of-way, including internal circulation roads for mall or campus-style settings. At least one item of information must be present in order for the display to be defined as a "street graphic."

TEMPORARY WINDOW GRAPHIC — A window graphic displayed for a limited period of time. TOWN CENTER — The central business district designated by Part 3, Zoning, of this chapter.

WALL GRAPHIC — A street graphic attached directly to an exterior wall of a building or dependent upon a building for support, with the exposed face of the graphic located in a place substantially parallel to the exterior building wall to which the graphic is attached or which supports the graphic.

WINDOW GRAPHIC — A street graphic applied, painted or affixed to or in the window of a building. A window graphic may be temporary or permanent.

D.

Ground graphics.

(1)

Where permitted and limitation on number. A premises may display ground graphics for on-premises activities in the following zoning districts and with the following restrictions on number of ground graphics:

(a)

In the CB, CC, CD, GS, IA, KBD2, MED, and PD, one on each street or highway on which the premises has frontage.

(b)

Only one ground graphic in the BP, RBV, RC, RD, WP, KL, and RV on one street or highway on which the premises has frontage.

(c)

Only one ground graphic in the PD2, KBD1, RA, RB1, RB2, RPDS, RR, RR2, RRES, and only when no other street graphics are erected, constructed, or placed on the premises.

(d)

All shoreland overlay zoning districts shall have the same limitations on the number of ground graphics as the underlying base district.

(2)

Size, setback, and height regulations. Ground graphics must comply with the following size, setback, and height regulations. Size shall be reduced by 10% for every 10 feet, or portion thereof, that a sign does not meet the proper distance between ground graphics in Subsection D(4).

DistrictSize (square feet)Setback (side and rear only) (feet)Height (feet)
CD, PD, IA2001025
CB, CC, KBD2, MED, PD2, RBV1201025
GS, KL, RD, RV501015
BP, KBD1, RA, RB1, RB2, RC, RPDS, RR, RR2, RRES, WP151015
All shoreland zoning districts, except GD121015
GD Shoreland Zoning District
(3)

A premises that displays a monument graphic as its only ground graphic may increase its size by up to 10%.

(4)

Distance between ground graphics. A ground graphic shall be at least 75 feet from any other ground graphic where the speed limit on the adjacent road is 35 mph or less. A ground graphic shall be at least 150 feet from any other ground graphic where the speed limit on the adjacent road is 36 mph to 45 mph. A ground graphic shall be at least 300 feet from any other ground

graphic where the speed limit on the adjacent road is more than 45 mph. These distances may be reduced, provided there is a corresponding reduction in the size of the sign, as outlined in Subsection D(2) of this section.

(5)

Shopping centers or campus style development. A shopping center or campus style development may display one ground graphic at each exit and entrance. A ground graphic displayed by a shopping center may exceed the area limitations for ground graphics by 25% if there are two businesses, 50% if there are three businesses, or 75% if there are more than three businesses. In no case shall any ground graphic for a single business be larger than the size allowed for a single business in the table in Subsection D(2) of this section. In no case shall the total size of the ground graphic be greater than 275 square feet. Occupants that do not have shared parking within a shopping center may display one ground graphic along the private road frontage near the entrance to their designated parking area in accordance with all provisions of this chapter.

(6)

Multi-use buildings. A multi-use building may have one ground graphic facing each street or highway on which the building has frontage, if no individual ground graphics are displayed by the occupants of the multi-use building. The maximum size restriction for such ground graphic may be increased by 25% if there are two businesses, 50% if there are three businesses, or 75% if there are more than three businesses. In no case shall any ground graphic for a single business be larger than the size allowed for a single business in the table in Subsection D(2) of this section. In no case shall the total size of the ground graphic be greater than 275 square feet.

(7)

Auto dealers. Auto dealers may install one ground graphic per franchise dealership they hold plus one additional ground graphic beyond the number of franchises they hold. No single ground graphic may be larger than the size allowed by Subsection D(2) of this section.

(8)

Landscaping. A landscaped area located around the base of the ground graphic equal to 2.5 square feet for each square foot of ground graphic area is required for all ground graphics. The landscaped area shall contain living landscape material consisting of shrubs, perennial ground cover plants, or a combination of both, placed throughout the required landscape area having a spacing of not greater than three feet on center. Where appropriate, the planting of required deciduous or evergreen trees, installed in a manner that frames or accents the ground graphics structure, is encouraged.

E.

Wall and roof graphics.

(1)

Where permitted. In the following zoning districts, a premises and each occupant of a shopping center or multi-use building may display wall or roof graphics, or a combination of both, on walls or roofs adjacent to each street, patron parking area consisting of more than 15 parking spaces, or highway on which it has frontage: all base zoning districts.

(2)

Signable area designation. The person displaying the street graphic shall select one signable area on each facade of the building that faces a property line that has frontage on a street or highway. As used in this subsection, a "signable area" is an area within a single continuous perimeter composed of a single rectangle, circle, triangle, or parallelogram enclosing the extreme limits of characters, lettering, illustrations, ornamentations, or other figures. The signable area is used to determine the size of the permitted street graphic, but not necessarily the location of the street graphic.

(a)

If the signable area exceeds 50% of the total area of the facade, the signable area that may be used shall be reduced to 30% of the calculated signable area. In no case shall the signable area be greater than 500 square feet.

(b)

In all shoreland overlay districts, except the GD District, the signable area shall not exceed 12 square feet. In the GD Shoreland Overlay District, the signable area shall be identical to that of the underlying base zoning district.

(3)

Sign structure or graphic display area allowed. The aggregate area of the wall and roof graphics a premises displays shall not exceed the following percentages of the signable area:

In the KBD1 district, 40% of the signable area. In all other districts, 60% of the signable area.

(4)

How displayed. The sign structure or graphic display area may be displayed as one or divided among two or more wall or roof graphics. If more than one wall or roof graphic is displayed, the total number of items of information displayed when aggregated shall not exceed the standard in Subsection J of this section.

(5)

Additional limitations. The following additional limitations apply to projecting graphics:

(a)

Wall graphics may be painted on or attached to or pinned away from the wall, but must not project from the wall by more than 12 inches and must not interrupt architectural details.

(b)

Roof graphics must not be more than 35 feet above grade.

(c)

Wall and roof graphics may not include electronic or digital changeable copy.

F.

Projecting graphics.

(1)

Where permitted. A premises, and each occupant of a shopping center or multi-use building, that does not display a ground graphic may display one projecting graphic on each street or highway frontage in the following zoning districts: all zoning districts.

(2)

Size of projecting graphics. Projecting graphics must comply with the following size regulations:

(a)

In all base districts, projecting signs shall be no larger than 50 square feet.

(b)

Projecting graphics shall not project above the roofline or 18 feet above grade, whichever is lower.

(3)

Signable area. Any signable area selected for display as a projecting graphic shall not exceed and shall be subtracted from the signable area allocated to wall and roof graphics permitted for each premises and each occupancy under Subsection E of this section.

(4)

Additional limitations. The following additional limitations apply to projecting graphics:

(a)

Projecting graphics must clear sidewalks by at least nine feet and may project no more than six feet from a building or the width of the sidewalk, whichever is less.

(b)

Projecting graphics must be pinned away from the wall at least six inches and must project from the wall at an angle of 90°.

(c)

Projecting graphics may not extend vertically above the windowsill of a third story.

G.

Awnings and marquees.

(1)

Where permitted. A premises, and each occupant of a shopping center or multi-use building, may display an awning on each street or highway frontage in the following zoning districts: all base zoning districts.

(2)

Signable area. A street graphic may be displayed on one signable area selected for display on an awning. It shall not exceed 40% of the area of the principal face of the awning and shall not exceed and shall be subtracted from the signable area selected for wall and roof graphics permitted for each premises and each occupancy under Subsection E of this section.

(3)

Height and width. Awnings must clear sidewalks by at least eight feet and may extend to within one foot of the vertical plane formed by the curb or the right-of-way line.

H.

Special street graphics.

(1)

Special event graphics. A premises, or an occupant of a shopping center or multi-use building, may display one or more special event graphics, with no size or height limitations, for no more than 14 days during any ninety-day period.

(2)

Window graphics. (Reserved)

(3)

Directional graphics. A premises, or an occupant of a multi-use building, may display one directional graphic at each entrance or exit not more than two square feet on two-lane streets or highways and on any highway with a posted travel speed less than 35 miles per hour, and not more than four square feet on multilane roads and on any highway with a posted travel speed greater than 35 miles per hour. Within a shopping center or campus style development, additional directional signage may be placed on site, which may be up to 45 square feet, but may not include items of information larger than six inches in height, must have all text in the same font, font size, and color for the entire street graphic with bold and italics in the same font allowed, may not be within 100 feet of a public road or street, and may not include an electronic message center or changeable copy.

(4)

Sandwich board graphics. A premises, or an occupant of a multi-use building, may display one sandwich board graphic if located in the KBD1, KBD2, and RD Districts. The following shall apply to all sandwich board signs:

(a)

The sandwich board shall measure no more than 24 inches wide and be between 30 and 40 inches tall; and

(b)

May not be more than 20 feet from the public entrance to the premises or occupant of a multi-use building with which it is associated; and

(c)

Shall not reduce the usable width of a public sidewalk to less than 4 1/2 feet; and

(d)

Shall not be placed within 20 feet of another sandwich board graphic; and

(e)

Shall be placed at the edge of the curb; and

(f)

Shall not obstruct or obscure vehicular stops, benches, fire hydrants, planters, or other street furniture and amenities requiring access; and

(g)

Shall be secured to prevent tipping; and

(h)

Shall not be electrified or have any moving parts; and

(i)

Shall be constructed of durable, weather-resistant material, finished and maintained in a clean and original appearance.

(5)

Manual changeable copy street graphics. Manual changeable copy street graphics shall meet the following standards:

(a)

Shall be permitted only in the following base zoning districts: BP, CB, CC, CD, KBD2, IA, PD, PD2, RC, RD, and RV.

(b)

Shall not comprise more than 50% of the total area of a ground graphic, except for movie theaters, where they may comprise 80% of the total area of a ground graphic.

(c)

Shall be exempt from the items of information allowance in Subsection J of this section.

(d)

Shall be permanently affixed to the ground or structure.

(6)

Electronic message center. Electronic message center (EMC) shall meet the following standards:

(a)

Shall be permitted only in the following base zoning districts: CB, CC, CD, KBD2, IA, PD, RD, and RV.

(b)

Shall not comprise more than 50% of the total area of a ground graphic.

(c)

Shall be exempt from the items of information allowance in Subsection J of this section.

(d)

Shall be permanently affixed to the ground or structure.

(e)

Shall not have a message that changes more often than once every four seconds.

(f)

Shall have automatic dimming capability that adjusts to the brightness of ambient light at all times of the day and night.

(7)

Temporary street graphics. Temporary street graphics shall be allowed in the following manner:

(a)

Contractor. One sign placed at a property where a contractor(s) is performing work may be installed without a permit as follows:

[1]

Sign shall not be larger than 24 inches by 18 inches, unless multiple contractors are working on the job and will create a common sign for all contractors. A project with multiple contractors displayed on a single sign shall not be larger than 48 inches by 96 inches.

[2]

Signs shall not be placed more than seven calendar days prior to the start of a contractor's job and shall be removed within seven calendar days of the completion of the job. Signs for jobs that require a building permit are considered to start on the date the building permit is issued and end on the date a certificate of occupancy is issued. Signs for jobs that do not require a building permit shall not be placed for more than 30 calendar days during any one calendar year.

(8)

Banner and light pole street graphics. On private property or along private roads, owners may attach banners or other street graphics to up to 50% of the light poles in a parking field or along a private road. The banners or other street graphics may change up to four times a year without getting a new permit beyond the initial permit required. Each banner or other street graphic may be up to 15 square feet in area, and no pole may have more than two banners or one other street

graphic attached. Banners and other street graphics attached to light poles may not have points of attachment to more than one light pole.

(9)

Service organization signs. The City shall allow official signs within the public right-of-way for international service organizations that have chapters and organized meetings within the City, but don't own or rent permanent space, as follows:

(a)

Sign dimensions shall meet Maine DOT Official Business Directory sign dimensions and specifications; or

(b)

Round signs shall not exceed 18 inches in diameter.

(c)

All signs shall be installed in locations and a manner approved by the City Public Works Director, who may require that signs be installed only by the Public Works Department.

I.

Illumination and movement.

(1)

Movement prohibited. A street graphic may not be animated or give the illusion of animation and may not have exposed bare-bulb or flashing illumination.

(2)

Illumination permitted. A street graphic may be illuminated in the following zoning districts:

RA, RB1, RB2, WP, All Shoreland Zones (except GD Zone)KBD1, KBD2, RBV, Shoreland GD, Business ProfessionalCB, CC, CD, MED, PD, PD2, KL, IA, RD, RC, RR, RRES, RPDS, RV, RR2
External illumination onlyInternal and external illuminationInternal and external illumination
(3)

Illumination requirements. A permanent street graphic may be nonilluminated, illuminated by internal, internal indirect or external indirect illumination. Street graphics that are externally lit shall be illuminated only with steady, stationary, down-directed, and shielded light sources directed solely onto the sign.

(4)

Glare. Any lighting fixture on a street graphic that is located within 10 feet of the line of a residential zoning district or an existing residential use, or within 10 feet of a public right-of-way, shall be aimed away from the property line, residential use or zoning district or public right-of-way; classified as an IESNA Type III or Type IV lighting fixture; and shielded on the side closest to the property line, residential use, zoning district, or public right-of-way.

(5)

Special district standards.

Internal illumination color requirements. In the Medical (MED), Kennebec Locks (KL) and Riggs Brook Village District (RBV), all internally illuminated signs must use a dark-colored background with a light-colored copy.

J.

Items of information allowance.

(1)

Items of information allowed. Each street graphic displayed on a premises or by an occupant of shopping center or multi-use building may contain up to 15 items of information.

(2)

Exclusions. The following do not count as items of information:

(a)

Any item two inches or less in height that would otherwise qualify as an item of information.

(b)

Letters carved into or securely attached in such a way that they are:

[1]

Not illuminated apart from the building, are not made of a reflecting material, and do not contrast sharply in color with the building; and

[2]

Do not exceed two inches in thickness.

(c)

Changeable copy.

K.

Street graphics prohibited. The following street graphics are prohibited:

(1)

Graphics which, by color, location, or design, resemble or conflict with traffic control signs or signals.

(2)

Above-roof graphics.

(3)

Any other street graphic not permitted by this chapter.

L.

Street graphics exempt. The following street graphics are exempt from the regulations contained in this chapter:

(1)

Street graphics required by law, including E911 assigned addresses with numbers and letters 12 inches in height or less; and

(2)

Public notices or other street graphic required by a governmental entity; and

(3)

Any street graphic integrated into or on a coin-operated machine, vending machine, gasoline pump, parking lot cart corral, or telephone booth; and

(4)

A street graphic that cannot be viewed and read by a person with 20/20 vision from a public or private right-of-way or access road; and

(5)

A street graphic no larger than four square feet placed at the entrance and/or exit of a property to a public or private right-of-way that conveys directional information; and

(6)

A single street graphic offering for sale the real estate on which it is displayed, with the following size limitations:

All Residential Zones and Shoreland Zones (other than GD Zone) (square feet)KBD1, KBD2, BP, WP (square feet)CB, CC, CD, MED, PD, PD2, IA, RR, RRES, RPDS, RV, RR2 (square feet)
62032
(7)

A street graphic less than two square feet in size posting a property for no trespassing, no hunting, no fishing, or other similar restrictions of public use on private property; and

(8)

A ground graphic posted in the public right-of-way of a street and categorized as an official business direction sign (OBDS) as per 23 M.R.S.A. § 1906 shall be permitted under the following conditions:

(a)

Shall adhere to all Maine Department of Transportation rules;

(b)

Shall not exceed one foot by four feet;

(c)

Owners of property within 200 feet of the prospective OBDS in the following districts shall be notified and afforded 14 calendar days for comment: RA, RBI, RB2, RBV, RC, RD, RR, RR2, RRES, RPDS.

(d)

Evidence shall be provided by the applicant or the State of Maine that the proposed OBDS is within a public right-of-way.

(e)

Inside the urban compact, OBDS shall be allowed in the following locations:

Name of StreetLocation

Western AvenueFrom Whitten Road west to the City limits Riverside Drive

Eastern AvenueFrom a point 1,500 feet west of Cony Road

to the compact area limits

Northern AvenueFrom a point 1,500 feet south of Townsend

Road to its terminus at West River Road

West River Road

Mount Vernon AvenueFrom Bond Street to a point 1,500 feet south

of its intersection with Bond Brook Road

Civic Center DriveFrom Bond Brook Road to the compact area

limits

Prescott Road Leighton Road Townsend Road Whitten Road

Old Belgrade Road Hospital Street

Old Winthrop RoadWest of the I-95 overpass

Route 3

4-2-2015 by Ord. No.

15-057]

From a point 1,500 feet east of West River Road to a point 1,500 feet west of Riverside Drive.

(9)

A street graphic carried by a person; and

(10)

A street graphic where the items of information measure two inches in height or less on any door used to access a business.

M.

Nonconforming street graphics.

(1)

Street graphics that are nonconforming due to their size, height, location on a building, lighting, or exceed the number of signs allowed on a site shall be brought into conformance by the owner within 10 years of the effective date of this chapter. Any street graphic that received a variance from a previous ordinance shall not be considered nonconforming.

(2)

Nonconforming signs may be removed for repair, but shall not have a change in copy or location

without coming into full conformance with this chapter.

(3)

When the owner(s) of a sign close their doors to the public for more than 60 calendar days, or otherwise cease operations, they shall:

(a)

Remove all nonconforming signage and sign-supporting structures within 180 days from the day of closure; and

(b)

Remove all conforming signage and sign supporting structures within 365 days from the date of closure.

N.

Installation, maintenance and removal.

(1)

All street graphics shall be erected, constructed, applied, fastened, supported, and maintained so they shall in no way endanger, obstruct, or inconvenience pedestrian or vehicular traffic; be a hazard to people or property; or present a derelict appearance.

(2)

Signage which fails to meet the requirements of this chapter and/or threatens the safety of the public shall be made safe, upgraded, or removed upon written notice of the Code Enforcement Officer. Corrective action shall be taken by the sign owner/lessee.

(3)

Derelict street graphic structures. Remove all conforming or nonconforming street graphic structures that are not in use by the present owner of the property for the purpose of displaying a street graphic. For such structures in existence at the time of passage of this chapter, removal shall occur within 365 days of the effective date of this chapter. For such structures that come into existence after the effective date of this chapter, removal shall occur within 180 days of the removal of a street graphic from the structure.

O.

Permits.

(1)

Permit required. No person shall erect or display a street graphic unless the Code Enforcement Officer has issued a permit for the street graphic or this section exempts the street graphic from the permit requirement.

(2)

Application. A person proposing to erect or display a street graphic shall file an application for a permit with the Code Enforcement Officer. The Code Enforcement Officer shall have the authority to create an application form that requires the information necessary to establish compliance with this chapter, including but not limited to sketch drawings of the proposed street graphic that include all dimensions of the proposed graphic.

§ 300-517Traffic impact analysis standards

A.

Intent. A traffic impact analysis shall be provided to include a determination of the travel demand generated by the development, the identification of deficiencies in the existing and proposed transportation systems, and the identification of the improvements necessary to maintain acceptable levels of service, in order to help prevent deterioration in the quality of service of the City's existing transportation system and to ensure sufficient access to the development. The traffic impact analysis shall be prepared under the supervision of a State of Maine registered professional engineer with specific training in traffic and transportation engineering, and with experience related to preparing traffic studies for existing or proposed developments.

B.

Standard. The City Engineer may request the developer to submit a prepared traffic and/or parking impact report for any proposed development where the proposed development is calculated to

generate an increase of more than 35 new vehicle trips during the peak hour (times when the highest traffic volumes are recorded, generally 7:00 to 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m.). Additional traffic impact analysis standards are outlined in the City of Augusta Technical Standards Handbook, Chapter 5.

Special Use Standards

Article VIISpecial Use Standards

§ 300-518Sexually oriented businesses

Amended

This section shall be known and cited as the "City of Augusta Sexually Oriented Business Ordinance" and will be referred to herein as "this section." This section limits sexually oriented businesses to the zoning district(s) specified under this chapter; prescribes definitions of sexually oriented businesses; provides for permitting and regulation of sexually oriented businesses; and provides for additional miscellaneous standards for sexually oriented businesses.

A.

Authority and applicability.

(1)

This section is adopted pursuant to the enabling provisions of Article VIII, Part 2, § 1, of the Maine Constitution; the provisions of the Municipal Home Rule Authority, 30-A M.R.S.A.

§ 3001 et seq.; and the provisions of the Planning and Land Use Regulation Act, 30-A M.R.S.A.

§ 4312 et seq.

(2)

Persons or entities wishing to establish a sexually oriented business within the City of Augusta shall first obtain a permit from the City and shall be subject to the provisions of this section.

B.

Purpose. It is the purpose of this section to regulate sexually oriented businesses in order to promote the health, safety, and general welfare of the citizens of the City and to establish reasonable and uniform regulations to prevent the deleterious location and concentration of sexually oriented businesses within the City. The provisions of this section have neither the purpose nor effect of imposing a limitation or restriction on the content of any communicative materials, including sexually oriented materials. Similarly, it is not the intent nor effect of this section to restrict or deny access by adults to sexually oriented materials protected by the First Amendment, or to deny access by the distributors and exhibitors of sexually oriented entertainment to their intended market. Neither is it the intent nor effect of this section to condone or legitimize the distribution of obscene material.

C.

Definitions. As used in this section, unless the context otherwise indicates, the following items have the following meanings:

ADULT ARCADE — Any place to which the public is permitted or invited wherein coin-operated, slug-operated, or for any form of consideration, electronically, electrically, or mechanically controlled still or motion-picture machines, projectors, video or laser disc players or other image-producing devices are maintained to show images to five or fewer persons per machine at any one time, and where the images so displayed are distinguished or characterized by the depicting or describing of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.

ADULT BOOKSTORE, ADULT NOVELTY STORE or ADULT VIDEO STORE — A commercial

establishment where greater than 50% of its floor area or stock-in-trade is the offering for sale or rental for any form of consideration any one or more of the following:

(1)

Books, magazines, periodicals or other printed matter, or photographs, films, motion pictures, video cassettes or video reproductions, slides, or other visual representations which are characterized by the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas; or

(2)

Instruments, devices, or paraphernalia which are designed for use in connection with specified sexual activities. A commercial establishment may have other principal business purposes that

do not involve the offering for sale or rental of material depicting or describing specified sexually activities or specified anatomical areas and still be categorized as an adult bookstore, adult novelty store, or adult video store. Such other business purposes will not serve to exempt such commercial establishments from being categorized as an adult bookstore, adult novelty store, or adult video store so long as greater than 50% of its floor area or stock-in-trade is the offering for sale or rental for consideration the specified materials which are characterized by the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.

ADULT CABARET — A nightclub, bar, restaurant, or similar commercial establishment which regularly features:

(1)

Persons who appear in a state of nudity or seminude; or

(2)

Live performances which are characterized by the exposure of specified anatomical areas or by specified sexual activities; or

(3)

Films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides or other photographic reproductions which are characterized by the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.

ADULT MOTEL — A hotel, motel or similar commercial establishment which:

(1)

Offers accommodations to the public for any form of consideration; provides patrons with closed-circuit television transmissions, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other photographic reproductions which are characterized by the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas; and has a sign visible from the public right-of-way which advertises the availability of this adult type of photographic reproductions; or

(2)

Offers a sleeping room for rent for a period of time that is less than four hours; or

(3)

Allows a tenant or occupant of a sleeping room to subrent the room for a period of time that is less than four hours.

ADULT MOTION-PICTURE THEATER — A commercial establishment where, for any form of consideration, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or similar photographic reproductions are regularly shown which are characterized by the depiction or description of specified sexual activities.

ADULT THEATER — A theater, concert hall, auditorium, or similar commercial establishment which regularly features persons who appear in a state of nudity or seminude, or live performances which are characterized by the exposure of specified sexual activities.

ESTABLISHMENT — Includes any of the following:

(1)

The opening or commencement of any sexually oriented business as a new business;

(2)

The conversion of an existing business, whether or not a sexually oriented business, to any sexually oriented business;

(3)

The additions of any sexually oriented business to any other existing sexually oriented business; or

(4)

The relocation of any sexually oriented business.

PERMITTEE — A person in whose name a permit to operate a sexually oriented business has been issued, as well as the individual listed as an applicant on the application for a permit.

PERSON — An individual, proprietorship, partnership, corporation, association, or other legal entity. REGULARLY — A recurring and/or substantial course of conduct.

SEXUALLY ORIENTED BUSINESS — An adult arcade, adult bookstore, adult novelty store, adult video store, adult cabaret, adult motel, adult motion-picture theater, adult theater.

SPECIFIED CRIMINAL ACTIVITY — Any of the following offenses:

(1)

Prostitution or promotion of prostitution; dissemination of obscenity; sale, distribution or display of harmful material to a minor; sexual performance by a child; possession or distribution of child pornography; public lewdness; indecent exposure; indecency with a child; engaging in organized criminal activity; sexual assault; molestation of a child; gambling; or distribution of a controlled substance; or any similar offenses to those described above under the criminal or penal code of the State of Maine, other states or countries, for which:

(a)

Less than two years have elapsed since the date of conviction or the date of release from confinement imposed for the conviction, whichever is the later date, if the conviction is of a misdemeanor offense;

(b)

Less than five years have elapsed since the date of conviction or the date of release from confinement for the conviction, whichever is the later date, if the conviction is of a felony offense; or

(c)

Less than five years have elapsed since the date of the last conviction or the date of release from confinement for the last conviction, whichever is the later date, if the convictions are of two or more misdemeanor offenses or combination of misdemeanor offenses occurring within any twenty-four-month period.

(2)

The fact a conviction is being appealed shall have no effect on the disqualification of the applicant or a person residing with the applicant.

SPECIFIED SEXUAL ACTIVITIES — Any of the following:

(1)

The erotic touching or display of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus, or female breasts;

(2)

Sex acts, normal or perverted, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral copulation, masturbation, or sodomy; or

(3)

Excretory functions as part of or in connection with any of the activities set forth in Subsections

(1) and (2) above.

SUBSTANTIAL ENLARGEMENT OF A SEXUALLY ORIENTED BUSINESS — The increase in

floor areas occupied by the business by more than 25%, as the floor areas exist on the date this section takes effect.

TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP OR CONTROL OF A SEXUALLY ORIENTED BUSINESS —

Includes any of the following:

(1)

The sale, lease, or sublease of the business;

(2)

The transfer of securities which constitute a controlling interest in the business, whether by sale, exchange, or similar means; or

(3)

The establishment of a trust, gift, or other similar legal device which transfers the ownership or

control of the business.

D.

Classification. Sexually oriented businesses are classified as follows:

(1)

Adult arcades;

(2)

Adult bookstores, adult novelty stores, or adult video stores;

(3)

Adult cabarets;

(4)

Adult motels;

(5)

Adult motion-picture theaters;

(6)

Adult theaters.

E.

Permit required. No person may establish, expand, operate or maintain a sexually oriented business without first obtaining a nontransferable, conditional use permit from the Augusta Planning Board, and a sexually oriented business permit following a public hearing from the City Licensing Board. A sexually oriented business permit shall be required to be renewed thereafter on an annual basis by the City Licensing Board.

F.

It is a violation of this section for any person to operate a sexually oriented business without a valid conditional use permit and a sexually oriented business permit issued by the City pursuant to this section.

G.

Application procedure.

(1)

The initial conditional use permit application, with all required materials, shall be made to the Augusta Planning Board in accordance with § 300-603 of this chapter and shall include a completed permit application to operate a sexually oriented business. Application materials are available at the City Planning Office.

(2)

Initial and annual renewal applications for a sexually oriented business permit shall be filed with the Augusta City Clerk's office. This application form is available at the City Clerk's office.

(3)

All applicants must be qualified according to the provisions of this section. The application may request and the applicant shall provide such information as to enable the City to determine whether the applicant meets the qualifications established in this section.

(4)

Application to operate a sexually oriented business. The following information shall be provided by the applicant for either a conditional use or a sexually oriented business permit application. Application forms are available at the City Planning Office and at the office of the City Clerk.

(a)

If a person who wishes to operate a sexually oriented business is an individual, the person must sign the application for a permit as applicant. If a person who wishes to operate a sexually oriented business is other than an individual, each individual who has a 20% or greater interest in the business must sign the application for a permit as applicant. Each applicant must be qualified under the following section, and each applicant shall be considered a permittee if a permit is granted.

(b)

The completed application for a sexually oriented business permit shall contain the following information and shall be accompanied by the following documents:

[1]

If the applicant is:

[a]

An individual, the individual shall state his/her legal name and any aliases and submit proof that he/she is 18 years of age;

[b]

A partnership, the partnership shall state its complete name and the names of all partners, whether the partnership is general or limited, and a copy of the partnership agreement, if any;

[c]

A corporation, the corporation shall state its complete name, the date of its incorporation, evidence that the corporation is in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, the names and capacity of all officers, directors and principal stockholders, and the name of the registered corporate agent and the address of the registered office for service of process.

[2]

If the applicant intends to operate the sexually oriented business under a name other than that of the applicant, he or she must state:

[a]

The sexually oriented business' fictitious name; and

[b]

Submit the required registration documents.

[3]

Whether the applicant, or a person residing with the applicant, has been convicted of a specified criminal activity as defined in this section, and, if so, the specified criminal activity involved, the date, place, and jurisdiction of each.

[4]

Whether the applicant, or a person residing with the applicant, has had a previous permit under this section or other similar sexually oriented business ordinances from another town, City or county denied, suspended or revoked, including the name and location of the sexually oriented business for which the permit was denied, suspended or revoked, as well as the date of the denial, suspension or revocation, and whether the applicant or a person residing with the applicant has been a partner in a partnership or an officer, director or principal stockholder of a corporation that is permitted under this section whose permit has previously been denied, suspended or revoked, including the name and location of the sexually oriented business for which the permit was denied, suspended or revoked as well as the date of denial, suspension or revocation.

[5]

Whether the applicant or a person residing with the applicant holds any other permits under this section or other similar sexually oriented business ordinance from another town, City or county and, if so, the names and locations of such other permitted businesses.

[6]

The single classification of permit for which the applicant is filing.

[7]

The location of the proposed sexually oriented business, including a legal description of the property, street address, and telephone number(s), if any.

[8]

The applicant's mailing address and residential address.

[9]

The applicant's driver's license number, social security number, and/or his/her state or federally issued tax identification number.

[10]

A sketch or diagram showing the interior configuration of the premises, including a

statement of total floor space occupied by the business. The sketch or diagram need not be professionally prepared, but it must be drawn to a designated scale or drawn with marked dimensions of the interior of the premises to an accuracy of plus or minus six inches.

[11]

If an applicant wishes to operate a sexually oriented business, other than an adult motel, which shall exhibit on the premises, in a viewing room or booth of less than 150 square feet of floor space, films, video cassettes, specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas, then the applicant shall comply with the application requirements set forth in this section.

H.

Standards for obtaining initial conditional use permit. An application for a conditional use permit shall be acted upon by the Planning Board in accordance with § 300-603 of this chapter and shall meet the criteria identified in § 300-603E of this chapter and shall meet the sexually oriented business performance standards identified in Subsection J of this section.

I.

Standards for obtaining a sexually oriented business permit.

(1)

Within 30 days after receipt of a completed sexually oriented business application, the City Licensing Board shall approve or deny after a public hearing the issuance of a permit to an applicant. The City shall approve the issuance of a permit to an applicant unless it is determined by a preponderance of the evidence that one or more of the following findings is true:

(a)

An application for a sexually oriented business permit fails to meet all of the performance standards identified in Subsection J below.

(b)

An applicant is under 18 years of age.

(c)

An applicant or a person with whom applicant is residing is overdue in payment to the City of taxes, fees, or penalties assessed against or imposed upon him/her in relation to any business.

(d)

An applicant has failed to provide information reasonably necessary for issuance of the permit or has falsely answered a question or request for information on the application form.

(e)

An applicant or a person with whom the applicant is residing has been denied a permit by the City to operate a sexually oriented business within the preceding 12 months or whose permit to operate a sexually oriented business has been revoked within the preceding 12 months.

(f)

An applicant or a person with whom the applicant is residing has been convicted of a specified criminal activity.

(g)

The permit fee required by this section has not been paid.

(h)

An applicant of the proposed establishment is in violation of or is not in compliance with any of the provisions of this section.

(2)

The permit, if granted, shall state on its face the name of the person or persons to whom it is granted, the expiration date, the address of the sexually oriented business and the classification for which the permit is issued. All permits shall be posted in a conspicuous place at or near the entrance to the sexually oriented business so that they may be easily read at any time.

J.

Sexually oriented businesses performance standards.

(1)

General zoning standards.

(a)

Sexually oriented businesses may be operated only in the Industrial Zone (IA) as described in this chapter.

(b)

Sexually oriented businesses may not be operated within 500 feet of any protected use as set forth below:

[1]

A church, synagogue, mosque, temple or building which is used primarily for religious worship and related religious activities;

[2]

A public or private education or other similar facility serving anyone under 18 years of age, including but not limited to child day-care facilities, teen centers, nursery schools, preschools, kindergartens, elementary schools, private schools, intermediate schools, junior high schools, middle schools, high schools, vocational schools, secondary schools, continuation schools, special education schools, junior colleges, and universities; "school" includes the school grounds;

[3]

Any business oriented to serving anyone under 18 years of age, including instruction in sports such as gymnastics or dance;

[4]

A public park or recreational area, including but not limited to a park, playground, nature trails, swimming pool, reservoir, athletic field, basketball or tennis courts, pedestrian/bicycle paths, wilderness areas, or other similar public land within the City.

(c)

Sexually oriented businesses may not be operated within 250 feet of a boundary of a Residential District as defined in this chapter.

(d)

For the purpose of Subsection J(1)(b) of this section, measurement shall be made in a straight line, without regard to the intervening structures or objects, from the nearest portion of the building or structure used as the part of the premises where a sexually oriented business is conducted, to the nearest property line of the premises of a use listed in Subsection J(1)(b). Structures include outdoor uses, such as a drive-in movie theater, but do not include parking facilities.

(e)

Any sexually oriented business lawfully operating on the effective date of this section that is in violation of Subsection J(1) of this section shall be deemed a nonconforming use. The nonconforming use will be permitted to continue for a period not to exceed one year, unless sooner terminated for any reason or voluntarily discontinued for a period of 30 days or more. Such nonconforming uses shall not be increased, enlarged, extended, or altered except that the use may be changed to a conforming use.

(f)

No protected use as described in Subsection J(1)(b) of this section may be located within 500 feet of an existing or permitted sexually oriented business.

(2)

Standards pertaining to exhibition of sexually explicit films, videos, or live entertainment in viewing rooms. A person who operates or causes to be operated a sexually oriented business, other than an adult motel, which exhibits on the premises, in a viewing room of less than 150 square feet of floor space, a film, video cassette, live entertainment, or other video reproduction which depicts specified sexual activities shall comply with the following requirements:

(a)

Upon application for a sexually oriented permit, the application shall be accompanied by a diagram of the premises showing a plan thereof specifying the location of one or more manager's stations and the location of all overhead lighting fixtures and designating any portion of the premises in which patrons will not be permitted. A manager's station may not exceed 32 square feet of floor area. The diagram shall also designate the place at which the permit will be conspicuously posted, if granted. A professionally prepared diagram in the nature of an engineer's or architect's blueprint shall not be required; however, each diagram shall be drawn to a designated scale or with marked dimensions sufficient to show the various internal dimensions of all areas of the interior of the premises to an accuracy of plus or minus six inches. The City waives the foregoing diagram for renewal applications if the applicant adopts a diagram that was previously submitted and certifies that the configuration of the premises has not been altered since it was prepared.

(b)

The application shall be sworn to be true and correct by the applicant.

(c)

No alteration in the configuration or location of a manager's station may be made without the prior approval of the City.

(d)

It is the duty of the permittee of the premises to ensure that at least one employee is on duty and situated in each manager's station at all times that any patron is present inside the premises.

(e)

The interior of the premises shall be configured in such a manner that there is an unobstructed view from a manager's station of every area of the premises to which any patron is permitted access for any purpose, excluding restrooms. Restrooms may not contain video reproduction equipment. If the premises has two or more manager's stations designated, then the interior of the premises shall be configured in such a manner that there is an unobstructed view of each area of the premises to which any patron is permitted access for any purpose from at least one of the manager's stations. The view required in this subsection must be by direct line of sight from the manager's station.

(f)

It shall be the duty of the permittee to ensure that the view area specified in Subsection J(2)(e) remains unobstructed by any doors, curtains, partitions, walls, merchandise, display racks or other materials and, at all times, to ensure that no patron is permitted access to any area of the premises which has been designated as an area in which patrons will not be permitted in the application filed pursuant to Subsection J(2)(a) of this section.

(g)

No viewing room may be occupied by more than one person at any time.

(h)

The premises shall be equipped with overhead lighting fixtures of sufficient intensity to illuminate every place to which patrons are permitted access at an illumination of not less than five footcandles as measured at the floor level.

(i)

It shall be the duty of the permittee to ensure that the illumination described above is maintained at all times that any patron is present in the premises.

(j)

No permittee shall allow openings of any kind to exist between viewing booths or rooms.

(k)

No person shall make or attempt to make an opening of any kind between viewing booths or rooms.

(l)

The permittee shall, during each business day, regularly inspect the walls between the viewing booths to determine if any openings or holes exist.

(m)

The permittee shall cause all floor coverings in viewing booths to be nonporous, easily cleanable surfaces, with no rugs or carpeting.

(n)

The permittee shall cause all wall surfaces and ceiling surfaces in viewing booths to be constructed of, or permanently covered by, nonporous, easily cleanable material. No wood, plywood, composition board or other porous material shall be used within 48 inches of the floor.

(3)

Prohibition against children in a sexually oriented business. A person commits a violation if the person knowingly allows a person under the age of 18 years on the premises of a sexually oriented business.

(4)

Hours of operation. No sexually oriented business may remain open at any time between the hours of 1:00 a.m. and 8:00 a.m. on weekdays and Saturdays, and 1:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon on Sundays.

K.

Fees.

(1)

Every application for a sexually oriented business permit (whether for a new permit or for renewal of an existing permit) shall be accompanied by a nonrefundable application and investigation fee, as established by the Augusta City Council.

(2)

In addition to the application and investigation fee required above, every sexually oriented business that is granted a permit (new or renewal) shall pay the City an annual nonrefundable permit fee prior to issuance or renewal as established by the Augusta City Council.

(3)

All permit/license applications and fees shall be submitted to the City.

L.

Inspection.

(1)

An applicant or permittee shall allow representatives of the Police Department, Health Department, Fire Department, Code Enforcement, or other town or state departments or agencies to inspect the premises of a sexually oriented business for the purpose of insuring compliance with the law, at any time it is occupied or open for business.

(2)

A person who operates a sexually oriented business or his agent or employee commits a violation if he refuses to allow such lawful inspection of the premises at any time it is open for business.

M.

Expiration of permit.

(1)

Each permit shall expire one year from the date of issuance and may be renewed only by making application as provided in this section. Application for renewal shall be made at least 30 days before the expiration date, and when made less than 30 days before the expiration date, the expiration of the permit will not be affected.

(2)

When the City Licensing Board denies renewal of a permit, the applicant shall not be issued a permit for one year from the date of denial. If, subsequent to denial, the City finds that the basis for denial of the renewal permit has been corrected or abated, the applicant may be granted a permit.

N.

Suspension. The City Licensing Board shall suspend a permit for a period not to exceed 30 days if it determines that a permittee has:

(1)

Violated or is not in compliance with any subsection of this section;

(2)

Refused to allow an inspection of the sexually oriented business premises as authorized by this Part 5. There shall be immediate cessation of business activities upon suspension of permit until the issues are appropriately adjudicated.

O.

Revocation.

(1)

The City Council, upon recommendation from the Licensing Board, may revoke a permit if a cause of suspension occurs and the license has been suspended within the preceding 12 months. There shall be immediate cessation of business activities upon revocation of permit until the issues are appropriately adjudicated.

(2)

The City Council shall revoke a permit if it determines that:

(a)

A permittee gave false or misleading information in the material submitted during the application process;

(b)

A permittee has knowingly allowed possession, use, or sale of controlled substances on the premises;

(c)

A permittee has knowingly allowed prostitution on the premises;

(d)

A permittee knowingly operated the sexually oriented business during a period of time when the permittee's license was suspended;

(e)

Except in the case of an adult motel, a permittee has knowingly allowed any sex act to occur in or on the permitted premises.

(3)

When the City Council revokes a permit, the revocation shall continue for one year, and the permittee shall not be issued a sexually oriented business permit for one year from the date the revocation became effective. If, subsequent to revocation, the City finds that the basis for the revocation has been corrected or abated, the applicant may be granted a license.

(4)

After denial of an application, or denial of a renewal of an application, or suspension or revocation of any permit, the applicant or permittee may file an appeal.

P.

Transfer of license. A permittee shall not transfer his/her permit to another, nor shall a permittee operate a sexually oriented business under the authority of a license at any place other than the address designated in the application.

Q.

Violation.

(1)

Enforcement. The City or its designees shall enforce this section.

(2)

Penalties. A person who operates or causes to be operated a sexually oriented business without a valid permit or is in violation of this section is subject to penalty under 30-A M.R.S.A. § 4452.

R.

Appeals. Administrative appeals and variance applications submitted under this section shall be subject to the standards and procedures established by the Board of Appeals.

§ 300-519Automobile businesses

Amended

A.

Required application information. In addition to site plan requirements outlined in § 300-601D, application for a permit shall contain the following information:

(1)

The manner in which car wash, waste, drainage and stormwater, as well as petroleum products, are to be disposed of.

(2)

The precise location of all (above and below ground) tanks, pumps, lifts, and other fixed equipment and appurtenances.

B.

Regulations. Except where so indicated, every automobile sales and service business, car wash, convenience store with gas pumps, filling station and motor vehicle service station shall be subject to and comply with the following restrictions and regulations:

(1)

All new or expanding automobile sales businesses licensed pursuant to M.R.S.A. Title 29-A as a new or used motor vehicle dealer shall provide for buffering along roadways and abutting residential boundary lines in accordance with buffer yard requirements, except that, notwithstanding any other provisions of this chapter, buffer yards along roadways may be a minimum of five feet wide, provided that the minimum number of plants per 100 feet of buffer length shall be as specified for Buffer Yard A under Table 300-502-B, and that the required numbers of types of trees and shrubs shall be spaced, in the discretion of the applicant, in a manner that will permit their healthy growth. All areas within a buffer yard not covered by trees and shrubs shall be planted with grass, flowers, or other suitable ground cover. (See § 300-502.)

(2)

Auto service/repair/filling station/convenience store with gas pumps/car wash. On any premises upon which there is located a car wash or motor vehicle service station, all services or repairs to or for motor vehicles shall be conducted within the confines of a building. There is excepted from this provision the sale and supply of oil and gasoline, the inspection and filling of tires and batteries, and other services customarily incidental to the sale of gasoline, oil and automobile supplies and accessories, which do not include major repairs, installations and replacements.

(a)

Illumination and lighting situated or directed upon car washes or motor vehicle service stations shall be by floodlights only which are adjusted so that the light therefrom does not shine on any street or residential property. Such floodlights shall be extinguished during closed business operations on said lot; safety or protection lights may be used after closing time, providing the illumination therefrom does not extend beyond the premises for which such safety or protection light is provided.

(b)

All vehicle service bays shall be located on the sides of buildings away from residential properties to the extent possible.

(c)

Every gasoline or oil tank, pump or filling appliance which is situated or erected out of doors shall meet the front yard requirements of § 300-515 and be at least 10 feet from the side and rear line of the premises whereon the same is situated. These setbacks shall apply unless greater setbacks are required by applicable state or federal law.

(d)

All gas pump island canopies shall meet the setback requirements for principal structures on highways having three lanes or less. On four-lane highways/roads, the canopy setback may be reduced to 15 feet.

(e)

All filling stations and/or convenience stores having gasoline refueling facilities shall provide public restrooms.

(f)

Car washes shall be designed so that maximum queuing can occur on site before entering wash bays and shall intercept maximum water dripping from vehicles as they exit the bays so that it does not create ice problems in the street.

(3)

Auto sales business (may include service/wash facilities).

(a)

All automobile sales businesses shall designate parking for outdoor vehicle display areas in addition to required customer and employee parking.

(b)

All automobile sales businesses shall design for the loading and unloading of vehicles from vehicle carriers on site.

(c)

Manufactured home and/or motor home sales and service shall design their accessways to accommodate large turning radii so that when entering and exiting the site transporters do not encroach on oncoming travel lanes.

§ 300-520Campgrounds and campsites

A.

Campgrounds. Campgrounds shall conform to the minimum requirements imposed under state licensing procedures and the following:

(1)

Campgrounds shall contain a minimum of 5,000 square feet of land, not including roads and driveways, for each site. Land supporting wetland vegetation, and land below the normal high-water line of a water body, shall not be included in calculating land area per site.

(2)

The areas intended for placement of a recreational vehicle, tent or shelter, and utility service buildings shall be set back a minimum of 100 feet from the normal high-water line of a great pond classified GPA or a river flowing to a great pond classified GPA, and 75 feet from the normal high-water line of other water bodies, tributary streams, or the upland edge of a wetland.

(3)

No recreational vehicle or tent shall be used for temporary dwelling except in an approved campground.

(4)

In the Rural Ponds District, campgrounds shall be required to comply with Chapter 3 of the Phosphorous Control in Lake Watersheds Manual prepared by the Maine Department of Environmental Protection, September 1989, as amended.

(5)

In any other district in which campgrounds are permitted, the following minimum standards shall apply:

(a)

Campgrounds shall provide water and sewerage systems, sanitary stations, and convenience facilities, in accordance with the regulations set forth by the Maine Department of Human Services.

(b)

No single site shall be less than 50 feet in width.

(c)

All campgrounds shall be completely screened with vegetation from adjacent land areas and from public roads, except that safe visual clearances shall be provided at each vehicular entrance to and exit from the campground.

(d)

A minimum of 155 square feet off-street parking space plus adequate maneuvering space shall be provided for each site.

B.

Individual private campsites. Individual private campsites not associated with campgrounds are permitted, provided the following conditions are met:

(1)

One campsite per lot existing on the effective date of this chapter, or 30,000 square feet of lot area within a shoreland zone, whichever is less, may be permitted.

(2)

When an individual private campsite is proposed on a lot that contains another principal use and/or structure, the lot must contain the minimum lot dimensional requirements for the principal structure and/or use and the individual private campsite separately.

(3)

Campsite placement on any lot, including the area intended for a recreational vehicle or tent platform, shall be set back 100 feet from the normal high-water line of a great pond classified GPA or river flowing to a great pond classified GPA, and 75 feet from the normal high-water line of other water bodies, tributary streams, or the upland edge of a wetland.

(4)

Only one recreational vehicle shall be allowed on a campsite. The recreational vehicle shall not be located on any type of permanent foundation except for a gravel pad, and no structure except a canopy shall be attached to the recreational vehicle.

(5)

The clearing of vegetation for siting of the recreational vehicle, tent or similar in a Resource Protection District shall be limited to 1,000 square feet.

(6)

A written sewage disposal plan describing the proposed method and location of sewage disposal shall be required for each campsite and shall be approved by the Local Plumbing Inspector. Where disposal is off site, written authorization from the receiving facility or landowner is required.

(7)

When a recreational vehicle, tent or similar shelter is placed on site for more than 120 days per year, all requirements for residential structures shall be met, including the installation of a subsurface sewage disposal system in compliance with the State of Maine Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Rules, unless served by public sewage facilities.

Amended

§ 300-521Day-care homes and centers

Day-care uses shall conform to the minimum requirements imposed under state licensing procedures.

§ 300-522Government service uses

(Reserved)

§ 300-523Junkyards

A.

General location. No junkyard shall be located on a lot or parcel which does not provide for a completely sight impervious screen from surrounding properties within a one-mile radius, including properties at higher elevations. Such screen shall be maintained throughout the life of the junkyard.

B.

Dimensional requirements. Junkyards shall meet all of the dimensional requirements for industrial uses in the Rural District.

C.

Effective date of permit. A municipal permit for a junkyard shall not become effective until all required permits have been obtained.

D.

Site considerations.

(1)

No motor vehicles or material shall be located upon or over a sand and gravel aquifer, or upon or over an aquifer recharge area, as mapped by the Maine Geological Survey, or a licensed geologist.

(2)

No motor vehicles or material shall be located within the one-hundred-year floodplain, as

mapped by the Federal Insurance Administration, the Army Corps of Engineers, or the U.S. Department of Agriculture.

(3)

No motor vehicles or material shall be stored within 500 feet of any dwelling or school.

(4)

No motor vehicles or material shall be stored within 300 feet of any body of water.

E.

Operational considerations. Upon receiving a motor vehicle, the battery shall be removed, and the engine lubricant, transmission fluid, brake fluid, and engine coolant shall be drained into watertight, covered containers. No discharge of any fluids from any motor vehicle shall be permitted into or onto the ground.

§ 300-524Residential development

Amended

A.

Affordable housing. (Reserved)

B.

Clustered residential development and performance subdivisions. Notwithstanding other provisions of this chapter, except those governing shoreland areas, the Planning Board may modify district dimensional requirements to permit innovative approaches to residential land development in accordance with the following:

(1)

Gross residential densities for the district in which the development is located shall be met, with the exception that gross residential densities for residential performance subdivisions shall be in accordance with Part 3, Article IV, Site Capacity Analysis, of this chapter.

(2)

The development shall be reviewed as a subdivision and shall meet all requirements of Part 4, Subdivision and Site Plan Review, of this chapter.

(3)

All dimensional requirements in shoreland areas shall be met.

C.

Condominiums.

(1)

Proposals for condominium development shall be reviewed as subdivisions.

(2)

Conversions of rental units to condominiums shall be permitted only if the complex meets all City standards for new residential development, such as but not limited to dimensional requirements, density, and on-site parking.

D.

Mobile home/manufactured housing parks.

(1)

Compliance with laws and ordinances. Except as stipulated below, mobile home/manufactured housing parks shall comply with all state laws and municipal ordinances and shall meet the requirements of Part 4, Subdivision and Site Plan Review, of this chapter. As used in this chapter, the abbreviation of "MHP" shall apply equally to mobile home parks and manufactured housing parks.

(2)

MHPs proposed for the RPDS District shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 3, Phosphorous Control in Lake Watersheds, prepared by the Department of Environmental Protection, September 1989, as amended.

(3)

Lot size, width and density.

(a)

Lots in MHPs shall meet the following lot size, width and density requirements:

[1]

Lots served by public sewer shall be at least 6,500 square feet and shall be at least 50 feet in width.

[2]

Lots served by individual subsurface sewage disposal systems shall be at least 20,000 square feet and shall be at least 100 feet in width.

[3]

Lots served by a central on-site subsurface wastewater disposal system approved by the Department of Human Services shall be a minimum of 12,000 square feet with a minimum lot width of 75 feet.

[4]

The overall density of the MHP served by a central subsurface sewage disposal system shall be no greater than one unit per 20,000 square feet of total park area.

[5]

Where lots front on a curved right-of-way or are served by a driveway, the frontage requirement shall be measured in a straight line perpendicular to the setback line.

[6]

Lots within a shoreland zoning district shall meet the lot area, lot width, setback and shore frontage requirements for that district.

[7]

The total park area of the MHP shall be the combined area of its MH lots, plus:

[a]

The area required for road rights-of-way;

[b]

The area required for buffer strips, if any;

[c]

For areas served by public sewer, an open space area for storage and recreation equal to 10% of the combined area of the individual lots; and

[d]

The area within any designated shoreland area.

(4)

Lot setbacks.

(a)

The following lot setbacks shall apply to all homes and accessory buildings:

[1]

Front setback: 20 feet.

[2]

Side setback: 20 feet.

[3]

Rear setback: 10 feet.

[4]

If these requirements conflict with the requirements of the Shoreland Zone, the stricter standards shall apply. If a lot is on a public road, the setback shall conform with the residential setback requirements applicable to residential dwelling units.

(b)

To avoid monotony and sameness, the Planning Board may allow the front setback on a private road within MHPs to be varied, provided that no home may be closer than 10 feet from the right-of-way and the average distance is at least 20 feet for all units.

(c)

Carports of noncombustible materials are not subject to side setback requirements.

(d)

The Planning Board may allow lot side yard setbacks to be reduced to five feet, provided a distance of 20 feet is maintained between units for the purpose of providing more usable yard space on one side of the home.

(e)

Distance between homes. A minimum twenty-foot separation shall be maintained between all manufactured homes in all directions.

(5)

Lot coverage. All buildings on the lot, including accessory buildings and structures, but excluding open decks and parking spaces, shall not cover more than 50% of the lot area.

(6)

Ownership. Where a developer elects to create MHPs where all land is under one ownership, the park plan shall show lots and the developer shall demonstrate that the development standards described herein are met.

(7)

Road standards.

(a)

Roads within MHPs which are to be offered for acceptance to the City shall meet the minimum road standards found in the Technical Standards Handbook.

(b)

Privately owned roads within MHPs shall be designed by a State of Maine registered professional engineer and shall be built according to accepted engineering standards. Roads shall have a minimum right-of-way of 23 feet, of which 20 feet shall be paved.

(c)

One-way streets shall have a minimum right-of-way of 18 feet and a minimum paved surface of 14 feet.

(d)

Parking lanes shall be a minimum of eight feet in width, if provided.

(e)

Cul-de-sac turnarounds shall have minimum radii of 50 feet at the outer edge of the pavement, exclusive of any parking areas.

(f)

MHP roads which intersect with public roads shall meet the following standards:

[1]

Angle of intersection. The desired angle of intersection shall be 90°. The minimum angle of intersection shall be 75°.

[2]

Grade. The maximum permissible grade within 75 feet of the intersection shall be 3%.

[3]

Minimum sight distance. The minimum sight distance shall be 10 times the posted speed limit on the existing road. Sight distances shall be measured from the driver's seat of a vehicle that is 10 feet behind the curb or edge of shoulder line with the height of the eye 3.5 feet above the pavement and the height of object 4.5 feet. Where necessary, the parkland bordering the intersection shall be cleared of all growth and sight obstructions to achieve the required visibility.

[4]

Distance from other intersections. The center line of any street within a park intersecting an existing public street shall be at least 125 feet from the center line of any other street intersecting that public street.

(8)

Access and circulation.

(a)

The layout and general development plan for major and minor access streets and driveways within the MHP, together with the location and dimensions of access junctions with existing public streets and rights-of-way, shall be approved by the Planning Board.

(b)

A traffic impact analysis shall be required if the park will generate more than 500 trips/ day.

(c)

For MHPs expected to generate 200 trips per day or more, there shall be at least two entrances from public streets or roads.

(d)

Road widths will need to accommodate on-street parking if allowed.

(e)

Curvilinear streets shall be utilized wherever possible. No street within the park shall be more than 200 feet without a curve or bend.

(f)

No MH lot may have vehicular access directly onto a state highway.

(9)

Parking requirements. See § 300-513, Parking requirements.

(10)

Utility requirements. All MHPs shall provide permanent electrical, water and sewage disposal connections to each MH in accordance with applicable state and local rules and regulations.

(11)

Sidewalks/walkways. All MHPs shall contain pedestrian walkways that link all units and all service and recreational facilities. Such walkways shall be adequately surfaced. A portion of the road surface may be reserved for walkways, provided the roadway width is increased accordingly. Walkways shall be a minimum width of four feet.

(12)

Lighting. Outdoor lighting shall be provided to adequately illuminate internal streets and pedestrian walkways. Lights shall be sized and directed to avoid adverse impact on adjacent properties.

(13)

Signs. Signs and advertising devices shall be prohibited in MHPs, except:

(a)

One identifying sign at each entrance of the MHP no larger than 24 square feet which may be indirectly lit, but not flashing.

(b)

Directional and informational signs for the convenience of tenants and the public relative to parking, office, traffic movement, etc.

(c)

MH "for sale" signs, provided that such signs that face a public road shall be no more than 10 square feet and shall be limited to two signs per MHP.

(d)

MH address signs. The styles and location of the identifying sign shall not interfere with vehicle sight distance and shall be constructed in accordance with the local sign regulations.

(14)

Storage. At least 300 cubic feet of enclosed tenant storage facilities shall be conveniently provided on or near each MH lot for the storage of materials and equipment.

(15)

Storm drainage. A storm drainage plan shall be prepared by a State of Maine registered professional engineer in accordance with Chapter 6 of the Technical Standards Handbook.

(16)

Groundwater.

(a)

Application. For MHPs not served by a public sewer, an assessment of the impacts of park development on groundwater quality shall be submitted prior to final approval of the park. The assessment shall be prepared by a State of Maine certified geologist or registered professional engineer and shall include the following:

[1]

A map showing the basic soil types.

[2]

The depth to the water table at representative points throughout the MHP.

[3]

Drainage conditions throughout the MHP.

[4]

Data on the existing groundwater quality, either from test wells in the MHP or from existing wells on neighboring properties.

[5]

An analysis and evaluation of the effect of the MHP on groundwater resources. The evaluation shall, at a minimum, include a projection of post-development nitrate-nitrogen concentrations at any wells within the MHP, measured at the MHP boundaries or measured at a distance of 1,000 feet from potential contamination sources, whichever is a shorter distance. For MHPs within the watershed of a lake, projections of the development's impact on groundwater phosphate concentrations shall also be provided.

[6]

A map showing the location of any subsurface wastewater disposal systems and drinking water wells within the MHP and within 200 feet of the MHP boundaries.

(b)

Standards.

[1]

Projections of groundwater quality shall be based on the assumption of drought conditions (assuming 60% of annual average precipitation).

[2]

No MHP shall increase any contaminant concentration in the groundwater to more than 1/2 of the Primary Drinking Water Standards. No MHP shall increase any contaminant concentrations in the groundwater to more than the Secondary Drinking Water Standards. The Primary Drinking Water Standards, adopted by the Maine Department of Human Services, are health-related standards which include nitrate concentrations. The Secondary Drinking Water Standards relate to aesthetics and include iron and manganese concentrations.

[3]

If groundwater contains contaminants in excess of the primary standards, and the MHP is to be served by on-site groundwater supplies, the applicant shall demonstrate how water quality will be improved or treated.

[4]

If groundwater contains contaminants in excess of the secondary standards, the MHP shall not cause the concentration of the parameters in question to exceed 150% of the ambient concentration.

(c)

Development. Subsurface wastewater disposal systems and drinking water wells shall be constructed as shown on the map submitted with the assessment. If construction standards for drinking water wells are recommended in the assessment, those standards shall be included as a note on the plan.

(17)

Park administration. The owner or operator of a MHP shall be responsible for ensuring the maintenance of all park-owned structures and their sites. Park management shall conform to state laws. Compliance with this chapter shall not exempt the park owner, developer, or manager from complying with other applicable local, state, and federal codes and regulations.

(18)

Open space.

(a)

For MHPs served by a public sewer, an area amounting to no less than 10% of the total area devoted to individual lots shall be set aside for open space and/or recreation. Such space shall be accessible and usable by all residents of the park. Parking space, driveways and streets and buffer areas are not considered usable space, but community recreation

buildings, pools and courts are considered as open space.

(b)

Open space suitability. At least 50% of the required open space shall consist of land that is suitable for active recreation or storage.

(c)

Developed open space. All developed open space shall be designed and landscaped for the use and enjoyment of the park residents and shall be maintained for their long-term use. Plans for these areas shall be submitted by the developer.

(d)

Undeveloped open space. To the maximum extent possible, undeveloped open space shall be left in its natural state. Improvements to make trails for walking and jogging or to make picnic areas are permitted.

(e)

Open space ownership. The developer shall submit, as part of his/her application, a copy of that portion of the proposed park rules and a plan which specify how the open space is to be used and maintained and what conditions are to apply to its use. The plan shall specify the areas to be dedicated to open space, recreation and storage.

(f)

Open space shall be maintained and used for its stated purpose.

(19)

Buffer strips.

(a)

A fifty-foot-wide buffer strip shall be provided along all property boundaries that abut residential land which has a gross density of less than 1/2 of that proposed in the park; or abut residential land that is zoned at a density of less than 1/2 of that proposed in the park. Further, no structures, streets or utilities may be placed in the buffer strip, except that they may cross a buffer strip to provide services to the park.

(b)

Within 25 feet of any property line and within the buffer strip, visual screening and/or landscaping shall be provided. The visual screening may consist of fences, berms, landscaping (such as shrubs and trees) and/or natural existing vegetation. This screening shall effectively screen at least 80% of the homes from view from all adjacent property and shall be maintained throughout the life of the project.

(20)

Conversion of park. No lot in MHPs may be sold or conveyed without prior approval by the Planning Board. Any such lot sold or conveyed shall meet the lot size requirement of the district in which it is located.

E.

Accessory Dwelling Units (ADU). One Accessory Dwelling Unit shall be allowed on all parcels where a One and Two-Family Dwelling is the only residential use on the lot.

(1)

The following standards SHALL NOT apply for an ADU.

(a)

Density standards.

(b)

Lot size.

(c)

On-site parking.

(2)

The following standards SHALL apply for an ADU.

(a)

Minimum floor area shall be at least 190 square feet.

(b)

Maximum floor area shall not exceed the floor area of the primary structure on the property.

(c)

A building addition ADU, attached to the principal structure, shall meet the setback requirements for the primary structure.

(d)

A detached accessory structure ADU shall meet setback requirements for an accessory structure.

(e)

All water and sewer/septic rules for a dwelling unit shall be met.

(f)

All other federal, state, and/or local rules, ordinances and codes applicable to a dwelling unit.

Nothing in this subsection E prohibits additional dwelling units from being constructed on a parcel of land where all other ordinance standards for the additional units can be met, including but not limited to density, setback, parking, and other standards.

§ 300-525Municipal and public utilities and communications facilities

Amended

A.

Utilities and communications facilities permitted by right.

(1)

Most utilities or communications facilities may be classified by their function either as distribution or transmission lines. Most distribution facilities, i.e., those serving area uses, best serve their function in proximity to rights-of-way, property lines and adjoining properties. In general, such facilities, by nature, have little or no impact on their service area physically, aesthetically or environmentally once in place. Therefore, except as regulated in the Shoreland Overlay Districts where the minimum setback from the normal high-water mark applies, all sanitary and water main extensions, pumping and pressure control stations and all television, telephone and power line extensions, including poles, cross-connects, subscriber loop carriers, network interface equipment, distribution area interfaces, service drops and similar structures and appurtenances on existing streets and roads, or as approved by the Planning Board and Code Enforcement Officer through the subdivision and building permit plan review processes, are permitted by right. No building permits are needed; however, where pavement cuts in the City right-of-way are needed, a permit shall be obtained.

(2)

Such facilities shall be located in the right-of-way where necessary (as provided for in 35-A M.R.S.A. § 2503) or may be located on private property. Whether owned in fee by the service provider or whether an easement has been acquired from the property owner, or by other method, the land area upon which such facilities are placed need not comply with the minimum dimensional standards for lot size, frontage and setbacks outlined in the districts in which they are located or proposed.

B.

Major municipal or public utilities and communications facilities. See "public utility" and "municipal or public utilities and communications facilities" in § 300-202, Additional definitions.

(1)

Except for transmission lines and commercial towers, all such facilities shall comply with the dimensional requirements outlined in the district in which they are located or proposed.

(a)

Transmission lines need not meet the minimum dimensional requirements, however, shall meet as great a setback from adjacent property lines and water bodies as can be achieved given such constraints as topography or limitations on height.

(b)

Commercial towers shall meet a minimum lot area of 10,000 square feet and a minimum forty-five-foot setback from property lines as measured from the outer base of the tower.

A minimum twenty-five-foot perimeter buffer in accordance with the density outlined in Buffer Yard C (Table 300-502-B) (five canopy trees, four understory trees, six evergreens, and 15 shrubs per 100 feet of perimeter) shall be planted and/or maintained. The minimum planting height of the required evergreens shall be between six feet and eight feet. Existing natural vegetation may be used so long as the density of plantings is equivalent to the density outlined above.

(2)

In addition, all such facilities, except for transmission lines which may be constructed of wood or steel, shall employ materials and colors that blend with the surroundings.

(3)

When regulated by the United States Federal Aviation Administration or Federal Communications Commission, applications for such facilities shall be accompanied by evidence that such facility meets or can meet the requirements and specifications of the FAA, FCC and the Augusta State Airport.

(4)

Except for transmission lines, security measures, in accordance with industry standards, shall be placed no less than at the perimeter of the developed area whenever such a facility abuts a residential property line.

C.

Minor municipal and public utilities and communications facilities. See "public utility" and "municipal or public utilities and communications facilities" in § 300-202, Additional definitions. Minor utilities and communications facilities shall carefully consider existing uses within view and ensure that site and building design is in character with the existing area to the extent possible.

(1)

Except in shoreland areas where special standards may apply, such facilities to be constructed off the public right-of-way need not comply with the minimum dimensional standards for lot size, frontage and side and rear setbacks as outlined in the districts in which they are located. Minimum lot and easement size shall be based on the facility's needs while meeting the minimum setbacks established below.

(2)

Such facilities shall meet a minimum twenty-foot setback from all residential property lines, 10 feet of which shall be planted in accordance with Buffer Yard C (§ 300-502) and shall utilize a plant multiplier of 0.5. Such facilities shall meet a minimum ten-foot setback from all nonresidential property lines and be planted in accordance with a choice of Buffer Yards B or C using a plant multiplier of 0.5.

(3)

Section 300-505, Driveway and access standards, shall apply, and, in the case of such a utility proposed for a flag lot, the access standards applicable to flag lots shall apply.

(4)

Section 300-514, Air and water quality standards, shall apply.

(5)

The standard in Subsection B(4) of § 300-525B, Major municipal or public utilities and communications facilities, shall apply.

§ 300-526Waste facilities

A.

Waste facilities Class 1.

(1)

Waste facilities Class 1 include recycling centers (as defined) and paper, cardboard, glass and metals recycling for business, commerce and industry.

(2)

The following information is required with any application for waste facility Class 1:

(a)

Detailed description of operation.

(b)

Description of on-site circulation pattern for loading and unloading of goods.

(c)

Description of markets; method of disposal of by-products.

B.

Waste facilities Class 2.

(1)

Uses. The following uses shall be considered waste facilities Class 2:

(a)

Composting facilities.

(b)

Junkyards (§ 300-523 also applies).

(c)

Landfills.

(d)

Waste to energy plants.

(e)

Septage handling facilities.

(f)

Tire processing and storage facilities.

(g)

Hazardous waste handling facilities.

(2)

Along with the information required with any application for waste facility Class 1, the following standards and restrictions apply to waste facilities Class 2:

(a)

All such applications shall include certification or evidence that certification can be obtained from the appropriate permitting authority of the State of Maine.

(b)

Such uses shall not be located within 500 feet of a residential property line or residential district boundary line.

(c)

Such uses shall not be located over a mapped sand and gravel aquifer.

(d)

Measures shall be taken to ensure that safe and healthful conditions shall be maintained.

(e)

The Planning Board may require that emergency power systems, special operational controls and any other measures be utilized to mitigate any adverse impacts to the neighborhood and environment.

(f)

Consideration shall also be given to the existing road and highway system when deciding on the location for such a facility. Locations on a major highway shall be given preference, as will transportation routes that do not utilize existing residential areas.

§ 300-527Type "1" manufactured housing

Amended

A.

Provisions for Type "1" manufactured housing located in Augusta on or before August 4, 1988. In accordance with 30-A M.R.S.A. § 4358, and notwithstanding § 300-304A(1) of this chapter, Type "1" manufactured housing which legally existed in Augusta on or before August 4, 1988, regardless of its date of manufacture, can be moved from its existing location to another legally allowable location within Augusta and is not subject to the design requirements of § 300-527B(1)-(4) below.

B.

Placement of “Type 1” manufactured housing. Except as permitted by § 300-527A, placement of “Type 1” manufactured housing is not permitted unless the following standards and conditions are satisfied:

(1)

Shall be placed on a concrete foundation that complies with Maine Manufactured Housing Board Rules or the Maine Uniform Building and Energy Code,

(2)

Shall be constructed with a roof pitch of at least 3:12 that overhangs on all sides,

(3)

Shall have siding typical of residential structures,

(4)

Shall be surrounded with rigid skirting, and

(5)

If manufactured prior to June 15, 1976, or not built in accordance with the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974, the manufactured home shall be inspected by the Code Enforcement Bureau for compliance with applicable requirements of the National Electric Code, plumbing code and Life Safety Code. A written evaluation from a structural engineer may also be required, as determined by the Code Enforcement Officer.

§ 300-527.1Solar facilities

Amended

All solar facilities shall follow all processes and meet all standards of this ordinance, except where processes or standards in this section are more stringent. In that case, the processes and standards here shall apply.

A.

Visual impact reduction. Each ground-mounted large scale solar facility shall limit the visual impact of their facility to the greatest extent feasible, regardless of distance from a public or private way or adjacent structure, in some or all of the following ways:

(1)

Fencing. Fencing shall meet the following standards:

(a)

Be the minimum height necessary to meet the National Electrical Code standard for a fence that does not require barbed wire at the top.

(b)

Blend in to the environment as well as possible by being an unobtrusive color and style.

(c)

Be wildlife friendly allowing animals such as raccoons, rabbits, and other small animals to pass through the bottom portion of the fence.

(2)

Vegetated buffer plantings. Vegetated buffer plantings meeting the Buffer Yard C standard in Table 300-502-B shall be placed outside fence lines along any fence line visible from a public or private way or adjacent to a residential land use. The Planning Board shall have flexibility to waive some or all of this buffer yard planting depending on site specific conditions as outlined by the applicant.

(3)

Berms. Berms should be considered as an option to reduce or eliminate the visual impact of a solar installation from a public or private way or adjacent structure. Berms may be used to reduce the required vegetated buffer plantings by up to 50%, if the Planning Board finds that this is a suitable alternative or the site-specific conditions outlined by the applicant.

(4)

Electrical connections. All on-site wiring shall be underground. Wiring at panel locations, junction boxes, and the tie in to the electrical grid may be above-ground.

B.

Maintenance and operation plan. Ground-mounted and building-mounted medium and large scale solar facilities shall provide a maintenance and operation plan that meets industry standards for a solar installation. It shall include but not be limited to, as applicable 1) fence maintenance; 2) buffer yard vegetation maintenance; 3) internal vegetation management; 4) proper panel and electrical equipment function.

C.

Glare. Ground-mounted and building-mounted medium and large scale solar facilities shall be sited to minimize or eliminate glare to nearby properties, public ways, or airports. All installations within a two-nautical-mile radius of the Augusta State Airport, as measured based on the runway centerline closest to the location in question, shall submit a solar glare hazard analysis tool (SGHAT) report, outlining solar panel glare and ocular impacts, for each point of measurement approved by the airport manager at the time of application to the Planning Board.

D.

Decommissioning plan. A decommissioning plan shall be submitted to the City as part of the initial application detailing the costs and procedure for decommissioning. The decommissioning plan shall be updated, with adjusted costs, every five years, submitted to the City, and approved by administrative staff. If the State DEP or other agency requires a decommissioning bond, the Planning Board may waive the need for a bond assigned to the City.

E.

Decommissioning. Ground-mounted medium and large scale solar facilities which have failed to operate for more than one year shall be considered abandoned. Removal of all structures and appurtenances shall be completed by the landowner and/or the equipment owner within 180 days of abandonment or decommissioning. Removal shall follow procedures of the wrecking and demolition permit.

F.

Roads. Limited access commercial roads in medium and large scale solar facilities may be reduced to 16 feet wide, however a minimum twenty-four-foot wide entrance for 50 feet from the street shall be provided unless otherwise approved by the Planning Board. The road shall have turn-arounds outside of gates, near the end of the road, and every 1,000 feet along an access road. The road shall be constructed with a minimum of 12 inches of Type D gravel as specified by the Maine Department of Transportation's standard specifications, however the gravel shall be of adequate depth to support emergency vehicles. The road base shall be free draining either from ditching or underdrain.

G.

Emergency service. A Knox-Box® shall be provided at any gate entrance for property access required by emergency personnel.

Overlay Zoning Standards

Article VIIIOverlay Zoning Standards

§ 300-528Special standards applicable to shoreland areas

Amended

Notwithstanding other provisions of this chapter, the following performance standards shall apply to structures and uses of land in shoreland areas. Where the provisions of this section impose a stricter standard than another applicable provision of this chapter, the requirement of this section shall prevail.

A.

Agriculture.

(1)

The following regulations shall apply to all agriculture uses proposed in the City.

(2)

All spreading or disposal of manure shall be accomplished in conformance with the Manure Utilization Guidelines published by the former Maine Department of Agriculture on November 1, 2001, and the Nutrient Management Law (7 M.R.S.A. §§ 4201-4209).

(3)

Manure shall not be stored or stockpiled within 100 feet, horizontal distance, of a great pond classified GPA or a river flowing to a great pond classified GPA, or within 75 feet, horizontal distance, of other water bodies, tributary streams, or wetlands. All manure storage areas within the shoreland zone must be constructed or modified such that the facility produces no discharge of effluent or contaminated stormwater.

(4)

Agricultural activities involving tillage of soil greater than 40,000 square feet in surface area within the shoreland zone shall require a conservation plan to be filed with the Planning Bureau. Nonconformance with the provisions of said plan shall be considered a violation of this chapter. (Note: Assistance in preparing a conservation plan may be available through the Kennebec County Soil and Water Conservation District office.)

(5)

There shall be no new tilling of soil within 100 feet, horizontal distance, of the normal high-water line of a great pond classified GPA, within 75 feet, horizontal distance, from other water bodies, nor within 25 feet, horizontal distance, of tributary streams and wetlands. Operations in existence on the effective date of this chapter and not in conformance with this provision may be maintained.

(6)

Newly established livestock grazing areas shall not be permitted within 100 feet, horizontal distance, of the normal high-water line of a great pond classified GPA, within 75 feet, horizontal distance, of other water bodies, or within 25 feet, horizontal distance, of tributary streams and wetlands. Livestock grazing associated with ongoing farm activities, and which is not in conformance with the above setback provisions, may continue, provided that such grazing is conducted in accordance with a conservation plan that has been filed with the Planning Bureau.

B.

Archeological sites. Any proposed land use activity involving structural development or soil disturbance on or adjacent to sites listed on, or eligible to be listed on, the National Register of Historic Places, as determined by the permitting authority, shall be submitted by the applicant to the Maine Historic Preservation Commission for review and comment, at least 20 days before action is taken by the permitting authority. The permitting authority shall consider comments received from the Commission before rendering a decision on the application.

C.

Clearing or removal of vegetation for activities other than timber harvesting.

(1)

In a Resource Protection District abutting a great pond, there shall be no cutting of vegetation within the strip of land extending 75 feet, horizontal distance, inland from the normal high-water line, except to remove hazard trees as described in Subsection T.

(2)

Elsewhere, in any Resource Protection District, the cutting or removal of vegetation shall be limited to that which is necessary for uses expressly authorized in that district.

(3)

Except in areas as described in Subsection C(1) above, within a strip of land extending 100 feet, horizontal distance, inland from the normal high-water line of a great pond classified GPA or a river flowing to a great pond classified GPA, or within a strip extending 75 feet, horizontal distance, from any other water body, tributary stream, or the upland edge of a wetland, a buffer strip of vegetation shall be preserved as follows:

(a)

There shall be no cleared opening greater than 250 square feet in the forest canopy (or other existing woody vegetation if a forested canopy is not present) as measured from the outer limits of the tree or shrub crown. However, a single footpath not to exceed six feet in width as measured between tree trunks and/or shrub stems is allowed for accessing the shoreline, provided that a cleared line of sight to the water through the buffer strip is not created

(b)

Selective cutting of trees within the buffer strip is allowed, provided that a well-distributed stand of trees and other natural vegetation is maintained. For the purposes of

§ 300-528B(3)(b), a "well-distributed stand of trees” adjacent to a great pond classified GPA or a river or stream flowing to a great pond classified GPA shall be defined as maintaining a rating score of 24 or more in each twenty-five-foot by fifty-foot rectangular (1,250 square feet) area as determined by the following rating system:

Diameter of Tree at 4 1/2 Feet Above Ground Level (inches)Points
2 to <41
4 to <82
8 to <128
12 or greater12

Adjacent to other water bodies, tributary streams, and wetlands, a "well-distributed stand of trees" is defined as maintaining a minimum rating score of 16 per 25-foot-by-50-foot rectangular area.

NOTE: As an example, adjacent to a great pond, if a 25-foot-by-50-foot plot contains 4 trees between 2 and 4 inches in diameter, 2 trees between 4 and 8 inches in diameter, 3 trees between 8 and 12 inches in diameter, and 2 trees over 12 inches in diameter, the rating score is:

(4x1) + (2x2) + (3x4) + (2x8) = 36 points

Thus, the 25-foot-by-50-foot plot contains trees worth 36 points. Trees totaling 12 points (36 - 24 = 12) may be removed from the plot, provided that no cleared openings are created.

The following shall govern in applying this point system:

[1]

The 25-foot-by-50-foot rectangular plots must be established where the landowner or lessee proposes clearing within the required buffer;

[2]

Each successive plot must be adjacent to, but not overlap, a previous plot;

[3]

Any plot not containing the required points must have no vegetation removed except as otherwise allowed by this chapter;

[4]

Any plot containing the required points may have vegetation removed down to the minimum points required or as otherwise allowed by this chapter;

[5]

Where conditions permit, no more than 50% of the points on any 25-foot-by-50-foot rectangular area may consist of trees greater than 12 inches in diameter.

For the purposes of § 300-528C(3)(b), “other natural vegetation” is defined as retaining existing vegetation under 3 feet in height and other ground cover and retaining at least 5 saplings less than 2 inches in diameter at 4½ feet above ground level for each 25-foot-by-50-foot rectangle area. If 5 saplings do not exist, no woody stems less than 2 inches in diameter can be removed until 5 saplings have been recruited into the plot.

NOTE: A municipality may elect to retain its present point system that is based on 25-foot-by-25-foot plots. If so, the paragraph above must be modified as follows:

For the purposes of § 300-528C(3)(b), “other natural vegetation” is defined as retaining existing vegetation under 3 feet in height and other ground cover and retaining at least 3 saplings less than 2 inches in diameter at 4½ feet above ground level for each 25-foot-by-25-foot rectangular area. If 3 saplings do not exist, no woody stems less than 2 inches in diameter can be removed until 3 saplings have been recruited into the plot.

Section 300-528C(3)(b) must also be modified to make it clear that the point system establishes only a “well-distributed stand of trees,” not a well-distributed stand of trees and other vegetation. “Other vegetation” is described elsewhere.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, no more than 40% of the total volume of trees 4 inches or more in diameter, measured at 4½ feet above ground level, may be removed in any 10-year period.

(c)

In order to protect water quality and wildlife, existing vegetation under three feet in height and other ground cover shall not be cut, covered, or removed, except to provide for a footpath or other permitted uses as described in Subsections C(3) and C(3)(a) above.

(d)

Pruning of tree branches on the bottom 1/3 of the tree is allowed.

(e)

In order to maintain a buffer strip of vegetation, when the removal of storm-damaged, dead or hazard trees results in the creation of cleared openings, these openings shall be replanted with native tree species in accordance with Subsection T below, unless existing new tree growth is present.

(f)

In order to maintain the vegetation in the shoreline buffer, clearing or removal of vegetation for allowed activities, including associated construction and related equipment operation, within or outside the shoreline buffer, must comply with the requirements of Subsection C(3) above.

(g)

Notwithstanding other provisions of this subsection, in the Historic Waterfront District, in order to protect water quality and wildlife habitat, and to maintain historical integrity, ground cover will be required but will not extend over three feet in height, except along the immediate water's edge. Taller vegetation may be left in place but will be left to the Tree Warden's discretion. To provide bank stabilization, a limited number of trees and tree species shall remain along the lower 25 feet of the river bank as determined by the Tree Warden. Nonnative invasive species will be permitted to be removed, so long as vegetation is replanted in these areas and soil disturbance remediation is in place until vegetation is established. Any vegetative cover needs prior approval, in writing, from the City Tree Warden.

The provisions contained in Subsection C(2) above shall not apply to those portions of public recreational facilities adjacent to public swimming areas. Cleared areas, however, shall be limited to the minimum area necessary.

(h)

Notwithstanding other provisions of this subsection, in the Kennebec Arsenal Historic Waterfront District, in order to protect water quality and wildlife habitat, and to maintain historical integrity, maintainer grass cover will be required. Trees and shrubs will be permitted to be removed, so long as vegetation is replanted in these areas and soil disturbance remediation is in place until vegetation is established.

(4)

At distances greater than 100 feet, horizontal distance, from a great pond classified GPA or a river flowing to a great pond classified GPA, and 75 feet, horizontal distance, from the normal high-water line of any other water body, tributary stream, or the upland edge of a wetland, there shall be allowed on any lot, in any ten-year period, selective cutting of not more than 40% of the volume of trees four inches or more in diameter, measured 4 1/2 feet above ground level. Tree removal in conjunction with the development of permitted uses shall be included in the 40% calculation. For the purposes of these standards, volume may be considered to be equivalent to basal area. In no event shall cleared openings for any purpose, including, but not limited to, principal and accessory structures, driveways, lawns and sewage disposal areas, exceed in the aggregate 25% of the lot area within the shoreland zone or 10,000 square feet, whichever is greater, including land previously cleared. This provision applies to the portion of a lot within the shoreland zone, including the buffer area, but shall not apply to the General Development District.

(5)

Legally existing nonconforming cleared openings may be maintained but shall not be enlarged, except as allowed by this chapter.

(6)

Fields and other cleared openings which have reverted to primarily shrubs, trees, or other woody vegetation shall be regulated under the provisions of this subsection.

D.

Commercial and industrial uses. The following new commercial and industrial uses are prohibited within the shoreland zone adjacent to great ponds classified GPA, and rivers and streams which flow to great ponds classified GPA:

(1)

Auto washing facilities.

(2)

Auto or other vehicle service and/or repair operations, including body shops.

(3)

Chemical and bacteriological laboratories.

(4)

Storage of chemicals, including herbicides, pesticides or fertilizers other than amounts normally

associated with individual households or farms.

(5)

Commercial painting, wood preserving, and furniture stripping.

(6)

Dry-cleaning establishments.

(7)

Electronic circuit assembly.

(8)

Laundromats, unless connected to a sanitary sewer.

(9)

Metal plating, finishing, or polishing.

(10)

Petroleum or petroleum product storage and/or sale except storage on same property as use occurs and except for storage and sales associated with marinas.

(11)

Photographic processing.

(12)

Printing.

E.

Erosion and sedimentation control. See § 300-514B and the Technical Standards Handbook.

F.

Essential services.

(1)

Where feasible, the installation of essential services shall be limited to existing public ways and existing service corridors.

(2)

The installation of essential services, other than roadside distribution lines, is not allowed in a Resource Protection or Stream Protection District, except to provide services to a permitted use within said district, or except where the applicant demonstrates that no reasonable alternative exists. Where allowed, such structures and facilities shall be located so as to minimize any adverse impacts on surrounding uses and resources, including visual impacts.

(3)

Damaged or destroyed public utility transmission and distribution lines, towers and related equipment may be replaced or reconstructed without a permit.

G.

Flood protection. Where applicable, all structures and uses in shoreland areas shall comply with the provisions of § 300-508.

H.

Mineral exploration. See Chapter 198, Article I, Mineral Extraction.

I.

Piers, docks, wharfs, bridges and other structures and uses extending over or below the normal high-water line of a water body or within a wetland, and shoreland stabilization. In addition to federal or state permits which may be required for such structures and uses, they shall conform to the following:

(1)

No more than one pier, dock, wharf or similar structure extending or located below the normal high-water line of a water body or within a wetland is allowed on a single lot; except that when a single lot contains at least twice the minimum shore frontage, a second structure may be allowed and may remain as long as the lot is not further divided.

(2)

Access from the shore shall be developed on soils appropriate for such use and constructed so as to control erosion.

(3)

The location shall not interfere with existing developed or natural beach areas.

(4)

The facility shall be located so as to minimize adverse effects on fisheries.

(5)

The facility shall be no larger in dimension than necessary to carry on the activity and be consistent with the surrounding character and uses of the area. A temporary pier, dock or wharf in non-tidal waters shall not be wider than six feet for non-commercial uses.

(6)

No new structure shall be built on, over or abutting a pier, wharf, dock or other structure extending beyond the normal high-water line of a water body or within a wetland unless the structure requires direct access to the water body as an operational necessity. (Note: A structure constructed on a float or floats is prohibited unless it is designed to function as, and is registered with the Maine Department of Inland Fisheries and Wildlife as, a watercraft.)

(7)

New permanent piers and docks on nontidal waters shall not be permitted unless it is clearly demonstrated to the Planning Board that a temporary pier or dock is not feasible and a permit has been obtained from the Department of Environmental Protection, pursuant to the Natural Resources Protection Act.

(8)

No existing structures built on, over or abutting a pier, dock, wharf or other structure extending beyond the normal high-water line of a water body or within a wetland shall be converted to residential units in any district.

(9)

Except in the General Development District, structures built on, over or abutting a pier, wharf, dock or other structure extending beyond the normal high-water line of a water body or within a wetland shall not exceed 20 feet in height above the pier, wharf, dock or other structure.

(10)

Vegetation may be removed in excess of the standards in § 300-528C of this chapter in order to conduct shoreline stabilization of an eroding shoreline, provided that a permit is obtained from the Planning Board and the Department of Environmental Protection, pursuant to the Natural Resources Protection Act. Construction equipment must access the shoreline by barge when feasible as determined by the Planning Board.

(a)

When necessary, the removal of trees and other vegetation to allow for construction equipment access to the stabilization site via land must be limited to no more than 12 feet in width. When the stabilization project is complete, the construction equipment accessway must be restored.

(b)

Revegetation must occur in accordance with § 300-528S.

(11)

A deck over a river may be exempted from the shoreland setback requirements if it is part of a downtown revitalization project that is defined in a project plan approved by the legislative body of the municipality, and may include the revitalization of structures formerly used as mills that do not meet the structure setback requirements, if the deck meets the following requirements:

(a)

The total deck area attached to the structure does not exceed 700 square feet;

(b)

The deck is cantilevered over a segment of a river that is located within the boundaries of the downtown revitalization project;

(c)

The deck is attached to or accessory to an allowed commercial use in a structure that was constructed prior to 1971 and is located within the downtown revitalization project;

(d)

The construction of the deck complies with all other applicable standards, except the shoreline setback requirements in § 300-528T; and

(e)

The construction of the deck complies with all other state and federal laws.

NOTE: New permanent structures, and expansions thereof, projecting into or over water bodies shall require a permit from the Department of Environmental Protection pursuant to the Natural Resources Protection Act, 38 M.R.S.A. § 480-C. Permits may also be required from the Army Corps of Engineers if located in navigable waters.

J.

Roads and driveways. The following standards shall apply to the construction of roads and/or driveways and drainage systems, culverts and other related features:

(1)

See Driveway and Access Standards, § 5.3, City of Augusta Technical Standards Handbook.

(2)

See City of Augusta Technical Standards Handbook, Road Standards.

(3)

The maximum driveway length in the shoreland district is 500 feet.

(4)

Roads and driveways shall be set back at least 100 feet, horizontal distance, from the normal high-water line of a great pond classified GPA or a river that flows to a great pond classified GPA, and 75 feet, horizontal distance, from the normal high-water line of other water bodies, tributary streams, or the upland edge of a wetland, unless no reasonable alternative exists as determined by the Planning Board. If no other reasonable alternative exists, the road and/or driveway setback requirement shall be no less than 50 feet, horizontal distance, upon clear showing by the applicant that appropriate techniques will be used to prevent sedimentation of the water body, tributary stream or wetland. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, the installation of settling basins and/or the effective use of additional ditch relief culverts and turnouts placed so as to avoid sedimentation of the water body, tributary stream, or wetland.

(a)

On slopes of greater than 20%, the road and/or driveway setback shall be increased by 10 feet, horizontal distance, for each 5% increase in slope above 20%.

(b)

This subsection does not apply to approaches to water crossings or to roads or driveways that provide access to permitted structures and facilities located nearer to the shoreline or tributary stream due to an operational necessity, excluding temporary docks for recreational uses. Roads and driveways providing access to permitted structures within the setback area shall comply fully with the requirements of this subsection except for that portion of the road or driveway necessary for direct access to the structure.

(5)

Existing public roads may be expanded within the legal road right-of-way regardless of their setback from a water body, tributary stream or wetland.

(6)

New permanent roads are not allowed within the shoreland zone along significant river segments, except:

(a)

To provide access to structures or facilities within the zone; or

(b)

The applicant demonstrates that no reasonable alternative route exists outside the shoreland zone. When roads must be located within the shoreland zone, they shall be set back as far as practicable from the normal high-water line and screened from the river by existing vegetation.

(7)

New roads and driveways are prohibited in a Resource Protection District, except that the Planning Board may grant a permit to construct a road or driveway to provide access to permitted uses within the district. A road or driveway may also be approved by the Planning Board in a Resource Protection District upon a finding that no reasonable alternative route or location is available outside the district. When a road or driveway is permitted in a Resource

Protection District, the road and/or driveway shall be set back as far as practicable from the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland.

(8)

Road and driveway banks shall be no steeper than a slope of two horizontal to one vertical and shall be graded and stabilized in accordance with the provisions for erosion and sedimentation control contained in § 300-514B(1), General drainage and erosion control standards, of this chapter.

(9)

Road and driveway grades shall be no greater than 10%, except for shore segments of less than 200 feet.

(10)

In order to prevent road and driveway surface drainage from directly entering water bodies, tributary streams or wetlands, roads and driveways shall be designed, constructed, and maintained to empty onto an unscarified buffer strip at least 50 feet, plus two times the average slope, in width between the outflow point of the ditch or culvert and normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland. Surface drainage which is directed to an unscarified buffer strip shall be diffused or spread out to promote infiltration of the runoff and to minimize channelized flow of the drainage through the buffer strip.

(11)

Ditch relief (cross drainage) culverts, drainage dips and water turnouts shall be installed in a manner effective in directing drainage onto unscarified buffer strips before the flow gains sufficient volume or head to erode the road, driveway or ditch. To accomplish this, the following shall apply:

(a)

Ditch relief culverts, drainage dips and associated water turnouts shall be spaced along the road, or driveway, at intervals no greater than indicated in the following table:

Grade (percent)

Spacing (feet)

0% to 2%250

3% to 5%200 to 135

6% to 10%100 to 80

11% to 15%80 to 60

16% to 20%60 to 45

21%+40

(b)

Drainage dips may be used in place of ditch relief culverts only where the road grade is 10% or less.

(c)

On sections having slopes greater than 10%, ditch relief culverts shall be placed across the road at approximately a thirty-degree angle downslope from a line perpendicular to the center line of the road or driveway.

(d)

Ditch relief culverts shall be sufficiently sized and properly installed in order to allow for effective functioning, and their inlet and outlet ends shall be stabilized with appropriate materials.

(12)

Ditches, culverts, bridges, dips, water turnouts and other stormwater runoff control installations associated with roads and driveways shall be maintained on a regular basis to assure effective

functioning.

K.

Septic waste disposal.

(1)

All subsurface sewage disposal systems shall be installed in conformance with the State of Maine Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Rules and the following:

(a)

Clearing or removal of woody vegetation necessary to site a new system and associated fill extensions shall not extend closer than 75 feet, horizontal distance, from the normal high-water line of a water body or the upland edge of a wetland.

(b)

A holding tank is not allowed for a first-time residential use in the shoreland zone.

(c)

The Maine Subsurface Wastewater Disposal Rules require new systems, excluding fill extensions, to be constructed no less than 100 horizontal feet from the normal high-water line of a perennial water body. The minimum setback distances from water bodies for new subsurface sewage disposal systems shall not be reduced by variance.

L.

Signs. See the sign standards in § 300-516.

M.

Soils. All land uses shall be located on soils in or upon which the proposed uses or structures can be established or maintained without causing adverse environmental impacts, including severe erosion, mass soil movement or improper drainage and water pollution, whether during or after construction. Proposed uses requiring subsurface waste disposal, and commercial or industrial development and other similar intensive land uses, shall require a soils report, based on an on-site investigation, and be prepared by state certified professionals. Certified persons may include Maine certified soil scientists, Maine registered professional engineers, Maine state certified geologists and other persons who have training and experience in the recognition and evaluation of soil properties. The report shall be based upon the analysis of the characteristics of the soil and surrounding land and water areas, maximum groundwater elevation, presence of ledge, drainage conditions, and other pertinent data which the evaluator deems appropriate. The soils report shall include recommendations for a proposed use to counteract soil limitations where they exist.

N.

Stormwater. See § 300-514.

O.

Timber harvesting. The Bureau of Forestry shall administer the regulation of statewide standards for timber harvesting and related activities in shoreland areas within the City of Augusta. Title 38

M.R.S.A. section 438-A provides that, notwithstanding other provisions of the Mandatory Shoreland Zoning Act, the regulation of timber harvesting and timber harvesting activities in shoreland areas must be in accordance with section 438-B and rules adopted by the Maine Bureau of Forestry pursuant to Title 12, section 8867-B. Timber harvesting regulation repealed May 20, 2017.

P.

Water quality protection. No activity shall deposit on or into the ground or discharge to the waters of the state any pollutant that, by itself or in conjunction with other activities or substances, will impair designated uses or the water classification of the water body, tributary or wetland.

Q.

Minimum dimensional requirements in shoreland areas. All land use activities within the shoreland zone shall conform with the following applicable provisions, with the exception of allowable land use activities utilizing existing structures and/or activities that utilize public sewer, in the GD District adjacent to the Kennebec River. For these above-stated exceptions, the dimensional requirements of the underlying zoning district shall apply. Provisions:

(1)

Minimum lot standards.

Residential, per dwelling unit:

Minimum Lot Area

(square feet)

Minimum Shore Frontage

(feet)

(a) Within the shoreland zone adjacent to tidal areas30,000150
(b) Within the shoreland zone adjacent to nontidal areas40,000200

Governmental, institutional, commercial or industrial, per principal structure:

(a) Within the shoreland zone adjacent to tidal areas40,000200
(b) Within the shoreland zone adjacent to nontidal areas60,000300

Public and private recreational facilities:

Within the shoreland zone adjacent to tidal and nontidal areas

40,000200

(2)

Land below the normal high-water line of a water body or upland edge of a wetland and land beneath roads serving more than two lots shall not be included toward calculating minimum lot area.

(3)

Lots located on opposite sides of a public or private road shall be considered each a separate tract or parcel of land unless such road was established by the owner of land on both sides thereof after September 22, 1971.

(4)

The minimum width of any portion of any lot within 100 feet, horizontal distance, of the normal high-water line of a water body or upland edge of a wetland shall be equal to or greater than the shore frontage requirement for a lot with the proposed use.

(5)

If more than one residential dwelling unit, principal governmental, institutional, commercial or industrial structure or use, or combination thereof, is constructed or established on a single parcel, all dimensional requirements shall be met for each additional dwelling unit, principal structure, or use.

NOTE: Cluster housing is permitted, provided that the overall dimensional requirements, including frontage and lot area per dwelling unit, are met. When determining whether dimensional requirements are met, only land area within the shoreland zone shall be considered.

R.

Principal and accessory structures.

(1)

All new principal and accessory structures shall be set back at least 100 feet, horizontal distance, from the normal high-water line of great ponds classified GPA and rivers that flow to great ponds classified GPA, and 75 feet, horizontal distance, from the normal high-water line of other water bodies, tributary streams, or the upland edge of a wetland, except that, in the Stream

Protection 50 (SP50) District, the setback from the normal high-water line shall be at least 50 feet, and in the General Development District, the setback from the normal high-water line shall be at least 25 feet. In the Resource Protection District, the setback requirements shall be 250 feet, horizontal distance, except for structures, roads, parking spaces or other regulated objects specifically allowed in that district, in which case the setback requirements specified above shall apply. In addition:

(a)

The water body, tributary stream, or wetland setback provision shall neither apply to structures which require direct access to the water body or wetland as an operational necessity, such as piers, docks and retaining walls, nor to other water-dependent uses.

(b)

On a nonconforming lot of record on which only a residential structure exists, and it is not possible to place an accessory structure meeting the required water body, tributary stream or wetland setbacks, the Code Enforcement Officer may issue a permit to place a single accessory structure, with no utilities, for the storage of yard tools and similar equipment. Such accessory structure shall not exceed 80 square feet in area nor eight feet in height and shall be located as far from the shoreline or tributary stream as practical and shall meet all other applicable standards, including lot coverage and vegetation clearing limitations. In no case shall the structure be located closer to the shoreline or tributary stream than the principal structure.

NOTE: The Planning Board is authorized to increase the required setback of a proposed structure, as a condition to permit approval, if necessary to accomplish the purposes of this chapter. Instances where a greater setback may be appropriate include, but are not limited to, areas of steep slope, shallow or erodible soils, or where an adequate vegetative buffer does not exist.

NOTE: A tributary stream may be perennial or intermittent. Where a tributary stream is present within the shoreland zone, setback standards from that tributary stream are applicable.

(2)

Principal or accessory structures and expansions of existing structures which are permitted in the Resource Protection, Limited Residential, Limited Commercial, and Stream Protection Districts shall not exceed 35 feet in height. This provision shall not apply to structures such as transmission towers, windmills, antennas, and similar structures having no floor area.

(3)

The lowest floor elevation or openings of all buildings and structures, including basements, shall be elevated at least one foot above the elevation of the one-hundred-year flood, the flood of record, or, in the absence of these, the flood as defined by soil types identified as recent floodplain soils. In those municipalities that participate in the National Flood Insurance Program and have adopted the April 2005 version, or later version, of the Floodplain Management Ordinance, accessory structures may be placed in accordance with the standards of that ordinance and need not meet the elevation requirements of this subsection.

(4)

Lot coverage.

(a)

With the exception of General Development Districts located adjacent to coastal wetlands and rivers that do not flow to great ponds, nonvegetated surfaces shall not exceed a total of 20% of the portion of the lot located within the shoreland zone. This limitation does not apply to public boat launching facilities, regardless of the district in which the facility is located.

(b)

In a General Development District located adjacent to coastal wetlands, or rivers that do not flow to great ponds, nonvegetated surfaces shall not exceed a total of 70% of the portion of the lot located within the shoreland zone.

(c)

For the purposes of calculating lot coverage, nonvegetated surfaces include, but are not limited to, the following: structures, driveways, parking areas, and other areas from which vegetation has been removed. Naturally occurring ledge and rock outcroppings are not counted as nonvegetated surfaces when calculating lot coverage for lots of record on March 24, 1990, and in continuous existence since that date.

(5)

Retaining walls that are not necessary for erosion control shall meet the structure setback requirement, except for low retaining walls and associated fill, provided all of the following conditions are met:

(a)

The site has been previously altered and an effective vegetated buffer does not exist;

(b)

The wall(s) is(are) at least 25 feet, horizontal distance, from the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland;

(c)

The site where the retaining wall will be constructed is legally existing lawn or is a site eroding from lack of naturally occurring vegetation, and which cannot be stabilized with vegetative plantings;

(d)

The total height of the wall(s), in the aggregate, is no more than 24 inches;

(e)

Retaining walls are located outside of the one-hundred-year floodplain on rivers, streams, coastal wetlands, and tributary streams, as designated on the Federal Emergency Management Agency’s (FEMA) Flood Insurance Rate Maps or Flood Hazard Boundary Maps, or the flood of record, or, in the absence of these, by soil types identified as recent floodplain soils.

(f)

The area behind the wall is revegetated with grass, shrubs, trees, or a combination thereof, and no further structural development will occur within the setback area, including patios and decks; and

(g)

A vegetated buffer area is established within 25 feet, horizontal distance, of the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream, or upland edge of a wetland when a natural buffer area does not exist. The buffer area must meet the following characteristics:

[1]

The buffer must include shrubs and other woody and herbaceous vegetation. Where natural ground cover is lacking, the area must be supplemented with leaf or bark mulch;

[2]

Vegetation plantings must be in quantities sufficient to retard erosion and provide for effective infiltration of stormwater runoff;

[3]

Only native species may be used to establish the buffer area;

[4]

A minimum buffer width of 15 feet, horizontal distance, is required, measured perpendicularly to the normal high-water line or upland edge of a wetland;

[5]

A single footpath not to exceed the standards in § 300-528C(3)(a) may traverse the buffer.

NOTE: If the wall and associated soil disturbance occurs within 75 feet, horizontal distance, of a water body, tributary stream or coastal wetland, a permit pursuant to the Natural Resource Protection Act is required from the Department of Environmental Protection.

(6)

Notwithstanding the requirements stated above, stairways or similar structures may be allowed with a permit from the Code Enforcement Officer, to provide shoreline access in areas of steep slopes or unstable soils, provided that the structure is limited to a maximum of four feet in width, that the structure does not extend below or over the normal high-water line of a water body or upland edge of a wetland (unless permitted by the Department of Environmental Protection pursuant to the Natural Resources Protection Act, 38 M.R.S.A. § 480-C), and that the applicant demonstrates that no reasonable access alternative exists on the property.

S.

Hazard trees, storm-damaged trees, and dead tree removal.

(1)

Hazard trees in the shoreland zone may be removed without a permit after consultation with the Code Enforcement Officer if the following requirements are met:

(a)

Within the shoreline buffer, if the removal of a hazard tree results in a cleared opening in the tree canopy greater than 250 square feet, replacement with native tree species is required, unless there is new tree growth already present. New tree growth must be as near as practicable to where the hazard tree was removed and be at least two inches in diameter, measured at 4.5 feet above the ground level. If new growth is not present, then replacement trees shall consist of native species and be at least four feet in height and be no less than two inches in diameter. Stumps may not be removed.

(b)

Outside of the shoreline buffer, when the removal of hazard trees exceeds 40% of the volume of trees four inches or more in diameter, measured at 4.5 feet above ground level, in any ten-year period, and/or results in cleared openings exceeding 25% of the lot area within the shoreland zone, or 10,000 square feet, whichever is greater, replacement with native tree species is required, unless there is new tree growth already present. New tree growth must be as near as practicable to where the hazard tree was removed and be at least two inches in diameter, measured at 4.5 feet above the ground level. If new growth is not present, then replacement trees shall consist of native species and be at least two inches in diameter, measured at 4.5 feet above the ground level.

(c)

The removal of standing dead trees, resulting from natural causes, is permissible without the need for replanting or a permit, as long as the removal does not result in the creation of new lawn areas or other permanently cleared areas and stumps are not removed. For the purposes of this provision, dead trees are those trees that contain no foliage during the growing season.

(d)

The Code Enforcement Officer may require the property owner to submit an evaluation from a licensed forester or arborist before any hazard tree can be removed within the shoreland zone.

(e)

The Code Enforcement Officer may require more than a one-for-one replacement for hazard trees removed that exceed eight inches in diameter measured at 4.5 feet above the ground level.

(2)

Storm-damaged trees in the shoreland zone may be removed without a permit after consultation with the Code Enforcement Officer if the following requirements are met:

(a)

Within the shoreline buffer, when the removal of storm-damaged trees results in a cleared opening in the tree canopy greater than 250 square feet, replanting is not required, but the area shall be required to naturally revegetate, and the following requirements must be met:

[1]

The area from which a storm-damaged tree is removed does not result in new lawn areas or other permanently cleared areas;

[2]

Stumps from the storm-damaged trees may not be removed;

[3]

Limbs damaged from a storm event may be pruned even if they extend beyond the bottom 1/3 of the tree; and

[4]

If, after one growing season, no natural regeneration or regrowth is present, replanting of native tree seedlings or saplings is required at a density of one seedling per every 80 square feet of lost canopy.

(b)

Outside of the shoreline buffer, if the removal of storm-damaged trees exceeds 40% of the volume of trees four inches or more in diameter, measured at 4.5 feet above the ground level, in any ten-year period, or results, in the aggregate, in cleared openings exceeding 25% of the lot area within the shoreland zone or 10,000 square feet, whichever is greater, and no natural regeneration occurs within one growing season, then native tree seedlings or saplings shall be replanted on a one-for-one basis.

T.

Exemptions to clearing and vegetation removal requirements. The following activities are exempt from the clearing and vegetation removal standards set forth in Subsection C of this section, provided that all other applicable requirements of this chapter are complied with and the removal of vegetation is limited to that which is necessary:

(1)

The removal of vegetation that occurs at least once every two years for the maintenance of legally existing areas that do not comply with the vegetation standards in this chapter, such as, but not limited to, cleared openings in the canopy or fields. Such areas shall not be enlarged, except as allowed by this section. If any of these areas, due to lack of removal of vegetation every two years, reverts back to primarily woody vegetation, the requirements of Subsection C of this section apply.

(2)

The removal of vegetation from the location of allowed structures or allowed uses, when the shoreline setback requirements of Subsection Q of this section are not applicable.

(3)

The removal of vegetation from the location of public swimming areas associated with an allowed public recreational facility.

(4)

The removal of vegetation associated with allowed agricultural uses, provided best management practices are utilized, and provided all requirements of Subsection A of this section are complied with.

(5)

The removal of vegetation associated with brownfields or voluntary response action program (VRAP) projects, provided that the removal of vegetation is necessary for remediation activities to clean up contamination on a site in a General Development District, Commercial Fisheries and Maritime Activities District or other equivalent zoning district approved by the Commissioner that is part of a state or federal brownfields program or a voluntary response action program pursuant to 38 M.R.S.A § 343-E, and that is located along:

(a)

A coastal wetland; or

(b)

A river that does not flow to a great pond classified as GPA pursuant to 38 M.R.S.A

§ 465-A.

(6)

The removal of non-native invasive vegetation species, provided the following minimum requirements are met:

(a)

If removal of vegetation occurs via wheeled or tracked motorized equipment, the wheeled or tracked motorized equipment is operated and stored at least 25 feet, horizontal distance, from the shoreline, except that wheeled or tracked equipment may be operated or stored on existing structural surfaces, such as pavement or gravel;

(b)

Removal of vegetation within 25 feet, horizontal distance, from the shoreline occurs via hand tools; and

(c)

If applicable clearing and vegetation removal standards are exceeded due to the removal of non-native invasive species vegetation, the area shall be revegetated with native species to achieve compliance.

NOTE: An updated list of non-native invasive vegetation is maintained by the Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Forestry’s Natural Areas Program: http://www.maine.gov/dacf/mnap/features/invasive_plants/invasives.htm

(7)

The removal of vegetation associated with emergency response activities conducted by the Department, the United States Environmental Protection Agency, the United States Coast Guard, and their agents.

U.

Revegetation requirements. When revegetation is required in response to violations of the vegetation standards set forth in Subsection C of this section, to address the removal of non-native invasive species of vegetation, or as a mechanism to allow for development that may otherwise not be permissible due to the vegetation standards, including removal of vegetation in conjunction with a shoreline stabilization project, the revegetation must comply with the following requirements:

(1)

The property owner must submit a revegetation plan, prepared with and signed by a qualified professional, that describes revegetation activities and maintenance. The plan must include a scaled site plan, depicting where vegetation was, or is to be removed, where existing vegetation is to remain, and where vegetation is to be planted, including a list of all vegetation to be planted.

(2)

Revegetation must occur along the same segment of shoreline and in the same area where vegetation was removed and at a density comparable to the preexisting vegetation, except where a shoreline stabilization activity does not allow revegetation to occur in the same area and at a density comparable to the preexisting vegetation, in which case revegetation must occur along the same segment of shoreline and as close as possible to the area where vegetation was removed.

(3)

If part of a permitted activity, revegetation shall occur before the expiration of the permit. If the activity or revegetation is not completed before the expiration of the permit, a new revegetation plan shall be submitted with any renewal or new permit application.

(4)

Revegetation activities must meet the following requirements for trees and saplings:

(a)

All trees and saplings removed must be replaced with native noninvasive species;

(b)

Replacement vegetation must at a minimum consist of saplings;

(c)

If more than three trees or saplings are planted, then at least three different species shall be used;

(d)

No one species shall make up 50% or more of the number of trees and saplings planted;

(e)

If revegetation is required for a shoreline stabilization project, and it is not possible to plant trees and saplings in the same area where trees or saplings were removed, then trees or saplings must be planted in a location that effectively reestablishes the screening between the shoreline and structures; and

(f)

A survival rate of at least 80% of planted trees or saplings is required for a minimum five-year period.

(5)

Revegetation activities must meet the following requirements for woody vegetation and other vegetation under three feet in height:

(a)

All woody vegetation and vegetation under three feet in height must be replaced with native noninvasive species of woody vegetation and vegetation under three feet in height, as applicable;

(b)

Woody vegetation and vegetation under three feet in height shall be planted in quantities and variety sufficient to prevent erosion and provide for effective infiltration of stormwater;

(c)

If more than three woody vegetation plants are to be planted, then at least three different species shall be planted;

(d)

No one species shall make up 50% or more of the number of planted woody vegetation plants; and

(e)

Survival of planted woody vegetation and vegetation under three feet in height must be sufficient to remain in compliance with the standards contained within this chapter for a minimum of five years

(6)

Revegetation activities must meet the following requirements for ground vegetation and ground cover:

(a)

All ground vegetation and ground cover removed must be replaced with native herbaceous vegetation, in quantities and variety sufficient to prevent erosion and provide for effective infiltration of stormwater;

(b)

Where necessary due to a lack of sufficient ground cover, an area must be supplemented with a minimum four-inch depth of leaf mulch and/or bark mulch to prevent erosion and provide for effective infiltration of stormwater; and

(c)

Survival and functionality of ground vegetation and ground cover must be sufficient to remain in compliance with the standards contained within this chapter for a minimum of five years.

V.

Campgrounds. See § 300-520A, Campgrounds and campsites.

W.

Individual private campsites. See § 300-520B, Individual private campsites.

X.

Parking areas. See § 300-513B(4), Parking areas in Shoreland Districts.

§ 300-529Capitol View District

(Reserved)

§ 300-530Highway Corridor District

(Reserved)

§ 300-531(Reserved)

(Reserved)

§ 300-532Resource Conservation and Use District

(Reserved)

§ 300-533Cannabis Businesses

Amended

This section regulates Cannabis Businesses, as defined, uses within the City of Augusta. The permitting standards outlined here shall be adhered to for all Cannabis Businesses, in addition to other applicable standard in this and other ordinances or state law.

A.

Cannabis Businesses shall not locate within 500 feet of Religious Activities, a state licensed daycare of any size, or Educational Services only for public and private primary and secondary education.. Measurement shall be from the exterior wall or fence of the Cannabis Business to the property line of the protected use. This section shall not prohibit the activity of a caregiver or other authorized individual from administering or delivering cannabis to a qualified patient who is located within one of these protected areas.

B.

Cannabis Businesses shall not have any odor of cannabis detectible beyond the area controlled by the business, whether that be a lease or owned area that is a portion or all of a recorded parcel of land. Odors shall be controlled by whatever best-practices exist.

C.

Any Cannabis Business that is located in a zoning district where it is not a permitted or conditional use shall discontinue operation in that location by June 30, 2022.

D.

Cannabis grown by any Cannabis Business shall be grown indoors only.

E.

Cannabis Registered Caregiver and Cannabis Registered Caregiver (Home Occupation) may grow, process, and manufacture cannabis products at the registered caregiver's permanent residence in accordance with state law and their local license.

F.

Cannabis Registered Caregiver (Home Occupation) shall meet all license requirements for a home occupation and the additional license requirements for a Cannabis Registered Caregiver (Home Occupation). This use shall be a delivery only operation, with no customers coming to the site for any purpose. All in-person caregiver operations shall be done at the patient's home or other legal site. See the Home Occupation section of this ordinance for limitations of Cannabis Caregiver (Home Occupation).

G.

A Cannabis Business shall be located in a structure on a permanent foundation. A Cannabis Caregiver

(Home Occupation) may also be located in a mobile home (Manufactured Housing, Type 1).

§ 300-534Cannabis for Personal Use

Amended

All cannabis cultivated for personal use under Title 28-B of the Maine Revised Statutes shall be grown on the property where the user is domiciled.

Part 6Administration

§ 300-601Enforcement; violations and penalties

Amended

A.

Enforcement. It shall be the duty of the Code Enforcement Officer to enforce the provisions of this chapter.

(1)

If the Code Enforcement Officer shall find that any provision of this chapter is being violated, he or she shall notify in writing the person responsible for such violation, indicating the nature of the violation and ordering the action necessary to correct it, including discontinuance of illegal use of land, buildings, structures, or work being done, removal of illegal buildings or structures, and abatement of nuisance conditions. A copy of such notices shall be submitted to the municipal officers and be maintained as a permanent record.

(2)

The Code Enforcement Officer shall conduct on-site inspections to ensure compliance with all applicable laws and conditions attached to permit approvals. The Code Enforcement Officer shall also investigate all complaints of alleged violations of this chapter.

(3)

Before issuing a certificate of occupancy, the Code Enforcement Officer may require the applicant to submit a performance bond running to the City or certified check payable to the City, in an amount and form acceptable to the Director of Finance, with the advice and consent of the Code Enforcement Officer and the Corporation Counsel. The performance bond or certified check must equal at least the total cost of furnishing, installing and completing all permit approval items as required by the Code Enforcement Officer at the time of issuing the certificate of occupancy. The surety shall not expire without written approval of the Director of Finance.

(4)

The Code Enforcement Officer shall keep a complete record of all essential transactions of the office, including applications submitted, permits granted or denied, variances granted or denied, revocation actions, revocation of permits, appeals, court actions, violations investigated, violations found, and fees collected.

(5)

On an annual basis, a summary of the records listed in Subsection A(3) of this section affecting shoreland areas shall be submitted to the Director of the Bureau of Land Quality Control within the Department of Environmental Protection.

(6)

With respect to flood damage prevention requirements and in addition to any other actions, the Code Enforcement Officer, upon determination that a violation exists, shall submit a declaration to the Administrator of the Federal Insurance Administration requesting a denial of flood insurance. The valid declaration shall consist of:

(a)

The name of the property owner and address or legal description of the property sufficient to confirm its identity or location;

(b)

A clear and unequivocal declaration that the property is in violation of a cited state or local law, regulation, or ordinance;

(c)

A clear statement that the public body making the declaration has authority to do so and a citation to that authority;

(d)

Evidence that the property owner has been provided notice of the violation and the prospective denial of insurance; and

(e)

A clear statement that the declaration is being submitted pursuant to Section 1316 of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended.76

(7)

Subdivisions. The Director of Code Enforcement or his designee may issue a cease work order on any subdivision or major development in which the subdivider, developer or his contractor is violating the terms of the subdivision approval. Such order may be issued only after counsel with the City Engineer. The cease work order shall apply until violations are sufficiently corrected. Work done after issuance of a cease work order shall be considered a violation of this chapter and subject to the fines of this chapter.

(8)

Actions or failure to act by the Code Enforcement Officer pursuant to Subsection A of this section are not appealable to the Board of Appeals.

B.

Legal actions. When the above action does not result in the correction or abatement of the violation or nuisance condition, the municipal officers, upon notice from the Code Enforcement Officer, are hereby directed to institute any and all actions and proceedings, either legal or equitable, including seeking injunctions of violations and the imposition of fines, that may be appropriate or necessary to enforce the provisions of this chapter in the name of the municipality. The municipal officers, or their authorized agent, are hereby authorized to enter into administrative consent agreements for the purpose of eliminating violations of this chapter and recovering fines without court action. Such agreements shall not allow an illegal structure or use to continue unless there is clear and convincing evidence that the illegal structure or use was constructed or conducted as a direct result of erroneous advice given by the authorized municipal official and there is no evidence that the owner acted in bad faith, or unless the removal of the structure or use will result in a threat or hazard to public health and safety or will result in substantial environmental damage. Actions or failure to act by the municipal officers pursuant to this section are not appealable to the Board of Appeals.

C.

Penalty.

(1)

Any person, firm, or corporation, including a landowner's agent or a contractor, who orders or conducts any activity in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter or who fails to comply with any of its requirements, including violations of conditions and safeguards established in connection with grants of variances or conditional uses, shall, upon conviction thereof, be penalized in accordance with 30-A M.R.S.A. § 4452. As of the effective date of this chapter, such penalties include fines of not less than $100 nor more than $2,500 per violation. Each day such violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. However, in a Resource Protection District, the maximum penalty is increased to $5,000 (38 M.R.S.A. § 4452).

(2)

The owner or tenant of any building, structure, premises, or part thereof, and any architect, builder, contractor, or agent, or other person who commits, participates in, or maintains such violation, may each be found guilty of a separate offense and suffer the penalties herein provided.

(3)

With respect to flood damage prevention regulations, the penalties contained in 30-A M.R.S.A.

§ 4452 shall apply to any violation of this chapter.

(4)

With respect to the subdivision regulations, any person who conveys or offers or agrees to

12.

Editor's Note: See 42 U.S.C. § 4023.

convey any land by reference to a subdivision plan which has not been approved as required by this chapter and recorded by the proper Register of Deeds, shall be subject to by a civil penalty of not more than $1,000 for each lot conveyed or offered or agreed to be conveyed, except that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to bar any legal or equitable action to restrain or enjoin any act in violation of these regulations.

D.

Permit required; general. The Code Enforcement Officer shall review and approve, approve with condition or deny applications for permits in accordance with this chapter. The Code Enforcement Officer shall inform applicants as to the need for a conditional use permit by the Planning Board as outlined in § 300-603A. In accordance with § 300-606B, the Board of Appeals shall hear and decide appeals where it is alleged there is an error in any order, requirement, decision or determination made by the Code Enforcement Officer or Planning Board.

(1)

Building permit plans required.

(a)

Where specifically permitted "by right," no building permit is needed.

(b)

No structure and/or parking lot shall be erected, enlarged, moved or improved without a permit from the Code Enforcement Officer. No permit shall be issued except in conformity with the provisions of this chapter. An administrative fee of will be charged for each permit application, in addition to building permit fees.

(2)

Special fees. The City Council shall set fees for conditional uses, appeals and variances, appeals from Planning Board decisions, rezonings, subdivisions, flood hazard development permits and major developments, which fees shall be adjusted from time to time. Said fee schedule shall be filed with the City Clerk.

(a)

Said fees will be collected at the time the applicant files, and the fees are nonrefundable.

(b)

An additional fee may be charged if the Code Enforcement Officer, City Planner, City Engineer, Board of Appeals and/or Planning Board needs the assistance of a professional engineer or other expert. The expert's fee shall be paid in full by the applicant within 10 days after the town submits a bill to the applicant. Failure to pay the bill shall constitute a violation of this chapter and be grounds for the issuance of a stop-work order. An expert shall not be hired by the municipality at the expense of an applicant until the applicant has either consented to such hiring in writing or been given an opportunity to be heard on the subject. An applicant who is dissatisfied with a decision to hire expert assistance may appeal that decision to the Board of Appeals.

(3)

Application for permit; plans required:

(a)

Site plan required. All applications for permits shall be accompanied by a site plan of suitable scale showing:

[1]

The actual shape, size, and location of the lot to be built upon and the names of the landowner of record as well as the names of the abutting property owners;

[2]

A survey prepared by a Maine registered land surveyor and tied to the Maine Coordinate System (as outlined in § 3.2.6 of the City of Augusta Technical Standards Handbook) shall be required by the Code Enforcement Officer for all nonresidential uses with a proposed floor area in excess of 10,000 square feet;

[3]

The size (specific dimensions), the shape, height, and location (with setbacks noted)

of any buildings to be erected, altered, or removed from the lot;

[4]

The location of street entrances to, exits from and driveways on the premises;

[5]

The location, size, and site design, construction, and traffic service arrangement of existing or proposed off-street parking and loading areas;

[6]

Abutting rights-of-way and right-of-way widths;

[7]

Show how applicable performance standards will be met;

[8]

The proposed location, size (design, lighting, and display characteristics) of all signs;

[9]

The location of existing and/or proposed sewage disposal facilities;

[10]

The location of existing and/or proposed water supply facilities; and

[11]

Any areas to be cut and filled.

(b)

The application shall include any other information is a complete application or, if the application is incomplete, the specific additional material needed to make a complete application. The issuance or refusal of a permit shall be made within 10 working days of the submission of a complete application to the Code Enforcement Officer. In shoreland areas, no permit shall be issued for any structure or use involving the construction, installation or alteration of plumbing facilities unless a permit for such facilities has first been secured by the applicant from the licensed plumbing inspector, according to the requirements of this chapter and state law.

(c)

All applications shall be dated, and the Code Enforcement Officer or Planning Board, as appropriate, shall note upon each application the date and time of its receipt.

(d)

If the property is not served by a public sewer, a valid plumbing permit or a completed application for a plumbing permit, including the site evaluation approved by the licensed plumbing inspector, shall be submitted whenever the nature of the proposed structure would require the installation of a subsurface sewage disposal system.

(e)

Right, title or interest. The Planning Board shall consider an application only when an applicant has demonstrated sufficient right, title or interest in all of the property which is proposed for development or use. An applicant shall demonstrate in writing sufficient right, title or interest, as follows:

[1]

When the applicant claims ownership of the property, a copy of the deed(s) to the property shall be submitted.

[2]

When the applicant has an option, purchase-sale agreement or other contractual agreement for the acquisition of the property, a copy of such agreement(s) shall be submitted. Such agreements shall contain terms to establish future title.

[3]

When the applicant has a lease on the property, a copy of the lease shall be submitted. The lease shall be of sufficient duration to permit construction and reasonable use of the development.

(4)

If no substantial progress of construction has been made within six months of the date of the permit, the permit shall become invalid.

E.

Permit required, flood hazard areas. The following additional application information is required:

(1)

The elevation in relation to mean sea level, or to a locally established datum in Zone A only, of the:

(a)

Base flood at the proposed site of all new or substantially improved structures, which is determined:

[1]

In Zones A1-30, AE, AO, and AH, from data contained in the "Flood Insurance Study — City of Augusta, Maine," as described in § 300-508A; or

[2]

In Zone A, to be the elevation of the ground at the intersection of the floodplain boundary and a line perpendicular to the shoreline which passes along the ground through the site of the proposed building;

(b)

Highest and lowest grades at the site adjacent to the walls of the proposed building;

(c)

Lowest floor, including basement, and whether or not such structures contain a basement; and

(d)

Levels, in the case of nonresidential structures only, to which the structure will be floodproofed;

(2)

A description of a base flood elevation reference point established on the site of all new or substantially improved structures;

(3)

A written certification by a registered State of Maine surveyor that the elevations shown on the application are accurate;

(4)

Certification by a registered State of Maine professional engineer or architect that floodproofing methods for any nonresidential structures will meet the floodproofing criteria of Subsection E(1)(d) of this section, § 300-508E(6) and other applicable standards in § 300-508E;

(5)

A description of the extent to which any watercourse will be altered or relocated as a result of the proposed development; and

(6)

A statement of construction plans describing in detail how each applicable development standard in § 300-508E will be met.

F.

Installation of public utility service, Shoreland Zones only. No public utility, water district, sanitary district or any utility company of any kind may install services to any new structure located in any Shoreland Zone unless written authorization attesting to the validity and currency of all local permits required under this chapter or any previous ordinance has been issued by the appropriate municipal officials. Following installation of service, the company or district shall forward the written authorization to the municipal officials, indicating that installation has been completed.

§ 300-602Technical standards

A.

The City staff shall promulgate a Technical Standards Handbook, which may be revised from time to time, regarding the specific design criteria, including but not limited to streets, driveways, water, sewer, other utilities, parks, and drainage, erosion and sedimentation control. All standards defined and outlined in this handbook and approved by the Planning Board shall be considered official standards of development for land use in the City of Augusta.

B.

Before approval or revision of the technical standards, the Planning Board shall hold a public hearing on said proposed standards. Public notice will be posted at least seven days before said hearing.

§ 300-603Conditional uses

Amended

A.

General. The Planning Board is hereby authorized to hear and decide, in accordance with Chapter 14, Article II, of the Code of the City of Augusta, as amended, upon applications for conditional uses. The Planning Board shall hear and approve, approve with modifications or conditions (see Subsection F of this section), or disapprove all applications for conditional uses. No conditional use permit shall be authorized unless specific provision for such conditional use is made in this chapter. A person informed by the Code Enforcement Officer that he requires a conditional use permit shall file an application for the permit with the Planning Board.

B.

Exemption.

(1)

(One time only). Expansion/enlargement of an existing listed conditional use not exceeding 500 square feet may be processed without Planning Board review if no written requests for a public hearing are filed with the City Planner within seven working days after the official notification by the City of property owners meeting the notification standards listed in § 300-603C(1). If a request for public hearing is received by the City Planner within the seven-working-day period, the project will be processed as a conditional use as outlined in this section.

(2)

Expansion/enlargement of an existing conditional use for required egress structures such as stairs, ramps and landings (whether enclosed or open air, not exceeding minimum dimensions) require approval by the Bureau of Code Enforcement, may require review by the Augusta Historic Preservation Commission, and are exempt from Planning Board review.

C.

Public hearing.

(1)

Following the filing of an application, and before taking action on any application, the Planning Board shall hold a public hearing on the application within 30 days. The Planning Board shall provide notice of a public hearing on the application, in the form and manner and to the persons specified herein.

(a)

The notice shall include the time and place of such hearing, which shall be within 30 days of such application, the nature of the matter to be heard, the address or location of the property involved. Where notice by mail is required, it shall be mailed at least 10 days in advance of the hearing date by regular United States mail.

(b)

Notices shall be given to each of the following:

[1]

To the applicant, City Council, Planning Board and Board of Zoning Appeals.

[2]

To all residents of the City, by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the City at least 10 days before the hearing, and by posting a sign on the portion of the property involved that is nearest the public road.

[3]

To the owners of the properties, by regular United States mail, within 500 feet of the parcel involved if the parcel is located in the Urban Growth Area Districts or within 1,000 feet of the parcel involved if the parcel is located in the Planned Development and/or Rural Districts. Major Development, Major Subdivision, New Mineral

Extraction License, Expansions of Renewal Mineral Extraction Licenses and shooting ranges will have a 2,000 foot notification in the Planned Development and/ or Rural Districts.

[4]

For the purposes of this section, the owners of property shall be considered to be the parties listed by the Assessor's office of the City of Augusta as those against whom taxes are assessed. Failure of any property owner to receive a notice of public hearing shall not necessitate another hearing and shall not invalidate any action by the Planning Board.

(2)

The applicant's case shall be heard first. The applicant shall be allowed to directly cross-examine witnesses. To maintain order by procedure, each side shall proceed without interruption. Questions may be asked through the Chair. All persons at the hearing shall abide by the order of the Chair.

D.

Conditional use decision. Within 30 days of the public hearing, the Planning Board shall approve, deny, or approve with conditions all applications for a conditional use permit if it makes a positive finding based on each of the following applicable criteria. The applicant shall have the burden of proving that his/her application is in compliance with the requirements of this chapter.

E.

Site plan review criteria applicable to conditional uses. Residential projects within the Shoreland Overlay Districts only require review per § 300-603E(5)(e), as outlined in the Shoreland Zoning Application. Photographic documentation of projects within Shoreland Overlay Districts require photographic documentation of shoreline vegetation and the development site prior to construction and no later than 20 days after completion of the development.

(1)

Neighborhood compatibility. [The intent of this subsection is to encourage the applicant to design the proposal in consideration of the physical impact it will have on the immediate neighborhood (within 500 feet if the property is in the Urban Growth Area Districts and within 1,000 feet if the property is in the Planned Development and/or Rural Districts. Major Development, Major Subdivision, New Mineral Extraction License, Expansions of Renewal Mineral Extraction Licenses, and shooting ranges will have a 2,000 foot standard in the Planned Development and/or Rural Districts).]

(a)

Is the proposal compatible with and sensitive to the character of the site and neighborhood relative to:

[1]

Land uses;

[2]

Architectural design;

[3]

Scale, bulk and building height;

[4]

Identity and historical character;

[5]

Disposition and orientation of buildings on the lot; and

[6]

Visual integrity?

(b)

Are the elements of the site plan (e.g., buildings, circulation, open space and landscaping) designed and arranged to maximize the opportunity for privacy by the residents of the immediate area?

(c)

Will the proposal maintain safe and healthful conditions within the neighborhood? This

criterion shall not be limited to the standards affecting safety and health as outlined in this chapter. Additional regulations may be found in the City of Augusta Code, as amended.

(d)

Will the proposal have a significant detrimental effect on the value of adjacent properties (which could be avoided by reasonable modifications of the plan)? In determining whether this criterion has been met, the Planning Board may require the applicant to submit an appraisal prepared by a State of Maine certified appraiser.

(e)

Will the proposal cause exterior queuing of vehicles or loitering of pedestrians which would have a negative impact on the surrounding neighborhood?

(2)

Plans and policies.

(Reserved)

(3)

Traffic pattern, flow and volume.

(a)

Is the proposal designed so that the additional traffic generated does not have a significant negative impact on surrounding neighborhood?

(b)

Will safe access be assured by providing proper sight distance and minimum width curb cuts for safe entering and exiting? See City of Augusta Technical Standards Handbook.

(c)

Does the proposal provide access for emergency vehicles and for persons attempting to render emergency services?

(d)

Does the entrance and parking system provide for the smooth and convenient movement of vehicles both on and off the site? Does the proposal satisfy the parking capacity requirements of the City and provide adequate space suited to the loading and unloading of persons, materials and goods?

(4)

Public and private facilities. Is the proposal served by utilities with adequate capacity or have arrangements been made for extension and augmentation of the following services:

(a)

Water supply (both domestic and fire flow);

(b)

Sanitary sewer/subsurface waste disposal system;

(c)

Electricity/telephone;

(d)

Storm drainage?

(5)

Resource protection and environment.

(a)

If the proposal contains known sensitive areas such as erodible or shallow soils, wetlands, aquifers, aquifer recharge areas, floodplain or steep slopes (over 15%), what special engineering precautions will be taken to overcome these limitations?

(b)

Does the proposal conform to applicable local, state DEP and federal EPA air quality standards, including but not limited to odor, dust, fumes or gases which are noxious, toxic or corrosive, suspended solid or liquid particles, or any air contaminant which may obscure an observer's vision?

(c)

Does the proposal conform to applicable local, state DEP and federal EPA water quality standards, including but not limited to erosion and sedimentation, runoff control, and solid

wastes and hazardous substances?

(d)

Will all sewage and industrial wastes be treated and disposed of in such a manner as to comply with applicable federal, state and local standards?

(e)

Shoreland Overlay Districts. Will the proposal:

[1]

Maintain safe and healthful conditions;

[2]

Not result in water pollution, erosion, or sedimentation to surface waters;

[3]

Adequately provide for the disposal of all wastewater;

[4]

Not have an adverse impact on spawning grounds, fish, aquatic life, bird or other wildlife habitat;

[5]

Conserve shore cover and visual as well as actual points of access to inland and coastal waters;

[6]

Protectarcheologicalandhistoricresourcesasdesignatedinthe2023 Comprehensive Plan;

[7]

Avoid problems associated with floodplain development and use; and

[8]

Conform with the provisions of § 300-528, Special standards applicable to shoreland areas?

(6)

Performance standards.

(a)

Does the proposal comply with all applicable performance and dimensional standards as outlined in this chapter?

(b)

Can the proposed land use be conducted so that noise generated shall not exceed the performance levels specified in Part 5, Performance Standards, of this chapter? Detailed plans for the elimination of objectionable noises may be required before the issuance of a building permit.

(c)

If the proposal involves intense glare or heat, whether direct or reflected, is the operation conducted within an enclosed building or with other effective screening in such a manner as to make such glare or heat completely imperceptible from any point along the property line? Detailed plans for the elimination of intense glare or heat may be required before issuance of a building permit. Temporary construction is excluded from this criterion.

(d)

Is the exterior lighting, except for overhead streetlighting and emergency warning or traffic signals, installed in such a manner that the light source will be sufficiently obscured to prevent excessive glare on public streets and walkways or into any residential area?

(e)

Does the landscaping screen the parking areas, loading areas, trash containers, outside storage areas, blank walls or fences and other areas of low visual interest from roadways, residences, public open space (parks) and public view?

(f)

Are all the signs in the proposal in compliance with provisions of this chapter?

(7)

Financial and technical ability.

(a)

Does the applicant have adequate technical ability to meet the terms of this chapter?

(b)

Does the applicant have adequate financial ability to construct the development in compliance with the terms of this chapter?

(8)

It is incumbent upon the Planning Board to approve the application unless it makes one or more negative written findings with respect to the above applicable criteria. All decisions of the Planning Board shall be accompanied by a written statement that sets forth the precise reasons why the findings were made. Once a decision is made, the Planning Board shall inform, in writing, the applicant and the Code Enforcement Officer of its decision and its reasons therefor. Upon notification of the decision of the Planning Board, the Code Enforcement Officer, as instructed, shall immediately issue, issue with conditions prescribed by the Planning Board, or deny a conditional use permit.

F.

Conditions attached to conditional uses. Upon consideration of the criteria listed above, the Planning Board may attach such conditions, in addition to those required elsewhere in this chapter, that it finds necessary to further the purposes of this chapter. Violation of any of these conditions shall be a violation of this chapter. Such conditions may include, but are not limited to, specifications for type of vegetation; increased setbacks and yards; specified sewage disposal and water supply facilities; landscaping and planting screens; period of operation; operational controls (including noise and odor control); professional inspection and maintenance; sureties; deed restrictions; restrictive covenants; locations of facilities; type of construction; or any other conditions necessary to fulfill the purposes of this chapter.

G.

Effective date of approval. All projects approved by the Planning Board in accordance with this section shall be commenced within two years of the date of the Planning Board decision and shall be substantially completed within five years of the date of the Planning Board decision unless a permit extension has been granted by the Board.

§ 300-604Special exception uses

Amended

A.

General.

(1)

The Planning Board is hereby authorized to hear and decide, in accordance with Chapter 14, Article II, of the Code of the City of Augusta, as amended, upon applications for special exception uses. The Planning Board shall hear and approve, approve with modifications or conditions (see Subsection D of this section), or disapprove all applications for special exception uses. Special exception uses are either single family residential structures in a Resource Protection District or commercial land uses and developments that could support or enhance the purposes of a predominantly residential zoning district with adherence to reasonably high design standards.

(2)

A 2/3 majority of the minimum meeting quorum of the Planning Board shall be required to approve a special exception use permit. No special exception use permit shall be authorized unless specific provision for such special exception use is made in this chapter. A person informed by the Code Enforcement Officer that he requires a special exception use permit shall file an application for the permit with the Planning Board.

B.

Public hearing. Following the filing of a complete application for a special exception use review, and before taking action on the application, the Planning Board shall hold a public hearing on the proposed project at its next monthly meeting, providing the application is determined to be complete

by the City Planner at a date not later than the application deadline for said meeting. The Planning Board shall provide notice of a public hearing on the application, in the form and manner and to the persons specified within the Conditional Uses Section 300-603.C.

C.

Site plan review criteria applicable to special exception uses.

(1)

Single family residential structures in the Resource Protection District. The applicant must demonstrate that all of the following conditions are met:

(a)

There is no location on the property, other than a location within the Resource Protection District, where the structure can be built.

(b)

The lot on which the structure is proposed is undeveloped and was established and recorded in the registry of deeds of the county in which the lot is located before the adoption of the Resource Protection District.

(c)

All proposed buildings, sewage disposal systems and other improvements are:

[1]

Located on natural ground slopes of less than 20%; and

[2]

Located outside the floodway of the 100-year flood-plain along rivers and artificially formed great ponds along rivers and outside the velocity zone in areas subject to tides, based on detailed flood insurance studies and as delineated on the Federal Emergency Management Agency's Flood Boundary and Floodway Maps and Flood Insurance Rate Maps; all buildings, including basements, are elevated at least one foot above the 100-year flood-plain elevation; and the development is otherwise in compliance with any applicable municipal flood-plain ordinance. If the floodway is not shown on the Federal Emergency Management Agency Maps, it is deemed to be 1/2 the width of the 100-year flood-plain.

(d)

The total footprint, including cantilevered or similar overhanging extensions, of all principal and accessory structures is limited to a maximum of 1,500 square feet. This limitation shall not be altered by variance.

(e)

All structures, except functionally water-dependent structures, are set back from the normal high-water line of a water body, tributary stream or upland edge of a wetland to the greatest practical extent, but not less than 75 feet, horizontal distance. In determining the greatest practical extent, the Planning Board shall consider the depth of the lot, the slope of the land, the potential for soil erosion, the type and amount of vegetation to be removed, the proposed building site's elevation in regard to the flood-plain, and its proximity to moderate-value and high-value wetlands.

(f)

Site plan review criteria applicable to conditional uses in Shoreland Overlay Districts (§ 300-603.E(5)(e) are met.

(2)

Commercial land uses and developments.

(a)

Design review requirements. Does project meet the design standards of § 300-605C of this chapter?

(b)

Project design impact upon purposes of district. Does the project support/advance the purposes of the zoning district(s) that it is part of?

(c)

Special exception use criteria. Does the project meet all the criteria for conditional uses

identified in § 300-603E of this chapter?

D.

Conditions attached to special exception uses. Upon consideration of the criteria listed above, the Planning Board may attach such conditions, in addition to those required elsewhere in this chapter, that it finds necessary to further the purposes of this chapter. Violation of any of these conditions shall be a violation of this chapter. Such conditions may include, but are not limited to, specifications for type of vegetation; increased setbacks and yards; specified sewage disposal and water supply facilities; landscaping and planting screens; period of operation; operational controls (including noise and odor control); professional inspection and maintenance; sureties; deed restrictions; restrictive covenants; locations of facilities; type of construction; or any other conditions necessary to fulfill the purposes of this chapter.

E.

Special exception use decision.

(1)

A finding by a minimum of 2/3 majority of the minimum meeting quorum of the Planning Board that the project satisfactorily meets all the applicable review criteria identified in Subsection C above shall be required to approve the application. All decisions of the Planning Board shall be accompanied by a written statement that sets forth the precise reasons why the findings were made. Once a decision is made, the Planning Board shall inform, in writing, the applicant and the Code Enforcement Officer of its decision and its reasons therefor. Upon notification of the decision of the Planning Board, the Code Enforcement Officer, as instructed, shall immediately issue, issue with conditions prescribed by the Planning Board, or deny a special exception use permit.

(2)

Within 30 days of the public hearing, the Planning Board shall approve, deny, or approve with conditions all applications for a special exception use permit if it makes a positive finding based on each of the following applicable criteria. The applicant shall have the burden of proving that his/her application is in compliance with the requirements of this chapter.

F.

Effective date of approval. Projects approved by the Planning Board in accordance with this section, with the exception of shoreland overlay district permits, shall be commenced within two years of the date of the Planning Board decision and shall be substantially completed within five years of the date of the Planning Board decision unless a permit extension has been granted by the Board. Shoreland overlay district permits shall expire one year from the date of issuance if a substantial start is not made in construction or in the use of the property during that period. If a substantial start is made within one year of the issuance of the permit, the applicant shall have one additional year to complete the project, at which time the permit shall expire.

§ 300-605Design review

A.

Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide design standards for reviewing commercial development within certain residential and mixed-use zoning districts within Augusta. The following rural residential zoning districts require design review for special exception uses: Rural River 2 District (RR2) and the Rural Residential District (RRES). Design review is also required for specified land uses within the Riggs Brook Village (RBV) District. These standards ensure that the public health, safety, and general welfare are protected and the general interest of the public is served. The standards provide for originality, flexibility and innovation in commercial development, including quality architectural design and outdoor signage that will enhance Augusta as a unique place to live and conduct business.

B.

Design standards.

(1)

Exterior building design. Buildings with exterior walls greater than 50 feet in horizontal length shall be constructed using a combination of architectural features and a variety of building materials and landscaping near the walls. Walls which can be viewed from public streets shall be designed using architectural features and landscaping (abutting the building) for at least 50% of the wall length. Other walls shall incorporate architectural features and landscaping for at least 30% of the wall length.

(2)

Architectural features. Architectural features include but are not limited to the following: recesses, projections, wall insets, arcades, window display areas, awnings, balconies, window projections, landscape structures or other features that complement the design intent of the structure and are acceptable to the review authority. A portion of the on-site landscaping shall abut the walls so that the vegetation combined with the architectural features significantly reduce the visual impact of the building mass as viewed from the street.

(3)

Building materials. The predominant building materials shall be materials that are characteristic of Central Maine such as brick, wood, native stone and tinted/textured concrete masonry units and/or glass products. Other materials such as smooth-faced concrete block, undecorated tilt-up concrete panels, or prefabricated steel panels should only be used as accents and not dominate the building exterior of the structure. Metal roofs may be allowed if compatible with the overall architectural design of the building. Materials shall be of low reflectance, subtle, neutral or earth-tone colors. The use of high-intensity colors such as black, neon, metallic or florescent colors for the facade and/or roof of the building are prohibited except as approved for building trim. The use of trademark colors will require approval by the Planning Board.

(4)

Roof design. Roofs shall be designed to reduce the apparent exterior mass of a building, add visual interest and be appropriate to the architectural style of the building. Variations within one architectural style are highly encouraged. Visible rooflines and roofs that project over the exterior wall of a building enough to cast a shadow on the ground are highly encouraged. Architectural methods shall be used to conceal flat rooftops. Overhanging eaves, sloped roofs and multiple roof elements are highly encouraged. Mansard-style roofs are discouraged.

(5)

Customer entrance(s). Each building shall have at least one clearly defined, highly visible customer entrance using a combination of the following architectural features: canopies, porticos, arcades, arches, wing walls, and permanent above-grade integral planters.

(6)

Community amenities along Church Hill Road, Route 3, and the Frontage Access Road (applies to Riggs Brook Village District only). Each building along Church Hill Road, Route 3, and the Frontage Access Road shall contribute to the enhancement of the Village and its public spaces during warm seasons by providing at least two community amenities such as a picnic area, water feature, artwork or sculpture, clock tower, landscaped garden with park benches or other features acceptable to the Planning Board. These features shall abut the sidewalks.

C.

Design certificate. In considering applications for design review, the Planning Board shall use the criteria appearing in Subsection F below. An approved design certificate from the Planning Board shall be required before a permit to proceed is issued for any special exception uses, or for land uses requiring design review in § 300-314.7C in the Riggs Brook Village (RBV) District.

D.

Application process. The application process shall be as follows:

(1)

The application for a design certificate shall be made to the City Planning Bureau on forms provided therefor. Each application shall be accompanied by such sketches, drawings, photographs, descriptions or other information showing the proposed alterations, additions,

changes or new construction as may be required for the Board to make a decision.

(2)

The staff shall transmit the application for a design review certificate, together with the supporting information and material, to the Planning Board (the Board) at its next meeting for examination and approval. The Board shall act within 60 days from the date the applicant files a completed application and pays all required application fees. If the Board does not act within 60 days, the application is deemed to be approved and a design certificate shall be issued.

(3)

Nothing herein shall prohibit an extension of time, by a formal action for a specific period of time, for review and approval of the application if the parties have mutually agreed that more information and/or discussion is required. Unless the Board disapproves an application, a design certificate shall be issued with or without conditions. When the Board disapproves an application, its reasons shall be issued to the applicant in written form.

E.

Required submission materials:

(1)

Completed application, including application fee.

(2)

A conceptual site plan, drawn to a scale of one inch equals 40 feet (or similar) by a professional engineer or architect, showing the following:

(a)

A general site location map of where property is located in Augusta.

(b)

Location of all property boundaries of the development parcel.

(c)

Location of all existing structures within 200 feet of either end of the frontage boundary line (including both sides of the road).

(d)

Location of all existing and proposed structures, showing total building square footage; elevation of lowest floor; proposed land use(s); location of customer entrances.

(e)

All existing and proposed parking areas; driveways; loading and delivery areas.

(f)

All existing and proposed landscape areas; buffer yard areas; fences; natural vegetation areas; outside equipment; trash containers; storage areas; and community amenities (if within Riggs Brook Village).

(3)

Elevation drawings, drawn by a professional engineer or architect, showing the following:

(a)

The facade and roof (with identification of materials) of the side of the proposed building(s) facing the street;

(b)

The facade and roof (with identification of materials) of the side of the proposed building(s) facing the customer entrance(s); and

(c)

If not shown by Subsection E(3)(a) and (b) above, an elevation of the side of the building that best depicts the profile of the roofline(s).

(4)

Photographs of street scenes showing the architectural context of adjacent and nearby properties on both sides of the street, and a photograph taken from across the street looking at the proposed area of development.

F.

Criteria for approval. The Design Review Board shall approve or approve with conditions an application based upon a finding that the proposed design adequately meets all the applicable design standards identified in Subsection B above. If the proposed project fails to adequately meet one or

more of the applicable design standards, the application shall be denied.

§ 300-606Appeals

A.

Establishment of Board of Appeals. There is hereby established a Board to be known as the "Board of Zoning Appeals," which Board's duties shall include, but not be limited to, hearing appeals under this chapter.

(1)

Compliance with state law. The Board of Zoning Appeals shall comply with the provisions of 30-A M.R.S.A. § 2691 and 30-A M.R.S.A. § 4353, as amended.

(2)

Membership. The Board of Zoning Appeals shall consist of seven members and two associate members, all of whom shall be residents of the City of Augusta. Neither a municipal officer nor a spouse of a municipal officer may be a member or associate member of the Board. All members shall serve without pay.

(3)

Municipal officers to appoint members. All members of the Board of Zoning Appeals, including associate members, shall be appointed by the Mayor and confirmed by the City Council.

(4)

Members' terms. The initial appointed members shall hold office, two for one year, two for two years and three for three years. Thereafter, the appointments shall be for a term of three years. Associate members shall be appointed for three-year terms. The municipal officers may dismiss a member of the Board for cause before the member's term expires.

(5)

Vacancies. When a member of the Board of Zoning Appeals is unable to act because of conflict of interest, physical incapacity, absence, or any other reason satisfactory to the Chairman, one or both associate members are hereby empowered to act in place of the regular member or members who are unable to act. When there is a permanent vacancy, the senior associate member shall automatically assume the position created by the vacancy and shall serve for the unexpired term of said position without the necessity of being specifically appointed or sworn to said position. The Mayor shall thereafter appoint a new associate member for a three-year term. The appointment shall be confirmed by the City Council.

(6)

Quorum and voting requirements.

(a)

The presence of four or more Board of Zoning Appeals members shall constitute a quorum, and associate members in attendance may be included in determining the existence of a quorum. When a member of the Board is unable to act because of a conflict of interest, physical incapacity, absence or any other reason satisfactory to the Chair, one or both associate members shall be empowered by the Chair to act in place of the regular member or members who are unable to act. Only members and associates authorized to vote are permitted to make and second motions. No meeting of the Board of Zoning Appeals shall be held without a quorum as established in this section. The Board of Zoning Appeals shall act by majority vote, calculated as follows:

Authorized Voters

Majority

(votes needed to pass motion)

Authorized Voters

Majority

(votes needed to pass motion)

(b)

A Board member may abstain from voting. If a member wishes to abstain, he or she shall so declare prior to discussion on the matter. An exception can be made by the Chair if it is determined during deliberations that a member has a conflict of interest. If and when this occurs, the member must then abstain. Once a member has abstained, he or she shall not be counted as an authorized voter.

(7)

Meetings; officers. The Board of Zoning Appeals shall have regular monthly meetings and have such other special meetings as shall be called by the Chairperson or by a written petition by four or more members of the Board. The Board shall have a Chairperson and Secretary and such other officers as it may determine by vote.

(8)

Regulations, bylaws. The Board shall have the power to adopt all necessary regulations and bylaws to regulate its own activities. Such regulations and bylaws shall be filed with the City Clerk.

B.

Powers and duties of the Board of Appeals. The Board of Appeals shall have the following powers and duties:

No. 685; 3-20-1995 by Ord. No. 40; 6-4-2007 by Ord. No. 109; 6-16-2011 by Ord. No. 11-71]

(1)

Administrative appeals. To hear and decide appeals, on an appellate basis, where it is alleged by an aggrieved party that there is an error in any order, requirement, decision, or determination made by, or failure to act by, the Code Enforcement Officer or Planning Board in the administration of this chapter; and to hear and decide administrative appeals on a de novo basis where it is alleged by an aggrieved party that there is an error in any order, requirement or decision or determination made by, or failure to act by, the Code Enforcement Officer in his or her review of and action on a permit application under this chapter; or to effect any variation in the application of this chapter from its stated terms. Any order, requirement, decision or determination made, or failure to act, in the enforcement of this chapter is not appealable to the Board of Appeals. Actions or failure to act by the Code Enforcement Officer or the municipal officers in the enforcement of this chapter pursuant to § 300-601A shall not be appealable to the Board of Appeals. The Board may modify or reverse any ruling or decision of the Planning Board or Code Enforcement Officer if the Board finds that such ruling or decision is contrary to the specific provisions of this chapter. The Board is authorized to hear and decide appeals where it is alleged that due process, as outlined in this chapter and, in the case of appeals of Planning Board decisions, as outlined in Chapter 14, Article II, of the Code of the City of Augusta has been violated. In regard to allegations that specific findings of fact are in error, the Board of Appeals is empowered to modify or reverse a Planning Board finding only if such finding is found to be clearly erroneous.

(a)

When the Board of Appeals reviews a decision of the Code Enforcement Officer, the Board of Appeals shall hold a “de novo” hearing. At this time, the Board may receive and consider new evidence and testimony, be it oral or written. When acting in a “de novo” capacity, the Board of Appeals shall hear and decide the matter afresh, undertaking its own independent analysis of evidence and the law, and reaching its own decision.

(b)

When the Board of Appeals hears a decision of the Planning Board, it shall hold an appellate hearing and may reverse the decision of the Planning Board only upon finding

that the decision was contrary to specific provisions of the ordinance or contrary to the facts presented to the Planning Board. The Board of Appeals may only review the record of the proceedings before the Planning Board. The Board Appeals shall not receive or consider any evidence which was not presented to the Planning Board, but the Board of Appeals may receive and consider written or oral arguments. If the Board of Appeals determines that the record of the Planning Board proceedings is inadequate, the Board of Appeals may remand the matter to the Planning Board for additional fact finding.

Amended

(2)

Variances; conditions governing applications; procedures. To hear and decide upon appeal in specific cases in variance from the strict requirements of this chapter where, owing to special conditions or circumstances affecting a particular parcel of land or building or structure thereon which are not applicable to other lands, buildings, or structures in the same district, as in the case of exceptionally irregular, narrow, or steep lots or other physical conditions, a literal enforcement of the terms of this chapter would result in undue hardship. As used in this chapter, a variance is authorized only for dimensional requirements, including but not limited to lot width, structure height, percent lot coverage, setbacks, sign size, buffer yard width. A variance may not be granted to permit a use that is not provided for as a permitted use or a conditional use. The Board of Appeals shall not grant a variance from the terms of this chapter in respect to such land or structures unless and until:

(a)

A written application for a variance is filed with the Board demonstrating:

[1]

That well-documented, exceptional conditions affect the particular land or building which do not generally affect other property in the district.

[2]

That such conditions do in fact constitute an undue hardship to the owner of such land or building. The term "undue hardship" shall mean:

[a]

That the land in question cannot yield a reasonable return unless a variance is granted;

[b]

That the need for a variance is due to the unique circumstances of the property and not to the general conditions in the neighborhood;

[c]

That the granting of a variance will not alter the essential character of the locality; and

[d]

That the hardship is not the result of action taken by the applicant or prior owner.

[3]

That a variance from the particular terms of this chapter can be granted without detriment to the public interest or the health, safety, or general welfare of the residents of the municipality, and without impairment of the integrity of the Comprehensive Plan for municipal development, or of the purpose and intent of this chapter.

(b)

Notwithstanding § 300-606B(2)(a)[2] above, the Board of Appeals, or the Code Enforcement Officer, if authorized in accordance with 30-A M.R.S.A. §4353-A, may grant a variance to an owner of a residential dwelling for the purpose of making that dwelling accessible to a person with a disability who resides in or regularly uses the dwelling. The Board shall restrict any variance granted under this subsection solely to the installation of equipment or the construction of structures necessary for access to or egress from the

dwelling by the person with the disability. The Board may impose conditions on the variance, including limiting the variance to the duration of the disability or to the time that the person with the disability lives in the dwelling. The term “structures necessary for access to or egress from the dwelling" shall include railing, wall or roof systems necessary for the safety or effectiveness of the structure. Any permit issued pursuant to this subsection is subject to § 300-606B(2)(d) and H(4).

(c)

Limit on variances. No variance shall be granted for placement of a structure less than five feet from the property line unless the abutting owner gives a construction, maintenance and repair easement which shall be recorded with the Kennebec County Registry of Deeds. No variance shall be granted which does not provide for a snow storage area of a minimum of five feet from the right-of-way line. In shoreland areas, the minimum setback from the normal high-water mark for subsurface sewage disposal facilities shall not be reduced by variance. In shoreland areas, the Board of Appeals shall limit any variances granted as strictly as possible in order to ensure conformance with the purposes and provisions of this chapter to the greatest extent possible and, in doing so, may impose such conditions to a variance as it deems necessary. The party receiving the variance shall comply with any conditions imposed.

Amended

(d)

A copy of each variance request in shoreland areas, including the application and all supporting information supplied by the applicant, shall be forwarded by the municipal officials to the Commissioner of the Department of Environmental Protection at least 20 days prior to action by the Board of Appeals. Any comments received from the Commissioner prior to the action by the Board of Appeals shall be made part of the record and shall be taken into consideration by the Board of Appeals. All variances granted by the Board of Appeals in shoreland areas shall be sent by the Code Enforcement Officer to the Department of Environmental Protection within 14 days of the decision.

Amended

Amended

C.

Appeals and variances.

(1)

The Board of Appeals of the City of Augusta may, upon written application of an aggrieved party, hear and decide appeals where it is alleged that there is an error in any order, requirement, decision, or determination made by, or failure to act by, the Code Enforcement Officer or Planning Board in the administration or enforcement of the provisions of this chapter.

(2)

The Board of Appeals may grant a variance from the requirements of this chapter consistent with state law and the following criteria:

(a)

Variances shall not be granted within any designated regulatory floodway if any increase in flood levels during the base flood discharge would result.

(b)

Variances shall be granted only upon:

[1]

A showing of good and sufficient cause; and

[2]

A determination that, should a flood comparable to the base flood occur, the granting of a variance will not result in increased flood heights, additional threats to public safety, public expense, or create nuisances, cause fraud or victimization of the public or conflict with existing local laws or ordinances; and

[3]

A showing that the issuance of the variance will not conflict with other state, federal or local laws or ordinances; and

[4]

A determination that failure to grant the variance would result in "undue hardship," which in this subsection means:

[a]

That the land in question cannot yield a reasonable return unless a variance is granted; and

[b]

That the need for a variance is due to the unique circumstances of the property and not to the general conditions in the neighborhood; and

[c]

That the granting of a variance will not alter the essential character of the locality; and

[d]

That the hardship is not the result of action taken by the applicant or a prior owner.

(c)

Variances shall only be issued upon a determination that the variance is the minimum necessary, considering the flood hazard, to afford relief, and the Board of Appeals may impose such conditions to a variance as it deems necessary.

(d)

Variances may be issued for new floodplain construction, substantial improvements, or other development for the conduct of a functionally dependent use, provided that:

[1]

Other criteria of this Subsection C and § 300-508E(11) are met; and

[2]

The structure or other development is protected by methods that minimize flood damages during the base flood and create no additional threats to public safety.

(e)

Variances may be issued for the repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, or restoration of historic structures upon the determination that:

[1]

The development meets the criteria of Subsection C(2)(a) through (d) above; and

[2]

The proposed repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, or restoration will not preclude the structure's continued designation as an historic structure and the variance is the minimum necessary to preserve the historic character and design of the structure.

(f)

Any applicant who meets the criteria of Subsection C(2)(a) through (e) shall be notified by the Board of Appeals in writing over the signature of the Chairman of the Board of Appeals that:

[1]

The issuance of a variance to construct a structure below the base flood level will result in greatly increased premium rates for flood insurance up to amounts as high as $25 per $100 of insurance coverage;

[2]

Such construction below the base flood level increases risks to life and property; and

[3]

The applicant agrees in writing that the applicant is fully aware of all the risks inherent in the use of land subject to flooding, assumes those risks and agrees to indemnify and defend the municipality against any claims filed against it that are related to the applicant's decision to use land located in a floodplain and that the applicant individually releases the municipality from any claims the applicant may

have against the municipality that are related to the use of land located in a floodplain.

(g)

Appeal procedure for administrative and variance appeals.

[1]

An administrative or variance appeal may be taken to the Board of Appeals by an aggrieved party from any decision of the Code Enforcement Officer or the Planning Board, except for enforcement-related matters as described in § 300-606B(1) above. Such an appeal shall be taken within 30 days of the date of the official, written decision appealed from, and not otherwise, except that the Board, upon a showing of good cause, may waive the thirty-day requirement.

Amended

[2]

Upon being notified of an appeal, the Code Enforcement Officer or Planning Board, as appropriate, shall transmit to the Board of Appeals all of the papers constituting the record of the decision appealed from.

[3]

The Board of Appeals shall hold a public hearing on the appeal within 35 days of its receipt of an appeal request.

[4]

The person filing the appeal shall have the burden of proof.

[5]

The Board of Appeals shall decide all appeals within 35 days after the close of the hearing and shall issue a written decision on all appeals.

[6]

The Board of Appeals shall submit to the Code Enforcement Officer a report of all variance actions, including justification for the granting of the variance and an authorization for the Code Enforcement Officer to issue a flood hazard development permit, which includes any conditions to be attached to said permit.

[7]

Any aggrieved party who participated as a party during the proceedings before the Board of Appeals may take an appeal to Superior Court in accordance with state laws within 45 days from the date of any decision of the Board of Appeals.

D.

Burden of proof. In any proceeding before the Board of Appeals, the burden of proof shall be upon the applicant to establish the application/use is in compliance with the requirements of this chapter.

E.

Board of Appeals may impose conditions. In granting appeals, the Board may impose such conditions and safeguards regarding the location, character, fencing, screening, landscaping, or other features as it may deem advisable in furtherance of the intent and purpose of this chapter and may require posting of bonds to assure performance. The issuance of any variance shall be contingent upon the applicant's agreeing in writing to indemnify and save harmless the City against all loss, cost, damage or expense occurring by reason of the erection or maintenance of a structure and upon his or her filing with the City Clerk a certificate of public liability insurance covering property damage up to $1,000 and bodily damage with a coverage of $10,000 to $20,000 minimum limits.

F.

Filing of appeals.

(1)

In all cases, a person aggrieved by any decision of the Code Enforcement Officer or Planning Board shall commence his or her appeal within 30 calendar days after the date the official written decision is signed by the Code Enforcement Officer or Planning Board Chair. If the 30th day falls on a nonbusiness day for the City, the final date for filing an appeal shall be the end of the next business day for the City.

(2)

Applications for appeals shall be made by filing with the Board of Appeals a written notice of appeal, which includes:

(a)

A concise, written statement indicating what relief is requested and why the appeal or variance should be granted.

(b)

A sketch, drawn to scale, showing lot lines, location of existing buildings and structures and other physical features of the lot pertinent to the relief sought.

Amended

(3)

Upon receiving an application for an administrative appeal or variance, the Code Enforcement Officer or Planning Board, as appropriate, shall transmit to the Board of Appeals all of the papers constituting the record of the decision appealed from. Upon being notified of an appeal from a decision of the Planning Board, City planning staff shall have prepared and transmitted to the Board of Appeals a written, certified transcript of the Planning Board proceedings from which an appeal is being taken.

Amended

Amended

G.

Public hearing. Before making any decisions or taking action on any appeal, the Board of Appeals shall hold a public hearing on any administrative appeal or a request for a variance within 35 days of its receipt of a complete written application, unless this time period is extended by the parties. The Board shall notify the appellant, the Code Enforcement Officer, the Planning Board, the municipal officers, the Kennebec Journal and owners of abutting property at least 10 days in advance of the hearing, specifying the nature of the appeal and the time and place of the hearing.

(1)

Whenever an appeal is filed of a decision made by the Planning Board where abutters were notified, all abutters initially notified shall be notified of the upcoming appeal.

(2)

In the case of appeals from decisions made by the Planning Board, the public hearing shall be limited to the certified transcript and record of the Planning Board proceedings; no new information shall be considered.

(3)

The appellant's case shall be heard first. To maintain orderly procedure, each side shall proceed without interruption. Questions may be asked only through the Chair. All persons at the hearing shall abide by the order of the Chair.

Amended

H.

Appeal decision.

(1)

Within 35 days of the public hearing, the Board of Appeals shall reach a decision and shall inform, in writing, the appellant, the Code Enforcement Officer, and if within the shoreland zone, the Department of Environmental Protection, within seven days of the Board’s decision and its reasons therefor. Upon notification of the decision of the Board of Appeals, the Code Enforcement Officer, as instructed, shall immediately issue, issue with conditions prescribed by the Board of Appeals, or deny a permit.

Amended

(2)

All decisions shall become a part of the record and shall include a statement of findings and conclusions, as well as the reasons or basis therefor, and the appropriate order, relief or denial thereof.

(3)

All variances granted by the Board of Appeals but not recorded at the Registry of Deeds by the applicant within 90 days of granting shall be void.

I.

Appeal to Superior Court. Except as provided for by 30-A M.R.S.A. § 2691(3)(F), any aggrieved party who participated as a party during the proceedings before the Board of Appeals may take an

appeal to Superior Court in accordance with state laws within 45 days from the date of any decision of the Board of Appeals.

J.

Reconsideration.

(1)

In accordance with 30-A M.R.S.A. § 2691(3)(F), the Board of Appeals may reconsider any decision within 45 days of its prior decision. A request to the Board to reconsider a decision must be filed within 10 days of the decision that is being reconsidered. A vote to reconsider and the action taken on that reconsideration must occur and be completed within 45 days of the date of the vote on the original decision. Reconsideration of a decision shall require a positive vote of the majority of the Board members originally voting on the decision and proper notification to the landowner, petitioner, Planning Board, Code Enforcement Officer, and other parties of interest, including abutters and those who testified at the original hearing(s). The Board may conduct additional hearings and receive additional evidence and testimony.

(2)

Appeal of a reconsidered decision to the Superior Court must be made within 15 days after the decision on reconsideration.

Derivation Table

Amended